Scientific Miracles of Quran

CHAPTER 1
ALLAHS CREATION AND THE HUMAN MIND

ALLAH (SWT) Has Created everything. We humans are among ALLAHs creation, and we live within ALLAHs creation. All creatures, from the weightless sub-nuclear particles to the super galaxies and beyond, from the tiniest micro-organism to the gigantic whales, from the extreme heat inside the cores of the stars to the extreme cold of the deep dark space, from what we can see and observe to what we can not see and feel, all these limitless creatures are signs of the absolute knowledge, power and authority of The Creator, ALLAH (SWT). All ALLAHs creatures complement each other. They all coexist, interact and perform their assigned tasks in true order and harmony. In cited verse #(1-1), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Created the heavens and the earth in true perfection. Indeed, just lets take a fast look at the earth, the planets in our solar system, the sun, the moon and the galaxies. The earth is formed of inner massive cores and less massive outer layers. Such distribution of mass around its center stabilizes its spinning as well as its translation motions. The motion of the moon around the earth preserves the orientation of the earths rotation, thus keeping the seasons duration unchanged over the years. The different masses and the different orbits around the sun of the planets in our solar system, form a perfect stable dynamic system. The continuous and sustained nuclear fusion reactions in the suns core (as well as in all other stars) are precisely controlled and functioning for billions of years. Our solar system is located in a galaxy (concentration of stars) known as the Milky Way galaxy. It is estimated that this 10
CH. 1
11
Cited Verse #(1-1) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful He Has Created the heavens and the earth in true perfection, He is far above having the partners they ascribe to Him. (part 14, Surat Al Nahl The Bees)
Cited Verse #(1-2) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Say, walk through the earth and see how the creation began, so will ALLAH Produce a later creation, for ALLAH is Capable of doing everything. (part 20, Surat Al Ankaboot The Spider)
12
EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN
M. WAGDI
galaxy contains between 100 billion and 250 billion stars (our sun is one of these stars). All these stars and so our sun and our solar system are moving continuously along preassigned trajectories within the galaxy. There are billions of other galaxies and celestial objects. All those limitless number of objects are in continuous precise motions. They all interact with each other to form the orderly dynamic universe that was created and is controlled by ALLAH (SWT). This is really a true perfection that defies the human imagination. ALLAH (SWT) Gave us humans, mind to think, to discover and to learn. He Wants us to study His creation. Knowledge of even just the elementary principles of ALLAHs laws of creation benefits mankind in so many ways. All inventions that mankind has been able to conceive are based on some knowledge of ALLAHs laws of nature. In cited verse #(1-2), ALLAH (SWT) is Telling us to explore every part of the earth. In doing so, we will be able to understand how the creation began. It is an invitation from ALLAH (SWT) to all mankind to study everything and every phenomenon that we can see and observe. Such study leads to the invention of the right tools and equipment to improve our way of life. Knowing how the creation began, gives us the ability to understand how things evolved. Knowledge of the past evolution gives us crucial information for planning for the future more wisely. Also, in searching for an answer to how the creation began, we come closer to realize the Might of ALLAH (SWT) and that He is Capable of doing everything. In cited verse #(1-3), ALLAH (SWT) Says that those who truly fear Him are the people of knowledge (the scientists). In all branches of science, the more knowledge a researcher accumulates, the more he or she becomes convinced that there must be a supreme source of power and authority that is capable of such creation. Realization of this fact, leads one to believe in ALLAH (SWT) and fears Him. The above two cited verses #(1-2) and #(1-3), are convincing and powerful evidence showing that the true believers in ALLAH (the momenoon) bear the responsibility of educating themselves and seeking all kinds of knowledge. The solemn duty of a nation of momenoon is to build a highly educated society and to provide the adequate facilities for promoting all kinds of scientific research. In cited verse #(1-4), ALLAH (SWT) Says that all what is in the heavens and the earth belong to Him. He Knows what we say, what we do and what we conceal. He created us humans and He Knows the capability and the limitations of the human mind. All the scientific advances that mankind can achieve, whether now or in the future, are only those which ALLAH (SWT) Permits us to know. We humans must be grateful to Him for letting us discover some of the physical laws, which He Created. The modern inventions which made our life a lot easier, yet more complicated, are based on such discoveries.
CH. 1
13
Cited Verse #(1-3) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And amongst the people and the wild and the domestic animals are of various colors, and so who truly fear ALLAH from His subjects are the people of knowledge (the scientists), for ALLAH is Exalted in Might and Grants forgiveness. (part 22, Surat Faater The Originator of Creation)
Cited Verse #(1-4) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful ALLAH, there is no ALLAH but He, The Living, The Self-subsisting Eternal, no slumber can seize Him nor sleep, His are all things in the heavens and in the earth, who is there
14
M. WAGDI
can intercede in His presence except as He Permits, He Knows what before them and what after them, they do not compass anything of His knowledge except what He Wills, His Throne extends over the heavens and the earth, He Feels no fatigue in preserving them, and He is The Most High, The Supreme. (part 3, Surat Al Baqarah The Heifer) Unfortunately, the power of the human mind can be used in two different ways. It can be utilized in producing great innovations that benefit mankind and it also could be used to cause harm and destruction to humanity. It can lead to the right direction of believing that ALLAH (SWT) is The Only One that we have to ask for all our needs. It can also lead to the wrong direction of seeking help and guidance from other than Him. In cited verse #(1-5), ALLAH (SWT) Says that all whom you are asking for help and guidance other than Him, do not have the power to do so. If all of them came together and tried to create flies, they can not do so. Even if the flies snatched something from them, they can not retrieve it. So why are you asking them?. They are as helpless as you are.
WHO IS ALLAH ?
Now, we come to the everlasting question, Who is ALLAH?. In five locations in the Holy Quran, ALLAH (SWT) Describes Himself (Who is He). Those locations are, cited verse #(1-4), cited verse #(1-6), cited verses #(1-7), cited verses #(1-8) and cited Verse #(1-9). Several verses in the Holy Quran describe the characteristics of ALLAH (SWT), which are His Holy 99 Names. Cited verse #(1-4) gives a partial description of ALLAH (SWT) and some of His characteristics. The partial description of ALLAH (SWT) given in this verse is: THERE IS NO GOD BUT ALLAH (SWT). NO SLUMBER CAN SEIZE HIM NOR SLEEP. HE KNOWS WHAT WE DECLARE AND WHAT WE CONCEAL (that goes also for all His creatures). HIS THRONE ENCOMPASSES THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH. HE FEELS NO FATIGUE IN PRESERVING THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH.. Cited verse #(1-6) gives the most comprehensive description of ALLAH (SWT) (Who is He). It is the ONLY verse in the Holy Quran that gives such description of ALLAH (SWT). In order to understand the correct meaning of this verse we have to pay great attention to its wording. In this verse ALLAH (SWT) Describes His light as if it is a chandelier, which represents BEAUTY. The lamp in the chandelier is put into a glass, as if it is a brilliant PLANET. Notice here the word PLANET, NOT star. The light emitted from a star (our sun is a star) is due to heat production by means of continuous
CH. 1
15
Cited Verse #(1-5) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful O people, a parable is set forth so listen to it !. Those whom you ask other than ALLAH, will never be able to create flies even if they get together for this purpose, and if the flies snatch something away from them, they could not recover it, feeble are those who ask and those who are asked. (part 17, Surat Al Hajj The Pilgrimage)
Cited Verse #(1-6) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful ALLAH is the light of the heavens and the earth, the parable of His light as if it is a lamp within a chandelier, the lamp is inside a glass, the glass as if it is a brilliant planet lit from
16
M. WAGDI
a blessed tree, an olive, neither of the east nor of the west, its oil is almost luminous without being touched by fire, light upon light, ALLAH Guides to His Light whom He Wills, and ALLAH Does set forth parables for the people and ALLAH Does Know everything. (part 18, Surat Al Noor The Light) fusion reactions in its core. That is, the light emitted from a star is due to heat (fire). On the other hand, the light emitted from a planet, is by reflection from other source of light. In the verse, the assumed brilliant planet is lit by oil, which is almost luminous without being touched by fire. This indicates that ALLAHs light is not produced from heat source and it is self-generating, that is, it does not come from other source. The description of ALLAH (SWT) given in cited verse #(1-6) is : ALLAH (SWT) IS THE LIGHT OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH. ALLAHs LIGHT IS EXTREMELY INTENSE (light upon light). ALLAHs LIGHT IS EXTREMELY BEAUTIFUL (as if it is a chandelier). The description of ALLAH (SWT) given in cited verses #(1-7) and cited verse #(1-9) is: ALLAH IS ONE. ALLAH IS ETERNAL (nothing before Him and nothing after Him). ALLAH NEVER BEGOT NOR BEGOTTEN. THERE IS NO EQUIVALENT TO ALLAH (SWT). NOTHING IS SIMILAR TO ALLAH (SWT).
The above description of ALLAH (SWT) leads to one conclusion. ALLAH IS THE ABSOLUTE ENERGY SOURCE THAT POWERS AND CONTROLS THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH AND EVERYTHING IN THEM. One of the principle laws of physics [which is created by ALLAH (SWT)] is the law of conservation of energy. It states that energy is neither created nor destroyed, it just transforms from one form to another. Since ALLAH (SWT) is The Absolute energy source, therefore He was never created and He is Eternal. As mentioned in the Holy Quran, HE IS THE FIRST AND HE IS THE LAST. NOTHING BEFORE HIM AND NOTHING AFTER HIM. In cited verse #(1-4), ALLAH (SWT) Says that everything in the heavens and the earth belong to Him, and He Knows what any creature reveals or conceals. Now we understand why. The basic element of anything in the heavens and the earth (whether it is solid, liquid or gas) is the atom. Inside the atom there is a nucleus and electrons around it. The electrons as well as the particles inside the nucleus are in continuous motion. Their motions are powered by the energy contained within. Similarly, the cells of a living tissue
CH. 1
17
Cited Verses #(1-7) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Say, He is ALLAH, the One and Only, ALLAH The Eternal, The Absolute, He begot not, nor He is begotten, and none is equivalent to Him. (part 30, Surat Al Ekhlaas The Purity of Faith)
Cited Verses #(1-8) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Who Created me and it is He Who Guides me. And it is He Who Provides me with food and drink. And if I get ill, it is He Who Cures me. And it is He Who Takes my life and then Gives it back. And it is He Who I hope Forgives my sins on judgment day. (part 19, Surat Al Shuaraa The Poets)
18
M. WAGDI
contain energy within. Therefore, the mere existence of anything requires the presence of energy, which comes ONLY from ALLAH (SWT). The compelling evidence that led to the above conclusion came from cited verse #(16). ALLAH (SWT) Says that He is the light of the heavens and the earth. Light is energy. Since ALLAH (SWT) is The Ultimate Energy Source, therefore, nothing is similar or equivalent to Him. He is The One in control of everything. He is The Creator, because without His energy nothing exists. His Throne encompasses the heavens and the earth, because the heavens and the earth can not exist and function without the constant supply of energy from ALLAH (SWT). In our Muslim prayers to ALLAH (SWT), we repeatedly mention three expressions, ALLAH IS THE BIGGEST (Akbar), PRAISE AND GLORY TO MY LORD WHO IS THE HIGHEST (Al Aalaa), PRAISE AND GLORY TO MY LORD WHO IS THE GREATEST (Azeem). In fact, these expressions assert and complement the description of ALLAH (SWT) given by the above cited verses. ALLAHs Throne encompasses the heavens and the earth, therefore, He is Bigger than the heavens and the earth, that is He is The Biggest. As will be explained in Chapter 3, ALLAHs Throne is above the heavens, therefore there is nothing above Him, that is, He is The Highest. None is equivalent or similar to ALLAH (SWT), that is, He is The Greatest. The life of all living creatures is sustained by the energy within their bodies. This energy comes from the Ultimate Energy Source, ALLAH (SWT). That is, all the activities of the living organs are controlled by ALLAH (SWT). Since ALLAH (SWT) Controls everything in the heavens and the earth, therefore He Controls our sustenance as well as our physical conditions. He Controls our existence in this world and He is The One Who Has Pre-assigned the life time of each creature. He is The One Who Brings us back from the dead and He is The one Who Rewards or Punishes on judgment day. In that respect Prophet Ibraheem (Abraham) described ALLAH (SWT) with the most elegant words and concise phrases in cited verses #(1-8). ALLAH is the Creator, The One Who Guides to the right path, The Provider, The Healer, Who Takes the life and then Gives it back (on judgment day), and He is the One Who hopefully Forgives our sins on judgment day. From these Holy verses, we learn the following : ALLAH (SWT) Guides whomever He wills to the right path. ALLAH (SWT) is The Only Provider. He Causes things to happen to some people to get rich and to others to become poor. ALLAH (SWT) is The Only One Who Cures the illness. Medicine is just an agent for relieving pains. ALLAH (SWT) is The Only One Who Forgives our sins, if He Wants to, on judgment day. It is foolish to ask humans for forgiveness.
CH. 1
19
Cited Verse #(1-9) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful The Originator of the heavens and the earth with tremendous power, He Has made for you, from you pairs and from the domestic animals pairs to multiply, Nothing is similar to Him, and He is the One Who Hears everything most and Sees everything most. (part 25, Surat Al Shura The Consultation)
20
M. WAGDI
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

The findings from Chapter 1 may be summarized as follows : ALLAH (SWT) is The Absolute Energy Source that powers and controls the heavens and the earth. He Has no gender. He is One, never begot nor begotten. He is The First and He is The Last. Nothing before Him and nothing after Him. None is equivalent or similar to Him. ALLAH (SWT) Controls all aspects of our life. He Has Created us and it is He Who Guides whomever He wants to His right path. It is He Who Provides our sustenance. It is He Who cures us when we get ill. It is He Who Gave us life, Takes it away and it is He Who Resurrects us on judgment day. He is The Only One Who can Forgive (if He Wants) our sins on judgment day. ALLAH (SWT) Wants us humans, to study and to learn as much as we can about the earth. Comprehensive study of the earth will lead us to discover how the creation began. This indicates that the earth contains vital information about the creation of the universe. Those who fear ALLAH (SWT) most are the people of knowledge (the scientists). The more knowledge they accumulate, the more they believe in the absolute power and the supreme knowledge of ALLAH (SWT), Who Has Created everything. There is a limit to the abilities of the human mind. The humans are capable only of learning and discovering an extremely tiny portion of ALLAHs knowledge, which He Allows. One must ask only ALLAH (SWT) for help and guidance, not any body else. Any body else is a creation of ALLAH (SWT). One has to ask the Creator not the created.
CHAPTER 2
THE TIME ELEMENT
Time has been recognized as the most important physical variable in any scientific calculations. It has been termed by some scientists as the fourth dimension. In fact, time is the only physical parameter that differentiates between static and dynamic conditions. Any thing in the universe, no matter how small it is or how large it is, is in continuous motion. Any dynamic process is time dependent. The universe is a living dynamic system that changes and evolves continuously. Time and motion always go together. In this vast and infinite universe, there are infinite number of motions and therefore infinite number of time frames. The human mind can not grasp or comprehend the universal time frames. We can only understand, even partially, our very limited time frame associated with the earths motion around the sun and around itself and the moons motion around the earth. A form of time-motion relation has been developed by Albert Einstein in his theory of relativity. The corner stone of any study or scientific research is computing. In order to be able to compute, there must be some reference to relate the computation to. ALLAH (SWT) Has Created all elements, that we humans can utilize to learn and to develop. The global reference of computation for us here on earth is the relative motion of the earth around the sun and the motion of the moon around the earth. In cited verse #(2-1), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Made the sun to give off powerful light and the moon to be a light. Notice here that ALLAH (SWT) Has Described the light of the sun and the light of the moon differently. The sun gives off powerful light, that is, the sun produces its own powerful light. The moon to be a light, that is, the moon does not produce its light. In the same verse, ALLAH (SWT) Says that the moon moves along a trajectory with specific stages, so we can learn how to count years and to compute. It is ONLY the moon and not the sun that moves along a trajectory with specific stages. Indeed, as the earth moves in orbit around the sun, the moon moves along another orbit around the earth. The moons 22
CH. 2
THE TIME ELEMENT
23
Cited Verse #(2-1) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful It is He Who Made the sun to give off powerful light and the moon to be a light, and Arranged its stages so you can learn the number of years and to compute, nowise did ALLAH Create this, but in truth and righteousness, He Explains His signs in detail for those who know. (part 11, Surat Yunus Jonah)
Cited Verse #(2-2) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful The number of months in the sight of ALLAH is twelve, so ordained by Him the day He Created the heavens and the earth, of them four are sacred, this precious religion, so do not be unfair for yourselves therein and fight the pagans all together as they fight you all together, and know that ALLAH is with those who fear Him. (part 10, Surat Tawbah Forgiveness)
24
M. WAGDI
light is a reflection of the suns light. As the location of the moon relative to the sun and to the earth changes, the portion of the moon that is exposed to the suns light changes. As viewed from the earth, the shape of the lighted portion of the moon changes from a very small crescent to larger ones to half moon to full moon. The lighted portion is then reduced from full moon to half moon to crescent, whose size becomes smaller each night until it disappears. This cycle takes place as the moon completes one revolution around the earth and is known as the lunar month. The beginning of the lunar month starts with the appearance of the first visible crescent. More information about the sun and the moon is given in Chapter 3.
The Lunar Year and The Solar Year

The lunar year is the year associated with the motion of the moon around the earth. The solar year is the year associated with the motion of the earth around the sun. In the Holy Quran, ALLAH (SWT) Has Told us directly the duration of the lunar year. He did not Tell explicitly the duration of the solar year, but instead gave us the exact mathematical formula that relates the solar year to the lunar year. In cited verse #(2-2) ALLAH (SWT) Says that the number of months, in His record, the day He Created the heavens and the earth is TWELVE. The next words in the verse are, of them four are sacred. Those words determine that the lunar year has twelve months, because the lunar year is the one used by the Arabs, known as Hijri year, and it has four sacred months. The four sacred months in the Hijri year are, Zulqeda, Zulhejjah, Moharram and Rajab. The solar year also has twelve months. In the Arabic language (the Holy Quran language), there are two different words having the meaning of year. Those two words are the word SANAH and the word AAM. Almost all the Arabic speaking people are using both words indiscriminately, without knowing the difference between them. It will be shown here that there is a significant difference between the two words, and only the Holy Quran shows that in a very striking way. In cited verse #(2-1), we see that the word SINEEN, which is the plural of the word SANAH is associated with the motion of the moon and its different stages. Therefore, the word SANAH means LUNAR YEAR. Surat Al Kahf (The Cave), in the Holy Quran, presents the story of a group of men and their dog. They fled their town in fear of prosecution because of their religious belief. They went to hide in a cave. ALLAH (SWT) Made them go into deep sleep (as if they were dead), in the cave for a long period of time, then awaked (resurrected) them. Cited verse #(2-3) depicts the moment when they woke up [when they were resurrected by ALLAH (SWT)]. They were asking each other, how long have we stayed in this cave?.
CH. 2
THE TIME ELEMENT
25
Cited Verse #(2-3) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And so We Have Resurrected them (from the deep sleep), that they question each other, said one of them how long have we stayed (asleep), they said we have stayed a day or part of a day, they said your LORD Knows best how long we have stayed, send one of you with these papers (money) of yours to the town and let him find which is the best food and bring some to you and let him behave with cautious and not to let any body feel your presence. (part 15, Surat Al Kahf The Cave)
Cited Verse #(2-4) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And they stayed in their cave three hundred years and increased by nine. (part 15, Surat Al Kahf The Cave)
26
M. WAGDI
They all said that they have stayed a day or part of a day. Cited verse #(2-4) states that they have stayed (they have been asleep in the cave) three hundred years SANAH and increased by NINE. This is a very significant statement. ALLAH (SWT) is Educating us, He Wants us to think. ALLAH (SWT) Could Have Said that the cave people stayed there for three hundred and nine years SANAH, but instead He Said, three hundred years and increased by nine. ALLAH (SWT) is Giving us a clue here. Studying this phrase carefully, we find the following : The cave people stayed in their cave (in deep sleep) for three hundred and nine LUNAR YEARS. When the cave people were resurrected from their deep sleep, they believed that they have stayed asleep for a day or part of a day. This indicates that the deep sleep started and ended in THE SAME WEATHER CONDITION (SAME SEASON). Changes in the weather conditions are associated mainly with the four seasons (spring, summer, autumn and winter). These four seasons have fixed starting and ending dates in the solar year calendar not in the lunar year. Figure (2-1) symbolically illustrates the location of the earth relative to the sun in consecutive solar and lunar years. It shows that the months of the lunar year move from one season to another along the years. Had the cave people stayed in their cave (in deep sleep) only three hundred lunar years SANAH, they would have been resurrected in a different weather condition. In such case, they could have never said that they have stayed a day or part of a day. After being asleep for three hundred and nine years SANAH , the cave people did not notice any change in the weather. THEREFORE, THE EARTH MUST HAVE COME TO THE SAME EXACT POSITION IN ITS ORBIT AROUND THE SUN AS IT WAS AT THE BEGINNING OF THESE YEARS. These findings together with the clue that ALLAH (SWT) Gave (three hundred years and increased by nine), indicate that THREE HUNDRED AND NINE LUNAR YEARS ARE EQUIVALENT TO THREE HUNDRED SOLAR YEARS. Based on this mathematical relation, and since the solar year has 365.2422 days, we find that the lunar year SANAH has 354.604 days, that is the lunar year is 10.6382 days shorter than the solar year. Since the lunar year has twelve months [cited verse #(2-2)], we find that the lunar month has 29.55 days. It is worth mentioning here that the measurements and computations using the latest scientific and technological tools, have yielded results that are almost identical to the above. We have to emphasize here that the findings that we can correctly deduce from the
CH. 2
THE TIME ELEMENT
27
28
M. WAGDI
Holy Quran are the most accurate, since they are given to us by the Creator, ALLAH (SWT). Cited verse #(2-5) depicts the story of a man who was passing by a village, which was completely in ruins. He wondered, how could ALLAH (SWT) Resurrect this village after its death. ALLAH (SWT) then Put him to death for one hundred years Aam, then Resurrected him. In this verse, the Arabic word for a year Aam was used NOT the word Sanah. After his resurrection the man was then asked, how long have you stayed ?. The man said, I have stayed a day or part of a day. The man said that because when he was resurrected, he found that the weather conditions were the same as when he died. This indicates that after one hundred years Aam, the earth returned to the same position in its orbit around the sun as it was at the beginning of the hundred years Aam. This happens only, if those hundred years were Solar Years. Therefore, the Arabic word for a year Aam is meant to be a solar year, and the Arabic word for a year Sanah is meant to be a lunar year. Such distinction between the two words in the Holy Quran, the word Sanah and the word Aam is very important in establishing the creation timeline. In cited verse #(2-6), the two Arabic words for the word year, which are, Sanah and Aam, are mentioned. In this verse, ALLAH (SWT) with His Holy wisdom Gave a rather noticeable expression, in order to let us know the difference between the two Arabic words, Sanah and Aam. In Telling how long Prophet Nooh Noah lived among his people, ALLAH (SWT) Gave two different counts of the years. One count in terms of Sanah and another in terms of Aam. In this verse, ALLAH (SWT) Said, he (Noah) stayed among his people for one thousand Sanah less fifty Aam. If the two words Sanah and Aam were the same, that is having the same duration of time, ALLAH (SWT) Would Have Said, nine hundred and fifty Sanah or Aam. By this particular phrasing, ALLAH (SWT) is Giving us a pointer to think about the two words Sanah and Aam. Cited verse #(2-6) is the only verse in the Holy Quran where the two words for a year Sanah and Aam were mentioned together to describe a period of time. Using the mathematical relation shown earlier between the lunar year Sanah and the solar year Aam, we find that Prophet Noah has stayed among his people for the period of 948.499 lunar years, which is equivalent to 920.87 solar years. Since we are living on the earth, our time frame, that is all the variables that we compute time with (second, minute, hour, day, week, month, year, decade, century, etc.) are determined by the rotation of the earth around itself, the motion of the earth around the sun, and the motion of the moon around the earth. The speed of the earth rotation about itself, determines the length of the day. The distance of the earth from the sun, and the speed at which the earth moves in its orbit around the sun, determine the
CH. 2
THE TIME ELEMENT
29
Cited Verse #(2-5) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Or like the one who passed by a village, all in ruins, said how shall ALLAH Bring this to life after its death, ALLAH then put him to death for one hundred years Aam then resurrected him, He said how long Have you stayed (dead), he said, I stayed a day or part of a day, He said, but you have stayed (dead) for one hundred years Aam, look at your food and your drink, they show no signs of aging, and look at your donkey, and We may make of you a sign for the people, and look at the bones how We bring them together and clothe them with flesh, when this was shown clearly to him, he said, I know that ALLAH is capable of doing everything. (part 3, Surat Al Baqarah The Heifer)
30
M. WAGDI
duration of the solar year. The movement of the moon around the earth determines the lunar month and the lunar year. If we were living on a different planet in our solar system, say Mars, our local time frame will be different. Different day length, different duration of the solar year and two different lunar years, because Mars has two moons. In our solar system, there are several different time frames. The size of our solar system compared to the size of our galaxy (the Milky Way) is like a needle in the ocean. Our galaxy is among billions and billions of other galaxies and celestial objects. Therefore, there are an infinite number of time frames in the universe. Our human mind is incapable of understanding even the most elementary concept of time beyond our solar system. In cited verse #(2-7), ALLAH (SWT) Says that the angels and the spirit ascend unto Him in a day which is equivalent to fifty thousand of our lunar years. This gives us another very important piece of information regarding the motion of the angels in the heavens. From this verse we learn two things. The length of time here on earth and even in our solar system is extremely insignificant compared to the length of time in the universe (the heaven). Generally, the size and the dynamics of a physical system are indicative of the time measuring unit. The largest unit of measuring time here on earth is the year (whether a solar year or a lunar year). This tells us that the size of the universe (the heaven) is infinitely huge and beyond our comprehension. More detailed information about the size of the heaven/s is presented in Chapter 3. Also, based on this verse, it will be shown in Chapter 4 that the angels move with a speed millions of times faster than the speed of light. To us humans, the fastest speed that we have observed is the speed of light, which could be achieved only by zero mass particles, such as Photons. This proves that the human knowledge is very limited and that our minds could not understand beyond a very tiny portion of the mysteries of ALLAHs creation.
TIME IN THE SIGHT OF ALLAH (SWT)

Time is a relative quantity. It measures the duration and the relative changes in the conditions of a dynamic event. If there was no change, time would have no meaning. Among the names of ALLAH (SWT) are THE FIRST and THE LAST. That is, nothing before Him and nothing after Him. He Existed before the creation of the heavens and the earth and He Will ever exist after the heavens and the earth will cease to exist. Therefore, before the creation of the heavens and the earth, time as a quantity was not there. Also, after the heavens and the earth (in their present condition) will cease to exist, that is, on and after judgment day (see Chapter 5), time as a quantity will not exist, since every thing will be eternal. The paradise and the hell will be there forever. From this it is seen that time was created with the creation of the heavens and the earth. In Chapter 3, it will be shown that the heavens and the earth are in continuous motions and evolution. Therefore, time is essential to account for such motions and evolution.
CH. 2
THE TIME ELEMENT
31
Cited Verse #(2-6) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And We Have Sent Nooh Noah to his people and he stayed among them one thousand years Sanah less fifty years Aam, and the deluge overwhelmed them while they persisted in sin. (part 20, Surat Al Ankaboot The Spider)
Cited Verse #(2-7) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful The angels and the spirit ascend unto Him [ALLAH (SWT)] in a day measure thereof is fifty thousand years (Sanah) (part 29, Surat Al Maarij Ascending in Heaven
32
M. WAGDI
Since time is a measurable quantity, therefore it must have units to measure it with. As mentioned earlier in this chapter, the units that we humans use to measure the time are based on the motions of the earth. In the Holy Quran ,ALLAH (SWT) is Talking to us humans. He is Giving us enough information about all things that touch our life, cited verse #(I-1). ALLAH (SWT) Demanded from the believers to study the creation of the heavens and the earth, cited verses #(I-4). In order to gain some understanding of the creation of the heavens and the earth, ALLAH (SWT) Gave some basics. Among these basics is the time measuring unit for the creation of the heavens and the earth. ALLAH (SWT) is Telling us about this time unit, because before and during the creation of the heavens and the earth, there were no earth days. The earth started to function as it is today and the duration of the earth days was established after the creation period has ended (see Chapter 3). In cited verse #(2-8), ALLAH (SWT) Says that a day in His Holy sight is equivalent to one thousand of our lunar years Sanah. Using the mathematical relation established earlier between the lunar and the solar years, we find that one day in ALLAHs Holy sight is equivalent to 970.87 solar years. In mentioning the duration of a day in the sight of ALLAH (SWT), He is Giving us a very important piece of information. This piece of information enables us to compute exactly and in our time frame, the length of time during which ALLAH (SWT) Created the heavens and the earth. This will be shown in full details in Chapter 3. The duration of the day in the sight of ALLAH (SWT) has been mentioned in the Holy Quran only twice, in cited verse #(2-8) and cited verses #(2-9). In the first Aayah (verse) of cited verses #(2-9), ALLAH (SWT) is Telling that He Has Created the heavens and the earth and what in between them in six days. In the second Aayah (verse) of cited verses #(2-9), ALLAH (SWT) Says that the affairs which He Arranges from the heaven to the earth, go back to Him in a day which is equivalent to one thousand years (Sanah) of what we count. The years which we count are the earths years [see Appendix D]. The sequence of events in these verses is very clear. First ALLAH (SWT) Created the heavens and the earth and what in between them in six days, then He Arranges all affairs from the heaven to the earth, that is He sends His commands from the heavens to the earth. The commands of ALLAH (SWT) are instantly executed. The executed commands go back to report to Him in a day which is equivalent to one thousand of our years (Sanah). The association between the days of creation and the day which the executed commands go back to ALLAH (SWT) indicates that a creation day is a day in the sight of ALLAH (SWT), which is equivalent to one thousand of our lunar years (Sanah).
CH. 2
THE TIME ELEMENT
33
Cited Verse #(2-8) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And they ask you to hasten on the torture, and ALLAH Will not Fail in His promise, verily a day in the sight of Thy LORD is equivalent to one thousand years (Sanah) of those what you count. (part 17, Surat Al Hajj The Pilgrimage
Cited Verses #(2-9) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful ALLAH is He Who Created the heavens and the earth and what in between them in six days, then firmly Established on the Throne, you do not have other than Him to protect you and to intercede on your behalf, should not this be always on your mind. He Arranges all affairs from the heavens to the earth, then they go back to Him in a day equivalent to one thousand years (Sanah) of what you count. (part 21, Surat Al Sajdah The Adoration)
34
EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRCLE OF THE HOLY QURAN
M. WAGDI

The findings from Chapter 2 may be summarized as follows: Time as we know it, is a relative quantity. It is measured and calibrated by the rotation of the earth about itself, and its motion around the sun. There are billions of galaxies, each have billions of stars. Also there are huge numbers of other celestial objects. All of these are in continuous motion. Associated with those motions there are an infinite number of time frames that we could not comprehend. In the Holy Quran ALLAH (SWT) Has Given us the exact mathematical relation between the lunar year and the solar year. Based on the solar year of 365.2422 days, the lunar year has 354.604 days, that is 10.6382 days shorter than the solar year. Accordingly, the lunar month has 29.55 days. A day in the sight of ALLAH (SWT) is equivalent to one thousand of our lunar years. This is a very important piece of information. Such information is essential in determining the length of time, in our years, during which the heavens and the earth were created (as will be presented in Chapter 3).
CHAPTER 3
CHAPTER 3
CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH
Ever since the dawn of history, the heaven has been a mystery to mankind. Only in the past three centuries, the basic foundations of the motion of the planets in our solar system have been developed. In recent years, new technology has made it possible to look deeper into the vast space, studying galaxies *, constellations **, nebulae *** and the distant stars. In spite of all the scientific and technical advances that exist today, the origin of the earth, our solar system and the rest of the universe remains a mystery. Without using the valuable information that ALLAH (SWT) Has Given in the Holy Quran, it will continue to be so. Several theories have been developed. As more observations are collected by the space telescope and the deep space probes, the theories are dramatically revised, corrected or even scraped in favor of new ones. In this chapter it is shown that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created both the heavens and the earth in six days (six thousand lunar years) This is contrary to the wrong belief that the lowest heaven (the universe) is much older (13.5-15Billion light years) than the earth (4.4-5Billion light years). The error made is in dating the universe using the red shift technique after being expanded for billions of years. During the expansion (which started after the creation) the galaxies have moved much farther away thus resulting in the huge overestimation of the universe age. In the Holy Quran, ALLAH (SWT) Describes how He Created the heavens and the * Groups of stars. ** Formations of fixed stars. *** Huge clouds of gas and dust. 36
CH. 3
37
Cited Verse #(3-1) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Do not the unbelievers see that the heavens and the earth were joined together in one entity, then We forcibly Disintegrated them, and We Made from water every living thing, do not they then believe ?. (part 17, Surat Al Anbiyaa The Prophets)
Cited Verse #(3-2) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And it is He Who Created the heavens and the earth in six days and His Throne was on the water, to test you which of you has better deeds, and if you said that you will indeed be resurrected after the death, the unbelievers would be sure to say, this is nothing but powerful sorcery. (part 12, Surat Hood The Prophet Hood)
38
M. WAGDI
earth. He Gave the sequence of the creation processes and their timing in a very simple manner that could be understood by the human mind. The precise definitions and description and the power and the beauty of the wording is felt when reciting the Holy Quran in its original language, the Arabic language. English translation of the verses of the Holy Quran gives only the general meaning and concept. Detailed explanations will be presented to convey to the reader the intended meanings as precisely as possible. In cited verse #(3-1), ALLAH (SWT) is Demonstrating His might and power to the unbelievers. In this demonstration, He is Telling two very important things. The beginning of the creation of the heavens and the earth, and the main ingredient that all living creatures are made of. THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH, BEFORE THEIR CREATION WERE JOINED TOGETHER IN ONE ENTITY. ALLAH (SWT) THEN FORCIBLY DISINTEGRATED THEM. SUCH DISINTEGRATION STARTED THE CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH. ALSO ALLAH (SWT) HAS MADE EVERY LIVING THING FROM WATER. Since the heavens and the earth, before their creation were one entity, therefore it may be concluded that every thing in the heavens and the earth came from the same origin. In one verse, cited verse #(3-1), ALLAH (SWT) Has Associated the beginning of the creation of the heavens and the earth, with the identification of water as the main substance of life. In cited verse #(3-2), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Created the heavens and the earth in six days and His Throne WAS on the water. Using the past tense WAS, indicates that water was present before the creation of the heavens and the earth (Recent observations support the presence of water at the beginning of creation). The presence of water before the forcible disintegration of the primary (massive) entity that was joining the heavens and the earth, suggests that WATER MIGHT HAVE CONTRIBUTED SOMEHOW TO THE ONSET OF THIS FORCIBLE DISINTEGRATION. For years it has been recognized that water contains the most powerful energy source (hydrogen and oxygen). Recent scientific studies have shown that unlimited energy may be extracted from water by a process called cold fusion. However, successful realization of such techniques has not been accomplished yet. The forcible disintegration of the massive entity must have produced fragments of all sizes as well as huge clouds of dust. The forcible disintegration also must have generated tremendous heat (radiation) that caused some of the water to break down to its elements, hydrogen and oxygen. The hydrogen and the oxygen were then incorporated with the huge clouds of dust. When hydrogen is subjected to extreme heat, reactions known as atomic fusion occur. The fusion process releases tremendous amount of energy in the
CH. 3
THE CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH
39
Cited Verse #(3-3) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Who Created the heavens and the earth and what in between them in six days then established firmly on the Throne, Most Gracious, ask thou about Him a knowledgeable. (part 19, Surat Al Furqan The Criterion)
Cited Verse #(3-4) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful It is He Who Created for you all what in the earth then Proceeded to the heaven where He fashioned and perfected seven heavens, and He Has absolute knowledge of every thing. (part 1, Surat Al Baqarah The Heifer)
40
M. WAGDI
form of heat and transforms hydrogen to helium (such process occurs in the sun, and in most of all other stars). It has been discovered that hydrogen and helium are the most dominant gases in the universe. From cited verse #(3-3) we learn that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the heavens and the earth and what in between them in six days. In this verse as well as in all other creation verses, the heavens and the earth are clearly defined by their own individual identity. That is, the heavens and the earth. This indicates that what in between them is a region which has a separate identity other than the heavens and the earth. This region, as it is called, is located between the domain of the heavens and the domain of the earth. Later on in this Chapter, we will know exactly what this region is. In cited verses #(3-2) and #(3-3), as well as in several other verses in the Holy Quran, ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Created the heavens and the earth and what in between them in six days. During the creation process which lasted six days, the earth as well as the heavens were being created. They started to function the way they are now after the creation process has ended, that is after the six days have ended. During the six days of creation, the rotation of the earth about itself, which defines the length of the day was not fully established. This will be explained in more details later on in this Chapter. Accordingly, the six days of creation are meant to be six days in the sight of ALLAH (SWT), NOT earth days [see Appendix D]. In Chapter 2, we have learned that a day in the sight of ALLAH (SWT) is equivalent to one thousand of our lunar years. The following may then be concluded:THE HEAVENS, THE EARTH AND WHAT IN BETWEEN THEM WERE CREATED IN SIX THOUSAND OF OUR LUNAR YEARS, THAT IS 5825.24 OF OUR SOLAR YEARS (see Chapter 2 for the conversion between lunar and solar years). After ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the heavens, the earth and what in between them, He Established Himself firmly on the Throne [cited verse #(3-3)]. That is, THE HOLY THRONE IS BEYOND (ABOVE) THE HEAVENS. In cited verse #(3-4), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Created every thing in the earth then Proceeded to the heaven where He Arranged and Perfected seven heavens. From this verse we learn the following two things :THE EARTH WAS CREATED FIRST BEFORE THE HEAVENS AND THERE ARE SEVEN HEAVENS. Later on in this Chapter and in the next chapters we will learn more about the seven heavens. For more information see Chapter 6.
CH. 3
41
Cited Verses #(3-5) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Say, is it that you deny Him Who Created the earth in two days and do you make equals to Him, He is The LORD of all worlds. And He Made solid foundations on top of it, and Bestowed blessings on it and established in it all its resources in four days in accordance with the needs of those who seek sustenance. He then Proceeded to the heaven while it had been smoke, and Said to it and to the earth, come willingly or unwillingly, they said, we do come in willing obedience. He then Arranged them seven heavens in two days, and He Assigned to each heaven its function and command, and We Adorned the lowest heaven with lamps (illuminators) and for security, this is the design of The Exalted in might the full of knowledge. (part 24, Surat Fusselat Detailed)
42
M. WAGDI
THE SEQUENCE AND THE TIME TABLE FOR THE CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH
The detailed sequence and the timetable for the creation of the heavens and the earth are presented in cited verses #(3-5). In just these few phrases, ALLAH (SWT) Gives information that mankind with all accumulated scientific and technological knowledge would never be able to discover. As explained in Chapter 2 the day in these creation verses is equivalent to one thousand of our lunar years, that is 970.87 of our solar years. The creation sequence and timetable may conveniently be presented as follows: ALLAH (SWT) Created the earth in TWO DAYS (two thousand lunar years). ALLAH (SWT) Made solid foundations on top of the earth, Bestowed blessings on it and Established in it all its resources in FOUR DAYS (four thousand lunar years). ALLAH (SWT) Proceeded to the heaven while it was smoke and commanded it and the earth to follow His rules. ALLAH (SWT) Formed and Arranged seven heavens, and Assigned in each heaven its function and commands in TWO DAYS (two thousand lunar years). ALLAH (SWT) Adorned the lowest heaven with lamps (illuminators) and for security. In these concise verses, ALLAH (SWT) Has Given us a wealth of information and several clues and pointers to help us understand the general aspects of the creation of the heavens and the earth. In these verses He Has Given us a very important piece of information about the construction of the earth. THE SOLID FOUNDATIONS ON TOP OF THE EARTH, WHILE IT MAY BE CONSIDERED A PART OF THE EARTH, IT IS NOT AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE EARTH. THIS MEANS THAT THE SOLID FOUNDATIONS ARE NOT RIGIDLY FIXED TO THE EARTH BENEATH IT. ALSO WE LEARN FROM THESE VERSES THAT ALL EARTH RESOURCES ARE LOCATED WITHIN THE SOLID FOUNDATIONS AND ABOVE. More details about the earths construction are presented in Chapter 7. It will be shown that part of this valuable information has been discovered only in the 1960's. Another very important piece of information is given in these verses. After the creation of the earth, THE HEAVEN WAS JUST ONE HEAVEN AND IT WAS ALL SMOKE. It is known that smoke is produced only by heat or as a result of fire. This indicates two things. The forcible disintegration of the entity that produced the heavens and the earth also produced tremendous amount of heat. The creation of the earth, then the creation of the heavens started immediately after the forcible disintegration occurred,
CH. 3
CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AD THE EARTH
43
Cited Verses #(3-6) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Do not you see how ALLAH Has Created seven heavens one above the other. And Made the moon a light in them and Made the sun a glorious light source. (part 29, Surat Nooh Noah)
Cited Verse #(3-7) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And We Have Created above you seven layers and We Have not been unmindful of the creation. (part 18, Surat Al Momenoon The Believers)
that is, there was no time delay between the onset of the forcible disintegration of the primary entity and the creation of the earth then the heavens. In cited verses #(3-5), adding the mentioned days for the creation of the earth and the heavens, we find them EIGHT days. In all the verses in the Holy Quran that mention the creation of the heavens and the earth, such as cited verse #(3-2), cited verse #(3-3) and all the others, ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Created the heavens and the earth in six days not eight days. In fact cited verses #(3-5) are the only ones in the Holy Quran
44
M. WAGDI
where ALLAH (SWT) Gave the sequence, the details and the timetable for the creation of the heavens and the earth. This is another pointer to us in order to study ALLAHs words carefully. From the first verse of cited verses #(3-5), it is clear that the inner part of the earth was created in the first two days of creation. The Arabic letter wa that came three times in the second verse means and. It is also clear that the events of making the solid foundations on top of the earth and the laying of its resources into it occurred in the next four days. In the beginning of the third verse, the Arabic word thumma is related to the first verse (creation of the inner part of the earth). The Arabic word thumma means after that, NOT immediately after. That is after ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the inner part of the earth and while He was Making its solid foundations and Laying in it its resources, He Proceeded to the heaven while it had been smoke. At that time He Ordered the heaven and the earth to come willingly or unwillingly and Arranged seven heavens out of the one heaven that was smoke. That Holy order from ALLAH (SWT) to the earth (which was in its final stages of creation) and to the heaven (which was about to be arranged into seven heavens) was to adapt their physical laws so they can perform in conjunction with each other. For instance, the earth cannot perform in the way assigned to it by ALLAH (SWT) without the existence of our solar system (our sun, our moon, and the planets and their moons in our solar system). The dynamics of our solar system are interconnected to those of the billions of stars (about two hundred billion) in our galaxy (the Milky Way). Similarly our galaxy is interacting with the other billions of galaxies (all in the lowest heaven). The following may therefore be concluded:CREATION OF THE HEAVENS OCCURRED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH THE FINAL STAGES OF THE CREATION OF THE EARTH. THE TWO DAYS OF CREATION OF THE SEVEN HEAVENS WERE THE LAST OF THE SIX DAYS OF CREATION SINCE THE ADORATION OF THE LOWEST HEAVEN WITH ILLUMINATORS (STARS) WAS THE LAST EVENT OF CREATION. To make it clear and easy to understand, Figure (3-1) illustrates a symbolic time line for the creation of the earth and the seven heavens. In the last verse of cited verses #(3-5), ALLAH (SWT) Says, and We Have Adorned the lowest heaven with lamps (illuminators) and for security, . In the Holy Quran ALLAH (SWT) is Talking to mankind. Therefore, the lamps (illuminators) that adorn the lowest heaven must be visible from the earth. As we all know, the illuminators that make the night sky so beautiful are the stars. In fact, when we look at the sky, we are looking at the lowest heaven. This verse gives us three pieces of information. First, ALL THE STARS THAT WE CAN SEE AND OBSERVE NOW AND IN THE FUTURE WITH MORE SOPHISTICATED EQUIPMENT ARE IN THE LOWEST HEAVEN. WHAT WE CALL THE UNIVERSE, IS JUST THE LOWEST HEAVEN OR A PART OF IT.
CH. 3
45
46
M. WAGDI
Second, the word lamps or illuminators is used to describe the stars. Lamps or illuminators emit light due to fire or heat. In these few words, ALLAH (SWT) Gave us the definition of a star. The star is a celestial object that emits light due to extreme heat generated within. Generation of the tremendous amount of heat within the star could not be achieved unless the star is formed of gas. Earlier in this chapter we have learned that water existed before the creation of the earth and the heavens. Creation of the heavens and the earth began when ALLAH (SWT) forcibly disintegrated a massive entity. Such disintegration produced tremendous amount of heat (radiation), solid fragments and huge clouds of dust. The heat caused the water to be transformed to its gaseous elements, hydrogen and oxygen. The produced hydrogen and oxygen mixed with the clouds of dust. The forcible disintegration resulted also in the formation of giant eddies and turbulence within these clouds. The extreme heat produced by the forcible disintegration caused the hydrogen atoms to go through a process known as atomic fusion. The fusion process transforms the hydrogen to helium and releases tremendous energy in the form of heat. The stars are believed to be formed from the swirling motion of the hydrogen concentrated clouds and the triggering of the fusion process. The third piece of information that we learn from the last verse of cited verses #(3-5) comes from the word security. ALLAH (SWT) is Telling us that He Has Created the stars, not only to make the lowest heaven look beautiful, but also for securing it. The lowest heaven is a domain. Securing a domain implies two things. Keeping intruders out of the domain, and to keep things within the domain in order. Later on in this chapter [Section: Formation of the stars] we will talk about the first task of securing the lowest heaven, that is keeping the intruders out. Now lets talk about the other task of securing the lowest heaven, that is keeping things within in order. It is known that the two major forces that control the dynamics of the universe (the lowest heaven) are the gravitational force and the electromagnetic force. The gravitational force controls the motion of matter (mass). The electromagnetic force controls the transfer of energy, as well as the motion of electrically charged particles. The stars, due to their ultra-high temperatures generate powerful electromagnetic waves. Therefore, the stars are producers of both gravitational and electromagnetic forces. The non-illuminating bodies, such as the planets produce gravitational forces only. In that respect, the stars have more pronounced effect on the dynamics of the celestial objects than the non-illuminating bodies (planets, moons, asteroids). The trillions and trillions of stars and other celestial objects in the universe (the lowest heaven) are in continuous motions. Their motions are controlled and kept in orderly manner by both the gravitational and the electromagnetic forces. Therefore, the forces produced by the stars ensure the continuation of the orderly behavior of the lowest heaven, that is keeping the lowest heaven secured as mentioned in cited verses #(3-5). In cited verse #(3-6), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Created seven heavens, one on top of the other. In cited verse #(3-7), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Created above us seven layers. From these two verses we learn that the seven heavens are defined
CH. 3
47
Figure (3-2) Symbolic illustration of the layers of the seven heavens
territories, each has its own identity. Since ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the earth first then the heavens, therefore the first heaven is the lowest heaven. The lowest heaven surrounds the earth from all directions. That is, the lowest heaven is a huge enclosure containing all the stars and the celestial bodies that surround the earth. The second heaven is a bigger enclosure containing its own territory and surrounding the lowest heaven. The same for the third heaven and so on, up to the seventh heaven. Figure (3-2) is a symbolic illustration of the layers of the seven heavens. Astronomers and astrophysicists estimate that the size of the universe (the lowest heaven) is about 15 billion light years. One light year is the distance traveled by an object moving with the speed of light for the period of one year. The speed of light is 186,282 miles per second. Therefore, one light year covers the distance of 5,874,589,152,000 miles. Accordingly the estimated size of the lowest heaven is beyond any imagination.
48
M. WAGDI
In the Holy Quran, whenever the moon and the sun are mentioned, they are mentioned in their definitive and singular forms, that is the moon and the sun. In the Holy Quran, ALLAH (SWT) is Talking to us, mankind and we live on the earth. Therefore, the moon and the sun are those related to the earth. In cited verse #(3-6), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Made in them (the heavens) the moon as a light and the sun as a bright light source. Notice here and in all other verses mentioning the moon and the sun that there is a distinction between the description of the light emitted from the moon and that emitted from the sun. As we have learned earlier, the lowest heaven extends beyond the farthest star and is enclosed by the remaining six heavens. Since the lowest heaven is the inner most one, Fig. (3-2), therefore whatever in the lowest heaven is also in the upper heavens. Cited verse #(3-6) asserts this fact. Going back to cited verses #(3-5), we find that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the earth, Made on top of it its solid foundations then He Created the seven heavens. This indicates that any celestial object other than the earth is within the domain of the lowest heaven. It may be concluded that OUR SUN, OUR MOON AND ALL THE PLANETS AND THEIR MOONS IN OUR SOLAR SYSTEM ARE WITHIN THE DOMAIN OF THE LOWEST HEAVEN.
THE WHAT IN BETWEEN THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH

Now we come to the what in between the heavens and the earth [cited verse #(3-3)]. The closest celestial body to the earth is our moon. As was established above, the moon is in the domain of the lowest heaven. From cited verses #(3-5), we have learned that the earth is formed of two major parts, an inner part and solid foundations on top of it. More information about the inner part will be presented in Chapter 7. Any thing between the moon and the earths surface would be the what in between the heavens and the earth. Cited verses #(3-9) and #(3-10), tell us exactly, what is in between the heavens and the earth. Starting first with cited verse #(3-10). In the last part of cited verse #(3-10), ALLAH (SWT) Says and in the management of the winds and the clouds that are confined to function between the heaven and the earth, indeed are signs for people who are wise. Both the winds and the clouds are properties of the earths atmosphere. Moreover, the earths atmosphere is the only medium that exists between the earths surface and the moon. The earths atmosphere is a thin layer of air surrounding the earths surface. It is composed mainly of oxygen and nitrogen. Without the earths atmosphere, there would be no life on earth. The earths atmosphere is not only vital for sustaining life on earth, but also it acts as a shield to protect the creatures inhabiting the
CH. 3
49
Cited Verses #(3-8) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Say, Who is The LORD of the seven heavens and The LORD of the Great Throne. They will say, they belong to ALLAH, say, will you not be filled with awe. (part 18, Surat Al Momenoon The Believers)
Cited Verse #(3-9) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Do not they look at the birds, held poised in the heavens atmosphere, nothing hold them up but ALLAH, verily in this are signs for those who believe. (part 14, Surat Al Nahl The Bees)
50
M. WAGDI
earth. The earths atmosphere protects all forms of life on the earth from the harmful cosmic rays and from the falling meteoroids. The earths atmosphere is not a part of the earth. It is kept attached to the earth by the earths gravitational force. Therefore, the following is concluded:THE EARTHS ATMOSPHERE IS THE WHAT IN BETWEEN THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH. The word creation means the making of something that did not exist before. On the other hand, the word evolution means that there is something existing and is changing with time to suit certain conditions. ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the heavens, the earth and what in between them in six days, cited verse #(3-3). Therefore, like the heavens and the earth, the earths atmosphere was created during the creation of the heavens and the earth. This fact dismisses the unproven theories stating that the earths atmosphere evolved after the creation of the heavens and the earth. Going back to cited verses #(3-5), the following may be concluded:THE EARTHS ATMOSPHERE WAS CREATED IN THE LAST TWO DAYS OF THE CREATION OF THE EARTH, THAT IS DURING THE CREATION OF THE HEAVENS. In cited verse #(3-3) and cited verses #(3-5), the creation of the earth and the what in between the heavens and the earth (the earths atmosphere) are differentiated from the creation of the heavens. Moreover, the earth, whose size is negligible in comparison to the lowest heaven, with its unimaginable size, was created in six days, while all the seven heavens were created in two days. In cited verse #(3-9), ALLAH (SWT) Says that the birds are held poised in the heavens atmosphere. The birds in this verse are those which we see flying in the earths atmosphere. That is, the earths atmosphere is presented as the heavens atmosphere. It is known that each planet in our solar system has its own atmosphere. Other planets that may exist beyond our solar system (later on in this chapter), may also have their own atmospheres. Specifying that the earths atmosphere is the heavens atmosphere (in a singular form) indicates that the earths atmosphere has special qualities and characteristics that are different from the atmospheres of all the planets in our solar system and beyond. It is one of a kind. Since the atmosphere is a separate entity located between the earths surface and the lowest heaven, therefore it may be associated either with the earth or with the heaven. Based on the above argument the only logical conclusion would be as follows:THE EARTH AND ITS ATMOSPHERE HAVE UNIQUE QUALITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS THAT ARE NOT DUPLICATED ANYWHERE IN THE HEAVENS. THAT IS, IN THE UNIVERSE (THE LOWEST HEAVEN), THERE IS NOTHING IDENTICAL TO THE EARTH AND ITS ATMOSPHERE.
CH. 3
51
Cited Verse #(3-10) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Behold! In the creation of the heavens and the earth and in the alteration of the night and the day and the ships that sail through the sea for the benefit of the people and the rain which ALLAH Sends down from the heaven that brought life to the earth after its death and scattered in it animals of all kinds, and the management of the winds and the clouds that are confined to function between the heaven and the earth, indeed are signs for the people who are wise. (part 2, Surat Al Baqarah The Heifer)
Also in cited verse #(3-9), ALLAH (SWT) Says that nothing holds the birds up in the atmosphere but Him. This means that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the atmosphere with certain qualities that allow heavier bodies to fly through it high above the ground without falling due to the earths gravity. These qualities are mainly the atmospheric pressure and the atmospheric density. It was concluded earlier that our sun and our moon are within the domain of the lowest heaven. They were created among all other celestial objects in the heaven/s. This indicates that our sun and our moon are not unique. Similar suns and moons may exist elsewhere in the lowest heaven (the universe).
52
M. WAGDI
RAISING THE HEAVENS

An object is raised above another reference object by placing it at a higher elevation. If the reference object is the earth, therefore the raised object must be supported by a force to counteract the earths gravitational force. Raising a stationary structure above the earths surface requires pillars to support it against the earths gravity. The man-made earths satellites are kept in their orbits by moving with very high speeds. Such speeds develop centrifugal force that counteracts the earths gravitational force. The same principle applies to the moon in its motion around the earth as well as the motions of all celestial objects relative to each other. In the first part of cited verse #(3-11), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Raised the heavens [plural, that is the seven heavens] without pillars that we can see. An object is raised only if it is made of solid material. From cited verses #(3-6) and #(3-7) we have learned that the seven heavens are huge enclosures each one surrounding the ones beneath it. From cited verses #(3-5), we have also learned that after ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the earth, He Arranged the seven heavens and Assigned in each its functions and commands, then He Adorned the lowest heaven with lamps (the stars). Three pieces of information may be extracted from these verses, (i) the stars are located within the lowest heaven only, (ii) each heaven has its domain and boundary and (iii) the earth is located in the innermost part of the lowest heaven. Unlike the celestial objects that move within the lowest heaven, the boundaries of the heavens (the boundaries of the enclosures) are stationary structures. Since the earth is located in the inner most part of the lowest heavens enclosure, therefore all the heavens are raised above the earth. On our human scale and based on the physical laws created by ALLAH (SWT), an enclosure with solid boundary (like an empty ball made of metal, plastic, wood, etc.) may be constructed without the need of inside pillars. From cited verse #(3-11), it may be concluded that the boundaries of the heavens are constructed from solid material [the explanation of how the lowest heaven (the universe) is expanding while maintaining the structural integrity of its boundary is presented in Chapters 5 and 6]. In cited verses #(3-12), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Raised the heaven (singular) and Set the scale. The heaven in its singular form is meant to be the lowest heaven (the universe). The earth as well as all the celestial objects within the lowest heaven are in continuous motions along precise trajectories. Each celestial object has its own gravitational force. The outer perimeter of the lowest heaven may also have its own gravitational force [Chapter 6]. ALLAH (SWT) Has Set the scale means that He Has Created the physical laws needed to govern and to maintain the dynamic stability of the lowest heaven by keeping all these forces balanced [See CH. 7, Section: The Holy verses explain the unexplained]. In the second of cited verses #(3-12), ALLAH (SWT) is Telling us that we have to balance all our actions in order to be compatible with all His creation.
CH. 3
53
Cited Verse #(3-11) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful ALLAH is He Who Raised the heavens without pillars that you see, then firmly established on The Throne, He Has Subjected the sun and the moon, each running for an appointed term, Regulates all affairs, Explains the signs in detail, that you may certainly believe in meeting with your LORD. (part 13, Surat Al Raad The Thunder)
Cited Verses #(3-12) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And the heaven He Raised and set the scale (the balance). That you do not transgress the scale (the balance). (part 27, Surat Al Rahmaan Most Gracious)
54
M. WAGDI
In cited verse #(3-14), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He is Holding the heaven (singular) from falling on the earth. This means that ALLAH (SWT) is continuously Providing the necessary forces to maintain the structural integrity of the perimeter of the lowest heaven so it does not fall on the earth. If He Wishes, He Could remove these forces and then the structure forming the outer perimeter of the lowest heaven would collapse [See CH. 7, Section: The Holy verses explain the unexplained]. In such case, the resulting fragments would fall inwards towards the earth. There are trillions and trillions of celestial objects within the enclosure of the lowest heaven each has its own gravitational force. These celestial objects would attract most of the fragments directed towards the earth. But in cited verse #(3-14), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Holds the heaven from falling on the earth. That is, if ALLAH (SWT) Wishes to Cause the heaven to collapse, most of the fragments from the collapsed heaven would fall on the earth. This could happen if the gravitational force of the earth were greater than the gravitational forces of the celestial objects, which is not the case. Therefore, there must be other factor that produces such behavior. In fact, ALLAH (SWT) Has Given us a clue in cited verses #(3-11) and #(312). In both verses ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Raised the heaven/s. That is He Raised the heavens to a higher level (altitude) relative to the earth. Due to the gravity of the earth or any other celestial object, there is a form of energy called Potential Energy. This energy is associated with the elevation of an object above a certain reference level. Unless held, all objects drop to the level where the potential energy is the least. The potential energy may be considered a local energy, in the sense that any object raised above the surface of a celestial object has a potential energy related to this particular celestial object. Based on cited verses #(3-11), #(3-12) and #(3-14), the following may be concluded:THERE MAY BE A UNIVERSAL POTENTIAL ENERGY WHERE THE EARTH IS THE REFERENCE LEVEL. THAT IS THE EARTH LEVEL HAS THE LEAST POTENTIAL ENERGY IN THE LOWEST HEAVEN (THE UNIVERSE). In cited verse #(3-13), ALLAH (SWT) is Warning the unbelievers by Saying or Cause a big chunk of stone to fall on them from the heaven . In this verse ALLAH (SWT) is Talking about a different phenomenon of His creation. There are many asteroids [chunks of stone that vary in size, from several feet to several miles] moving along trajectories with very high speeds [thousands of asteroids form the so called asteroid belt between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter] close to the earths orbit around the sun. Also there are several comets [huge pieces of stone and ice, some move in orbits around the sun and some come from beyond our solar system] that come periodically in proximity of the earth, moving with tremendous speeds. The motions of the asteroids and of the comets are governed by the physical laws of planetary motion, created by ALLAH (SWT). With the proper speed and distance of an object relative to a planet, the object may fly by the planet, move in an orbit around the planet, or fall onto the planet. ALLAH (SWT) Controls everything. If He Wishes, He Could Alter the speed and the distance of an asteroid or a comet and Cause it to fall on the earth.
CH. 3
55
Cited Verse #(3-13) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Do not they see what is before them and what is behind them of the heaven and the earth, if We Wished, We Could Cause the earth to swallow them up, or cause a big chunk of stone to fall on them from the heaven, verily in that is a sign for every slave (devotee) who turns to ALLAH in repentance. (part 22, Surat Sabaa Sheba)
Cited Verse #(3-14) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Do not you see that ALLAH Has yielded to you what is in the earth, and the ships that sail through the sea by His command, and Holds the heaven from falling on the earth except by His permission, for ALLAH is most kind, most merciful to the people. (part 17, Surat Al Hajj The Pilgrimage)
56
M. WAGDI
THE SHAPE OF THE EARTH

The shape of the earth, its motions and even its structure are presented in the Holy Quran in a very simple way that could be understood by most of the people. Part of this information was discovered about six centuries ago, part was discovered in the 1960s and part is yet to be discovered. The Holy Quran was revealed to Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh) about fourteen centuries ago. In cited verse #(3-15), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Merges the night into the day and Merges the day into the night. Merging the night into the day means that the days light crawls slowly over the darkness of the night, until the darkness vanishes and the days light takes over. Merging the day into the night is the opposite process, where the days light is slowly dimmed until it completely vanishes and the night takes over. In this verse ALLAH (SWT) is Reminding us that He Has Created this phenomenon, which we experience every day. This phenomenon could never happen unless there is a specific cyclic action. This cyclic action is either the spinning of the earth around itself in front of the light source (the sun), or the motion of the light source (the sun) around a nonspinning earth. In cited verses #(3-16) ALLAH (SWT) is Telling us that there is a significant difference between the motion of the sun and the motion of the moon. In the second verse ALLAH (SWT) is Telling that the moon moves along a trajectory with repetitive and specific stages. This kind of motion could not occur unless the trajectory along which the moon moves is closed. That is, the moon moves along an orbit where it always comes back to the same location relative to the earth after running through the different stages. In the first verse ALLAH (SWT) Says that the sun is running to where it will settle down. That is, it does not return to the same location again (its motion is of non-repetitive nature). This could only happen either if it is running along (i) an open trajectory, (ii) a huge spiral trajectory, or (iii) a huge closed trajectory (where it will settle down before reaching the starting point, i.e. before completing one orbital revolution). At the end of the third verse ALLAH (SWT) Says, and each (the sun and the moon) is swimming (floating) along its orbit. From this it is seen that the sun is moving along either a spiral trajectory or a closed trajectory. If the sun is moving along a closed trajectory, it will cease to function somewhere before reaching the starting point. More about this amazing phenomenon is presented in Chapter 7. Based on the above argument, it is clear that the cyclic action of merging the night into the day and merging the day into the night is produced by the spinning of the earth around itself in front of the light source (the sun).
CH. 3
57
Cited Verse #(3-15) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Do not you see that ALLAH Merges the night into the day and Merges the day into the night, and Has Subjected the sun and the moon, each running for an appointed term, for ALLAH Has complete knowledge of what you do. (part 21, Surat Luqmaan Luqmaan)
Cited Verses #(3-16) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And the sun runs to where it will settle down, that is the arrangement of the Exalted in might. And the moon We Have arranged for it repetitive stages. The sun is not permitted to catch up with the moon, nor the night is preceding the day, and each is swimming along its orbit. (part 23, Surat Yaaseen Yaaseen)
58
M. WAGDI
In the third verse of cited verses #(3-16), ALLAH (SWT) Says, nor the night is preceding the day . Since the night is not preceding the day, therefore, both of them must occur simultaneously (at the same time). Half of the earths surface facing the sun is day and the other half on the other side is night. In cited verse #(3-17), ALLAH (SWT) Says that the wrapping of the night over the day and the wrapping of the day over the night, both occur in the shape of a ball, that is in spherical form. In cited verse #(3-18), ALLAH (SWT) Says, And you see the mountains, you think they are stand still, though they pass by as the clouds pass by . For an object to pass by, it has to be moving relative to an observer. On the earth, we see the clouds passing by because there is a relative motion between the clouds and the earths surface. We know that the mountains are an integral part of the earths surface (the crust). They do not move relative to the surface of the earth. Therefore, if the mountains are moving, so is the earth as a whole. In this verse there is an analogy between the motion of the clouds and the motion of the mountains. The clouds move around the earths surface in the form of a rotational motion, which is primarily induced by the spinning motion of the earth. From cited verse #(3-15), cited verses #(3-16), cited verse #(3-17), and cited verse #(318), it is seen that the earth goes through the following events : Merging of the day and the night, [cited verse #(3-15)]. The simultaneous occurrence of the night and the day, [cited verses #(3-16)]. Wrapping the night over the day and the day over the night, [cited verse #(3-17)]. The passing by of the mountains and the similarity of their motion to the clouds, [cited verse #(3-18)].
For these events to occur regularly and uniformly, the shape of the earth must be spherical or pseudo-spherical, the earth must be spinning in front of the sun and its spinning axis must be inclined by an angle to the earths orbital plane (the plane containing the center of the earth and the center of the sun). More about the motions of the sun and the moon is presented later on in this chapter. In cited verses #(3-19), ALLAH (SWT) Has given us more detailed information about the shape of the earth and how it came to be that way. In these few verses, ALLAH (SWT) Explains the creation events that took place in order for the earth to be in its final form. Before analyzing these verses, we have to clarify one very important situation. In some verses of the Holy Quran, ALLAH (SWT) Talks about the heavens (as a plural), that is the seven heavens, and in some other verses He Talks about the heaven (as a singular). For us humans, we can only see and observe part of the lowest heaven (the universe). Therefore, it is logical that whenever ALLAH (SWT) Mentions the heaven (as singular), it is meant to be the lowest heaven. The universe is just a part of the lowest heaven.
CH. 3
59
Cited Verse #(3-17) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful He Created the heavens and the earth in true proportions, He Wraps the night over the day (in spherical form) and Wraps the day over the night (in spherical form), and He Has Subjected the sun and the moon, each running for an appointed term, Is not He The Exalted in power, He Who Forgives again and again. (part 23, Surat Al Zumor The Crowds)
Cited Verse #(3-18) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And you see the mountains, you think they are stand still, though they pass by as the clouds pass by, made by ALLAH, Who Perfected every thing, He is completely knowledgeable of what you do. (part 20, Surat Al Naml The Ants)
60
M. WAGDI
The first and the second of cited verses #(3-19) give extremely valuable information about one of the most mysterious characteristics of the lowest heaven (the universe) which is not yet known by the astronomers and the astrophysicists. These verses will be discussed in the Construction of the Lowest Heaven section. In the third verse of cited verses #(3-19), ALLAH (SWT) Says, and He Suppressed its complete darkness and Brought out its morning light. We have learned from cited verses #(3-5) that the heaven was smoke before ALLAH (SWT) Arranged it into seven heavens and Assigned in each its tasks. When the heaven been nothing but smoke, it was engulfed in complete darkness. Afterwards, ALLAH (SWT) Has Created every thing in the seven heavens and Set them to function according to His commands and rules. In the last verse of cited verses #(3-5), ALLAH (SWT) Says, and We Have Adorned the lowest heaven with lamps . Lamps emit light by burning fuel. Therefore, the lamps in the lowest heaven that emit light are the stars *. From the above two verses we learn that the creation of the stars in the lowest heaven brought the light to it after being in complete darkness when it was smoke. This light is defined in the third verse of Cited verses #(319) as the brightest light of the day (in Arabic Doha). Doha is the time of the day, about three to four hours after sunrise. At this time the daylight has reached its maximum brightness and it remains so till about two hours before sunset. Therefore, the light that ALLAH (SWT) Has Brought to the lowest heaven by Creating the stars is the brightest light, and it will remain so as long as the heaven exists. We have learned earlier that our sun, our moon and all the planets and their moons in our solar system are part of the lowest heaven. That is, all the objects in our solar system (except the earth) were created with the creation of the lowest heaven. In the last three of cited verses #(3-19), ALLAH (SWT) Says, And the earth after that He Bulged it. Exited from within its water and its pasture. And the mountains He Set them rigidly. This indicates that these three events that the earth went through took place after the creation of all the objects in our solar system. The sequence of events that the earth went through is as follows :1. Bulging of the earth. 2. Exiting of water from within the earth and the formation of the pasture. 3. Setting of the mountains and fixing them rigidly in the earth. EVENT #1 (BULGING OF THE EARTH) The sun is the largest object in our solar system (865,000 miles in diameter). As it started to function, its strong gravitational force attracted the planets in our solar system, _______________________________________ A star is a huge volume of gas (hydrogen) where a chemical reaction process known as fusion takes place, which transfers hydrogen into helium thus producing tremendous amount of heat and emit very bright light (our sun is a star).
CH. 3
61
Cited Verses #(3-19) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Are you the more difficult to create or the heaven which He Constructed. He Raised its thickness and Gave it order and perfection. And He Suppressed its complete darkness and Brought out its morning light. And the earth after that, He Bulged. Exited from within its water and its pasture. And the mountains He Set rigidly. (part 30, Surat Al Naazeaat Those Who Tear Out)
Cited Verse #(3-20) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful But We Have Given those and their fathers pleasurable and long life, do not they see that We Come to Reduce the earth from its tips, are they the winners ?. (part 17, Surat Al Anbiyaa The Prophets)
62
M. WAGDI
as well as the earth, so they started to move in orbits around it. All the planets in our solar system (including the earth) perform two types of motions, a spinning motion and a translation motion along their respective orbits around the sun. It is not clearly understood what causes the spinning motion of the planets, however it may be attributed to their own magnetic fields and the strong electromagnetic waves emitted from the sun. The spinning motion of the planets is necessary for stabilizing their orbital motions and for maintaining their attitudes relative to their respective orbital planes. From the fourth verse of cited verses #(3-19) we learn that ALLAH (SWT) Has Caused the earth to bulge after the creation of the lowest heaven, that is after the creation and the functioning of our solar system. The earth has a spherical shape. Bulging a spherical object is done by pressing it from two opposite sides, thus causing its diameter normal to the direction of the applied force to swell (to increase), and its diameter along the direction of the applied force to be reduced. Therefore, some force must have acted on the earth to cause its bulging. In cited verse #(3-20) and cited verse #(3-21), ALLAH (SWT) Has Told us two things, the earth is spinning, and where the earth is bulged. In cited verse #(3-20), ALLAH (SWT) Says, do not they see that We Come to Reduce the earth from its tips, and in cited verse #(3-21), ALLAH (SWT) Says, Have not they seen that We Come to Reduce the earth from its tips. The Holy Wisdom of ALLAH (SWT) is demonstrated clearly in these two verses. He Wants us to think and to study His Holy words carefully. Any spherical shape, such as a rounded ball, does not have tips, unless it is spinning. For a spinning sphere the tips are the intersections of the spinning axis with the spheres surface. The spinning axis of the earth passes through the poles (the north and the south poles). Therefore, the tips of the earth are the north pole and the south pole. Accordingly, from cited verses #(3-20) and #(3-21) we learn that the polar diameter of the earth, that is the distance between the north pole and the south pole, is shorter than the equatorial diameter (the diameter of the earth at the equator) [more striking information from cited verses #(3-20) & #(3-21) is presented in Chapter 6]. The following may be concluded:THE EARTH IS BULGED AT THE EQUATOR, THAT IS THE EQUATORIAL DIAMETER OF THE EARTH IS LARGER THAN ITS POLAR DIAMETER. This phenomenon was discovered only in the late 1950s, after the launching of man made earth satellites. The instrumentation aboard those satellites provided very accurate measurements of the earths shape. The satellites measurements showed that the earth is bulged at the equator. The diameter of the earth at the equator is 26.7 miles (43 kilometers) larger than its diameter at the poles. Measurements from the satellites also showed that the equatorial bulge is 26 feet (8 meters) bigger in places south of the equator. As explained earlier, and based on the sequence of events mentioned in cited verses #(3-19), ALLAH (SWT) Has Caused the earth to bulge after the creation and the functioning of the lowest heaven (our solar system included, except the earth). Due to the presence of the sun and the other planets, the earth started to spin and also started to move along an orbit around the sun. The earth bulged as a result of its spinning motion.
CH. 3
63
Cited Verse #(3-21) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Do not they see that We Come to Reduce the earth from its tips, and ALLAH Rules, none to question His ruling and He is Swift in accounting. (part 13, Surat Al Raad The Thunder)
Cited Verses #(3-22) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Before them the people of Noah did not believe, and they rejected our slave (devotee) and said mentally ill and was driven out. He (Noah) then called on his LORD, I am overwhelmed, let me be victorious. So, We Opened the gates of heaven with water pouring forth. And We Have Caused the earth to gush forth with springs, so the waters met (flooded) to the extent decreed. (part 27, Surat Al Qamar The Moon)
64
M. WAGDI
The following is a basic scientific analysis of how the spinning of the earth caused it to bulge. Those who are not interested in this analysis may skip the next outlined section.
Any mass that rotates about itself (spin) generates an outward acceleration (force per unit mass), called centrifugal acceleration. The force due to this acceleration is called centrifugal force. The centrifugal force is directly proportional to the distance from the spin axis. As this distance increases, the centrifugal force increases. Due to the spherical shape of the earth and its spinning motion, the centrifugal force is zero at the poles (North and South), and has its maximum value at the equator. Therefore, the main forces acting on the spinning earth are, its own gravitational force (directed inward towards the earths center), and the centrifugal force (directed outward and perpendicular to the spin axis, that is the line joining the north and the south poles). Figure (3-3) illustrates these forces. The centrifugal force may be analyzed in two components, a radial component directed outwards normal to the earths surface (opposing the inward gravitational force), and a tangential component (tangent to the earths surface). The radial component of the centrifugal force affects the magnitude of the gravitational force. Since the radial component of the centrifugal force is zero at the poles and maximum at the equator, therefore the net gravitational force is maximum at the poles and minimum at the equator. The variation of the gravitational force from the poles to the equator is less than 0.2%. Although this variation is very small, but due to the mass of the earth, it produced forces big enough to compress the surface of the earth from the poles inwards towards the equator, thus forming the equatorial bulge. The earth is formed of several layers (see Chapter 7 for details). Beneath the outermost two layers, the crust and the lithosphere plates the solid foundations, there is a soft semi-liquid (magma) layer. The existence of this layer made it possible for the compression forces, from the poles towards the equator, to bulge the earth at the equator. The tangential component of the centrifugal force also contributed to the bulging of the earth, but to a lesser extent.
EVENT #2 (EXIT OF WATER FROM WITHIN THE EARTH) From cited verses #(3-5), we learned that during the last four days (four thousand lunar years) of the creation, ALLAH (SWT), Laid down in the earth all its resources. The primary and most vital resource is water. Without water there is no life, cited verse #(31). In the fifth verse of cited verses #(3-19), ALLAH (SWT) Says, Exited from within its water and pasture. That is, the water as an earth resource was laid down beneath the earths surface. This indicates that there are huge underground reservoirs of water. In fact ALLAH (SWT) Has Told that. The great deluge of Prophet Noah was caused by continuous heavy rain together with tremendous amount of water gushing from beneath
CH. 3
65
Figure (3-3) Gravitational and centrifugal forces on the earth
66
M. WAGDI
the earths surface. In the last verse of cited verses #(3-22), ALLAH (SWT) Says and We Caused the earth to gush forth with springs. This is a clear indication of the existence of these huge underground water reservoirs. To end the deluge, ALLAH (SWT) Ordered the earth to swallow its water and the rain to stop, cited verse #(3-23). Water and the other earth resources were laid down into the earth before it started its spinning motion. This is shown from the sequence of events mentioned in cited verses #(3-5). After ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the earth, Made solid foundations on top of it, Blessed it, Laid down in it its resources, He Ordered the heavens and the earth to start to perform according to His rules, come ye willingly or unwillingly, cited verses #(3-5). The earths performance according to ALLAHs rules, is to spin and to move in an orbit around the sun. The earths resources are kept within the earth by its own gravitational force. The solid foundations that ALLAH (SWT) Made on top of the earth are also held in place by means of the earths gravitational force. Similarly, the earths atmosphere (the what in between the heavens and the earth) is kept attached to the earths surface by means of the earths gravitational force. Therefore the following may be concluded:THE EARTHS GRAVITATIONAL FORCE WAS CREATED WITH THE CREATION OF THE INNER PART OF THE EARTH, BENEATH THE SOLID FOUNDATIONS (DURING THE FIRST TWO DAYS TWO THOUSAND LUNAR YEARS OF CREATION). THE EARTH STARTED TO SPIN AND TO MOVE IN ORBIT AROUND THE SUN BY THE END OF THE SIX DAYS OF CREATION. AT THAT TIME THE EARTH STARTED TO BULGE. THE EARTHS ATMOSPHERE WAS CREATED DURING THE LAST TWO DAYS (TWO THOUSAND LUNAR YEARS) OF THE CREATION. When the earth started to spin, the shear stresses generated by the centrifugal forces, Figure (3-3), caused parts of the earths crust to crack at several locations. Under the internal pressure from beneath the earths solid foundations, water came flowing out to the earths surface. Plant seeds were already in the ground (among earths resources laid into it), and the earths atmosphere was just been created. The existence of the atmosphere was necessary for growing plants pasture, since it contains the needed oxygen and nitrogen. EVENT #3 (FORMATION OF THE MOUNTAINS) As was explained earlier, when the earth started to spin and to move, the earths crust went under severe stresses due to the formed shear and compression forces. The concentration of these stresses varied from one location to another, according to the local conditions. The generated forces pushed parts of the earths crust upwards thus forming the mountains. As the surface material is pushed upwards, the lower layers are compressed more to form the mountains rigid foundations, Figure (3-4). The composition, the density, and the solidity of the earths crust vary from one location to
CH. 3
67
Cited Verse #(3-23) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Then the word went forth, O earth !, swallow up thy water, and O heaven !, withhold thy rain, and the water abated and the matter was ended, and it (The Ark) rested on the Judei (Mount Judei), and the word went forth, Away with the unjust people. (part 12, Surat Hood The Prophet Hood)
Cited Verses #(3-24) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Do not they look at the camels, how they are created. And to the heaven, how it is raised. And to the mountains, how they are set up. And to the earth, how its surface is leveled. (part 30, Surat Al Ghaashiyah The Overwhelming Event)
68
M. WAGDI
Figure (3-4) Bulging of the earth and formation of the mountains another. The stresses then propagated in different directions and the mountains were formed accordingly. This phenomenon of mountains formation is described in cited verses #(3-24). In these verses ALLAH (SWT) is Exhibiting some of His creation. In such exhibition He Says, And at the mountains, how they are set up.. The Arabic word in the verse translated to set up, is used as in setting up a tent. This means that the mountains did not exist before this event occurred. Moreover, the word set up (as in setting up a tent) indicates that the mountains were formed gradually, from the ground up [marine mountains are formed in a different manner (Chapter 7)]. Therefore, the following may be concluded :THE MOUNTAINS ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE EARTHS CRUST. THEY WERE FORMED AS A RESULT OF THE SPINNING MOTION OF THE EARTH. THE MOUNTAINS DID NOT EXIST BEFORE THE EARTH STARTED TO SPIN. THEY WERE FORMED FROM THE GROUND UP, DUE TO THE STRESSES GENERATED IN THE EARTHS CRUST AS A RESULT OF ITS SPINNING MOTION. The latest theory suggests that the mountains were formed when the drifting continents crashed into each other (when tectonic plates collide) [see Chapter 7]. From the three events that occurred to the earth after its creation, cited verses #(3-19), we learn the following :BULGING OF THE EARTH, EXITING OF THE WATER FROM WITHIN, AND FORMATION OF THE MOUNTAINS, OCCURRED AFTER THE EARTH STARTED TO SPIN (AS A RESULT OF THE EARTHS SPINNING MOTION).
CH. 3
69
Cited Verse #(3-25) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And to ALLAH belong the eastward and the westward, wherever you turn, there is the presence of ALLAH, for ALLAH is all Pervading, all Knowing. (part 1, Surat Al Baqarah The Heifer)
Cited Verses #(3-26) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And I DO Swear by The LORD of the eastwards and the westwards that We are perfectly Capable of substituting for them better than they are, and We are not to be preceded. (part 29, Surat Al Maarij The Ways of Space Travel) In cited verse #(3-21) ALLAH (SWT) Says We Come to Reduce the earth . In the Arabic language the verbs translated to come and reduce are in present continuous form. That is the event of bulging of the earth is a continuous process, started by the end of the creation period and still going on. As explained above, since the formation of the mountains is a result of the spinning and bulging of the earth the bases of the mountains are continuously compressed and their heights are continuously increasing. Measurements have shown that the height of Mount Everest increases annually by about 4 inches (about 10 cm.). No man made theory has provided this fact.
70
M. WAGDI
Based on what we have learned, a more detailed time line for the creation of the earth, the heavens and what in between them [the earths atmosphere] is presented in Figure (35).
TILTING OF THE EARTHS SPIN AXIS

The cited verses so far, have shown that the earth is not exactly a perfect sphere. It is closer of having a geometrical shape known as oblate spheroid. The cited verses also have shown that the earth rotates about itself (spins) and that the spin axis is inclined by an angle to the earths orbital plane (the plane containing the center of the earth and the center of the sun). In the next cited verses ALLAH (SWT) Has given us more information about the planetary motion of the earth around the sun. In cited verse #(3-25), ALLAH (SWT) Says, And to ALLAH belong the eastward and the westward . Eastward, means far away on the horizon where the sun rises, and westward, means far away on the horizon where the sun sets. In this verse, it is noticed that both words eastward and westward are in singular form. That is one eastward and one westward. When we humans want to be believed or when we are absolutely sure of what we are saying, we swear. When we swear, we swear by something that is more powerful than we are, or we swear by someone or something that is very dear to us. ALLAH (SWT) is the One that Has the ultimate power and the absolute authority. When ALLAH (SWT) Swears, He Swears either by Himself or by one of His creations. In cited verses #(3-26), ALLAH (SWT) Swears by Himself. He Says, And now I Do Swear by The LORD of the eastwards and the westwards that We are perfectly capable of substituting . In these verses, the words eastwards and westwards are in plural form. That is, there are more than two eastwards and more than two westwards [in the Arabic language there is a special form when referring to two things]. In cited verses #(3-27), in demonstrating His absolute authority and power, ALLAH (SWT) Says, LORD of the two eastwards and LORD of the two westwards, . The two eastwards and the two westwards are preceded by the word the. This indicates that there are two specifically defined eastwards and two specifically defined westwards. Knowing that the eastward is the direction where the sun rises and the westward is the direction where the sun sets, cited verses #(3-25), #(3-26) and #(3-27) show that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created a certain phenomenon that results in the following three situations : The sun rises from ONE distinct direction and sets at ONE distinct direction. The sun rises from TWO distinct directions and sets at TWO distinct directions. The sun rises from MANY directions and sets at MANY directions.
CH. 3
71
72
M. WAGDI
The Holy Quran is the words of ALLAH (SWT) to all mankind. He Has Created us and He Knows the capabilities and the limitations of the human mind. In the Holy Quran, Whenever ALLAH (SWT) Talks about a simple observed phenomenon of His creation, that all the people can observe and understand, He Mentions it in a direct and a straight forward manner. For other of His creations that are not clearly recognized by the people, He Gives some pointers and clues, so we can think and study to reach to the right answers. Studying the clues and pointers given in cited verses #(3-25), #(3-26) and #(327) leads us to the conclusion that the earths spin axis is tilted by an angle to the orbital plane (the plane that contains the center of the earth and the center of the sun).
The following is a basic scientific analysis of cited verses #(3-25), (3-26) and (3-27). Those who are not interested may skip the following outlined section.
The four seasons (Winter, Spring, Summer, Autumn) that the earth goes through every solar year is caused by the inclination of its spin axis to the orbital plane. Figure (3-6) shows sun rays projections on the surface of the earth at the different seasons. At the first day of the winter (22nd. of December), the sun rays become vertical to the tropic of Capricorn (latitude 23.5 degrees south), Figure (3-6A). As the winter progresses, the vertical sun rays move to the north. At the beginning of the spring (21st. of March), the sun rays become vertical to the Equator, Figure (3-6B). The vertical sun rays then continue to move to the north. At the beginning of the summer (21st. of June), the sun rays become vertical to the tropic of Cancer (latitude 23.5 degrees north). As the summer progresses, the vertical sun rays move to the south. At the beginning of the autumn (23rd. of September), the sun rays become vertical to the Equator again, Figure (3-6D). The four seasons are completed in one revolution of the earth around the sun (one solar year). The same cycle is then repeated again and again, as the earth repeats its orbital motion around the sun. As the seasons change, we notice that there are two distinct boundaries for the vertical sun rays. Those TWO distinct boundaries for the vertical sun rays are the tropic of Cancer and the tropic of Capricorn. The vertical sun rays move in Many locations between these two boundaries. Between these two boundaries, there is ONE distinct location (in the middle) for the vertical sun rays. This ONE distinct location is the Equator. From the earth and along the year, we see the sun rises from different locations (from the east), and sets at different locations (at the west). These locations change daily. At the beginning of the spring and the autumn (the sun rays become vertical to the equator). At these two particular days of the year, the sun rises from ONE distinct location in the east (One Eastward) and sets at ONE distinct location in the west (One Westward). At the beginning of the winter (the sun rays become vertical to the tropic of Capricorn), the sun rises from the southern most location and sets at the southern most location. At the beginning of the summer (the sun rays become vertical to the tropic of Cancer), the sun
CH. 3
73
Cited verses #(3-27) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful LORD of the two eastwards and LORD of the two westwards. Then which of the favors of your LORD will you deny. (part 27, Surat Al Rahmaan The Most Gracious)
Cited Verse #(3-28) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful This whom ALLAH Wills to guide, opens his chest (heart) to the Islam, and this whom He Wills to leave straying, He Makes his chest narrow, constricted as if he is rising in the sky, that is how ALLAH Makes severe penalties on those who do not believe. (part 8, Surat Al Anaam The animals)
74
M. WAGDI
Figure (3-6) Sun rays projection on the earth
CH. 3
75
rises from the northern most location and sets at the northern most location. At these two particular days of the year (the beginning of the winter and the beginning of the summer), the sun rises from TWO distinct Eastwards and sets at TWO distinct Westwards. At all other days of the year (other than the beginning of the four seasons), the sun rises and sets between these two boundaries, that is, there are MANY Eastwards and MANY Westwards.
VARIATION OF THE ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE WITH ALTITUDE

In the English language, the two words, heaven and sky are translated to one Arabic word samaa for singular, samawaat for plural. The word sky is used to describe the space above the earths surface that contains the earths atmosphere. While the word heaven is the space beyond the earths atmosphere, that is the universe. In the English language, sometimes the word heaven is used instead of the word paradise. In this book, the word heaven/s is used to define what is beyond the earths atmosphere (the universe and beyond). In the Holy Quran, the verses are constructed to give the exact meaning of the word samaa (singular) / Samawaat (plural). All living creatures on the earth are created in such a way to perform adequately in the earths environment. Our biological structure is designed to function properly at sea-level atmospheric conditions (sea-level pressure, density and temperature). To maintain the vital biological functions, a certain mass of air is needed (in particular oxygen) in each breathing cycle. This air mass is adjusted for optimum performance at sea-level conditions. If the required mass of air (specially oxygen) is reduced for any reason, the breathing will be narrow and constricted. The reduction of the required air mass occurs when the pressure and the density of the air are reduced. As we go up from the earths surface, the pressure, density and temperature of the air decrease. This makes breathing more difficult as we go to higher altitudes. At altitudes of about 12,000 feet and higher, human life could not be sustained without artificial breathing devices, due to the considerable reduction in the atmospheric pressure and density. In cited verse #(3-28), ALLAH (SWT) Tells about the phenomenon of the reduction of the atmospheric pressure and density with altitude. In this verse ALLAH (SWT) Says, He Makes his chest narrow, constricted (hard to breathe) as if he is rising in the sky, . The word samaa in this verse, has the meaning of sky, that is, the earths atmosphere. This is because the word rising is used. The action of rising is the action of going to higher altitudes within the atmosphere. In the Arabic language, the word yaruj describes the motion through the outer space (beyond the earths atmosphere). In cited verse #(3-29), ALLAH (SWT) Says, He Knows what moves through the earth and what comes out of it, and what comes down from the heaven and what moves (yaruj)
76
M. WAGDI
through it, and He is The Most Merciful, Who Forgives most. In this cited verse, as well as all other verses in the Holy Quran which describe the movement through the heaven (through the outer space), the Arabic word yaruj is used.
CONSTRUCTION OF THE LOWEST HEAVEN

In the first verse of cited verses #(3-19), ALLAH (SWT) is Challenging and Demeaning the unbelievers by Telling them that their creation is much easier and simpler than the creation of the heaven. ALLAH (SWT) Says, Are you more difficult to create or the heaven that He Has Constructed. To construct means to build a rigid structure. In the second verse ALLAH (SWT) Says, He Raised (elevated) its thickness (canopy) and Has Given it order and perfection. From cited verses #(3-11) to #(3-14), we have learned that the lowest heaven is a huge enclosure with solid perimeter. The first two verses of cited verses #(3-19) confirm this fact. The thickness of an enclosure is confined to its perimeter. From cited verses #(3-5) we have learned that after ALLAH (SWT) Has Arranged and Perfected the seven heavens, He adorned the lowest heaven with lamps (the stars). That is the stars as well as all other celestial objects are contained within the lowest heaven. As stated earlier in this chapter, the earth and its atmosphere each has its own identity and domain. They are outside the domain of the lowest heaven. The lower boundary of the lowest heaven is the outer threshold of the earths atmosphere. Though this phenomenon may seem to be beyond our comprehension, we have to keep in mind that this is ALLAHs creation and we are only one kind of His creation. In fact the above conclusion clarifies one of the most challenging and unsolved mysteries that the astronomers are facing today. According to the latest scientific theories and discoveries, all the illuminated celestial objects (stars, galaxies, quasars, etc.) that are observed, constitute less than 10% of matter in the universe (the lowest heaven). The remaining 90% or more is dark matter (non-illuminating objects). The question that the astronomers are seeking an answer to is, where is this huge amount of dark matter?. This huge amount of dark matter could not be closer to the earth than the observed stars, otherwise the stars could not be observed. Also, the bulk of the dark matter could not be located within the voids between the illuminating objects (stars and galaxies), since these voids could not accommodate their huge volume. Moreover, large concentrations of dark matter within the voids would obscure the illuminating objects beyond them and also could significantly alter the motion and the dynamics of the near by galaxies, due to their tremendous gravitational force. Therefore, the only logical explanation is that most of the dark matter must be located beyond the visible stars and galaxies. The bulk of the dark matter may be a part of the outer structure of the lowest heaven. In recent years astronomers have discovered the existence of an extremely powerful gravitational force field that affects to great extent the motions of galaxies. They named the source of this gravitational force, the great attractor. The outer structure of the lowest heaven may be
CH. 3
77
Cited Verse #(3-29) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Knows what moves through the earth and what comes out of it, and what comes down from the heaven and what moves yaruj through it, and He is The Most Gracious, Who Forgives most. (part 22, Surat Sabaa Sheba)
Cited Verse #(3-30) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Who Has Made for you the earth, covered with a smooth surface, and the heaven, a structure, and Sends down water from the heaven that brought forth therewith fruits for your sustenance, so do not make rivals to ALLAH when you know the truth. (part 1, Surat Al Baqarah The Heifer)
78
M. WAGDI
that great attractor. To gain more knowledge about the construction of the lowest heaven (the universe), lets analyze the information obtained from cited verses #(3-1), #(3-3), #(3-5), #(3-11) to #(3-14) and #(3-19). The primary entity from which the creation began produced only three identities, the earth, the heavens and what in between them (the earths atmosphere). The only information that ALLAH (SWT) Gave about the upper heavens is that they are defined domains (enclosures) each one surrounding the ones beneath it and each has a solid perimeter. ALLAH (SWT) Did not Give any more information about the upper heavens because such information is beyond the comprehension of the human mind. The stars are made to beautify and to stabilize the lowest heaven among other functions [more about the role of the stars is presented later in this chapter and in Chapters 5 and 6]. Anything else within the enclosure of the lowest heaven other than the stars, the earth and its atmosphere is a part of its structure. We have learned earlier that the upper perimeter of the lowest heaven is constructed from solid material. This suggests the following:ALL DARK CELESTIAL OBJECTS [SUCH AS PLANETS (OTHER THAN THE EARTH), THEIR MOONS, OUR MOON, ASTEROIDS, COMETS, ETC.] ARE FORMED FROM THE SAME MATERIAL FROM WHICH THE PERIMETER OF THE LOWEST HEAVEN IS CONSTRUCTED. UNLIKE THE EARTHS ATMOSPHERE WHICH WAS CREATED DURING THE CREATION PERIOD OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH [cited verse #(3-3)], THE ATMOSPHERES OF THE PLANETS IN OUR SOLAR SYSTEM AND BEYOND MAY HAVE BEEN GENERATED FROM CHEMICAL REACTIONS WITHIN AND EVOLVED WITH TIME. Accordingly, when in cited verse #(3-13) ALLAH (SWT) Says or Cause a big chunk of stone to fall on them from the heaven, , this means that He Can Cause a part from the heaven, such as an asteroid or a comet to fall on the earth. In fact, in all the verses in the Holy Quran where ALLAH (SWT) Talks about the creation of the heaven (the lowest heaven) or the heavens, He Says that He Has built or constructed them. Also He always Differentiates between the heaven and the stars. In cited verse #(3-31), ALLAH (SWT) Says, Do not they look at the heaven above them, how We Have Built it and Adorned it and it has no flaws. In this verse ALLAH (SWT) is Telling that the building of the heaven (the lowest heaven) and its adoration are two different things. According to the wording sequence in the verse, the process of building the heaven preceded the process of adorning it. In cited verses #(3-5), ALLAH (SWT) Says, and We Have Adorned the lowest heaven with lamps . As was explained earlier, the lamps that adorn the lowest heaven are the stars. In cited verse #(3-30), ALLAH (SWT) Says, and Sends down water from the heaven . We have learned that the lowest heaven domain starts from beyond the
CH. 3
79
Cited Verse #(3-31) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Do not they look at the heaven above them, how We Have Built it and Adorned it, and it has no flaws. (part 26, Surat Qaaf The Letter Qaaf)
Cited Verse #(3-32) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And it is He Who Made for you the stars, to guide you in the darkness of the land and the sea, We Have Detailed the signs for people of knowledge. (part 7, Surat Al Anaam The Animals)
80
M. WAGDI
earths atmosphere. It is known that rain comes from clouds within the earths atmosphere. The intended meaning of this verse goes beyond this elementary knowledge. In fact, the earth is not an isolated object. Later on in this chapter [The heavens-earth connection section] it is shown that the heavens and the earth are interconnected by physical laws that we do not know of. Events that take place on the earth are responses to events that occur in the lowest heaven. One of these events is the production and fall of rain on the earth. ALLAH (SWT) Causes some events to happen in the lowest heaven, which affects the climate on the earth. One of the major factors that have a direct influence on the production of rain is the sun, which is in the domain of the lowest heaven. The sun heats up the oceans, thus forming clouds that produce rain. However, the rain production process is much more complicated than just evaporation of water from the oceans.
THE STARS AND THE PLANETS

In the Holy Quran, ALLAH (SWT) Shows the difference between a star and a planet. The difference between the word star, in Arabic najm and the word planet, in Arabic kawkab is presented in a very clear manner. In cited verse #(3-32), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Made for us, humans, the stars as beacons to guide us in the darkness of the land and the sea. For an object to act as a beacon, two conditions must be satisfied. First, it has to be clearly visible and recognizable. Second, it has to be located in a fixed location. These two conditions are not met by the planets in our solar system. The planets locations relative to the earth are always changing. Moreover, sometimes they are visible from the earth and sometimes they are not. Therefore, the planets could never act as beacons for earth inhabitants. On the other hand, there are several star formations that are recognizable (constellations). Their locations relative to the earth are almost fixed. The earth and the stars are in continuous motion. The recognizable formations of the stars (constellations) could not maintain their fixed locations relative to the earth, unless they are very far away from the earth. In fact, all the stars (other than our sun) are very far away from earth. Their distances from the earth are measured in light years. A light year represents the distance covered by moving with the speed of light (186,282 miles per second) for the period of one year (one earth solar year). The distance covered by one light year is 5,874,589,152,000 miles. The closest stars (other than our sun) to the earth are tens of light years away. One of the stars that is used as a beacon is the North Star, which when looked at from the earth, gives the direction of the earths geographic north. In cited verses #(3-33), ALLAH (SWT) is Describing some of the events that will take place on judgment day. He Says, And when the stars are dimmed. The only things that
CH. 3
81
Cited Verses #(3-33) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Then when the stars are dimmed. And when the heaven is slightly opened. And when the mountains are demolished. And when the messengers are appointed a time. (part 29, Surat Al Mursalaat Those Sent Forth)
Cited Verses #(3-34) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful When the heaven is cleft asunder. And when the planets are scattered. And when the oceans are being exploded. And when the graves are turned upside down. Each soul has learned what it had forwarded and delayed. (part 30, Surat Al Enfetaar The Cleaving Asunder)
82
M. WAGDI
can be dimmed are sources of light. With these few words, ALLAH (SWT) Has Described the stars by one of their principle characteristics, sources of light. Also, in this verse, ALLAH (SWT) is Telling that the stars will not continue to emit light forever. On judgment day all the stars will cease to function in their usual way and will no longer emit light. On the other hand, in cited verses #(3-34), also in Describing some of the events that will take place on judgment day, ALLAH (SWT) Says, And when the planets are scattered. Obviously the objects that can be scattered possess characteristics different from those of the stars. They should be rigid, non-illuminating objects. Further more, scattering of objects at some time in the future, indicate that at the present time, these objects have precise and orderly motions, then at some time in the future their motions will be disrupted and they will be scattered. The orderly motion is one of the principle characteristics of the planets. They move in precise orbits around the sun. It is therefore clear that the Arabic word Najm means a star, and the Arabic word kawkab means a planet. It is known that the planets are non-illuminating objects. Some of the planets in our solar system become visible at night when they are in positions that reflect suns light. There are nine major planets in our solar system. Also there are many minor distant planets within our solar system. The sizes of those minor distant planets are small that they could be classified as asteroids. Those minor distant planets could not be observed by the naked eye. At certain specific times, one, two or three of the major planets in our solar system may be visible from earth. In cited verses #(3-35), ALLAH (SWT) Says, We Have Adorned the lowest heaven with the adoration of the planets. The planets become visible only when there is a star nearby. The star in our solar system is the sun. The visibility of one, two or three planets in our solar system, and even not all the time, is no adoration to the lowest heaven. Therefore, there must be another explanation for this particular verse. In cited verses #(3-5), ALLAH (SWT) Says, And We Have Adorned the lowest heaven with lamps . As was explained earlier, the lamps in this verse are the stars. The adoration of the lowest heaven with stars is clearly visible from earth, because there are trillions and trillions of stars. In cited verses #(3-35), the words adoration of the planets, means that the planets are adorned by something. Since the planets become visible only when there is a star nearby, therefore, those things that adorn the planets are the nearby stars. Generally, the size of a star is much bigger than the size of a planet. Planets in the vicinity of a star are forced to move in orbits around the star due to its greater gravitational force. The planets that are adorned by stars are most likely part of a solar system. The above two cited verses indicate that the lowest heaven is adorned by individual stars, and stars forming solar systems other than ours. These two verses also indicate that in the lowest heaven, there is a great number of solar systems other than ours. The following very important conclusion may be drawn from cited verses #(3-35) and cited verses #(3-5) :-
CH. 3
83
Cited Verses #(3-35) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful We Have Adorned the lowest heaven with the adoration of the planets. And secured from every obstinate devil. They do not eavesdrop to the exalted assembly and they are thrown at from every side. Annihilated and for them there is a severe torture. Except that who snatches something is then followed by a piercing meteoroid. (part 23, Surat Al Saffaat Those Ranged in Ranks)
Cited Verse #(3-36) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful For Yusuf said to his father, Oh my father, I did see eleven planets and the sun and the moon, I saw them prostrate themselves to me. (part 12, Surat Yusuf Joseph)
84
M. WAGDI
THERE ARE MANY EXTRATERRESTRIAL SOLAR SYSTEMS AND PLANETS OTHER THAN OUR SOLAR SYSTEM AND ITS PLANETS. CAUTION: AS WAS EXPLAINED EARLIER IN THIS CHAPTER, NON OF THOSE EXTRATERRESTRIAL PLANETS IS IDENTICAL TO THE EARTH AND NONE HAS ATMOSPHERE IDENTICAL TO THAT OF THE EARTH. Just recently, astronomers have discovered extraterrestrial planets far beyond our solar system.
THE PLANETS IN OUR SOLAR SYSTEM

Our solar system is an infinitesimal part of the universe (the lowest heaven). However by earth standards, our solar system is huge. Up till now, information about our solar system is far from being complete. Discoveries in the universe (the lowest heaven), in general and in our solar system, in particular are done mainly by observations. In the beginning, the observations were done by the naked eye, then by primitive telescopes, and now by powerful earth telescopes and by the orbiting space telescope (Hubble Space Telescope). The ancient Egyptians had an advanced knowledge of astronomy, but unfortunately, it was not recorded or documented. According to the documented history of the science of astronomy, the orbital motions of the planets around the sun (in our solar system) were first described by Kepler (A Swiss astronomer). The dynamics of the planetary motions then were formulated mathematically by Newton (an English mathematician). For such calculations to be feasible, very simplified models must be assumed. With all the mathematical tools and the computers that exist today, it is still impossible to take into account even some of the realistic factors that govern the motions of all the planets in our solar system. That is why every now and then, a new discovery or a new theory surfaces. To have some feeling about the magnitude of this problem, Table (3-1) shows the huge diversity (by earth standards) in the sizes, the distances and the orbital times of the major nine planets in our solar system. In recent years, it was discovered that there are several additional planets in our solar system. Those planets are called minor distant planets. Some astronomers regard these planets as asteroids because they are very small and have unusual orbits that differ from the orbits of the nine major planets. It was just very recently that some astronomers wanted to re-classify the farthest of the nine major planets (Pluto) as an asteroid. However, most of the astronomical community rejected that. All the major planets, except the two inner planets (Mercury and Venus) have moons. Due to the proximity of Mercury and Venus to the sun, the suns gravitational force would have attracted their moons, if they had any. Therefore, there is one common characteristic of the earth and all the outer six major planets. This common characteristic is that each has one or more
CH. 3
85
Table (3-1)
Planet Diameter (Miles) Distance from the sun (Miles) 36,000,000 67,250,000 93,000,000 141,700,000 484,000,000 887,000,000 1,787,000,000 2,797,000,000 3,675,000,000 Time of one revolution around the sun (earth time) 88 days 224.7 days 365.25 days 1.88 years 11.86 years 29.46 years 84.02 years 164.79 years 248.43 years
Mercury Venus Earth Mars Jupiter Saturn Uranus Neptune Pluto
3,100 7,700 7.918 4,220 88,700 71,600 32,000 31,000 3,600
Suns Diameter : 865,000 Miles
Suns surface temperature : 11,000 degrees F. Suns core temperature : 35,000,000 degrees F.
Earths moon diameter : 2,160 Miles Earths moon distance from the earth : 221,463 Miles
moons. Accordingly, any minor distant planet may maintain the status of a planet, if it has a moon or more. One of the new discoveries is an asteroid named Ida. This asteroid has irregular shape. It is about 32 miles (52 kilometers) long, which is very small to be classified as a planet. However, this asteroid Ida has a moon, named Dactyl. If the same planetary common rule applies (each outer planet has a moon or more), this tiny Ida may be considered to be one of the distant minor planets. There may be other minor distant planets with a moon or more. In fact, ALLAH (SWT) Directs our attention to this issue. Cited verse #(3-36) presents a part of the story of Prophet Yusuf (Joseph). In this verse, Yusuf told his father that he has seen (in a dream) that eleven planets and the sun and the moon are kneeling (face down) to him (Yusuf). At the end of the story (at the end of the Surah), the eleven planets represented Yusufs brothers, the sun and the moon represented his father and his mother. The Holy Quran is ALLAHs words. Every single word is chosen to give precisely the intended meaning. In this verse, there is a similarity between the words and what they represent. The father is the provider for the family, that is the familys energy source (the sun). The mother is the one with kindness and compassion and cares for the children. She is the shining light of the family (the moon). The children are raised around both the father and the mother (the planets). The dreams are always symbolic and may be unexplained. However, the dreams of the Prophets either express a message from ALLAH (SWT) or reveal some real events. In order to convince the people of the truth of ALLAHs message, ALLAH (SWT) Has provided
86
M. WAGDI
each Prophet with a miracle to be performed by the Prophet. The miracle provided by ALLAH (SWT) to Prophet Yusuf, is the ability to explain the dreams. In cited verse #(3-36), Prophet Yusuf s dream represented an event that happened years later. In the complete Surah (Surat Yusuf), Prophet Yusuf interpreted the dreams of his two fellow inmates while he was in the prison, and also he interpreted the dream of the king of Egypt after he got out of the prison. However, he (Prophet Yusuf) did not explain his own dream [cited verse #(3-36)]. He only recognized it years later (Surat Yusuf). If there were any interpretation for Yusuf s dream other than its direct meaning, he (Yusuf) would have interpreted it as he did for the dreams of the other people. This indicates that ALLAH (SWT) is Telling about a phenomenon of His creation by Making the analogy as given by the verse. The following may therefore be concluded :THERE ARE ELEVEN PLANETS IN OUR SOLAR SYSTEM. EITHER TWO YET TO BE DISCOVERED OR TWO OUT OF THE MANY MINOR DISTANT PLANETS SHOULD BE CLASSIFIED AS ADDITIONAL PLANETS TO THE NINE MAJOR ONES. THE REMAINING MINOR DISTANT PLANETS SHOULD BE CLASSIFIED AS ASTEROIDS. Eventually, this will be realized someday, as the science and technology continue to advance. Our solar system is a complete dynamic system. The motion of the earth is influenced directly by the sizes, the distances and the gravitational forces of all the other planets. Knowing the exact number and the physical information of the planets in our solar system enables us to compute more accurately the earths motion. Such knowledge may lead to better understanding of the occurrence of the earths natural events, such as earthquakes and volcanoes. EARLY IN 2004 ASTRONOMERS HAVE DISCOVERED (FROM IMAGES OBTAINED BY HUBBLE SPACE TELESCOPE) A NEW PLANET IN OUR SOLAR SYSTEM. THEY NAMED THIS NEW PLANET SEDNA. THIS PLANET DIAMETER IS ABOUT 1000 MILES, IT IS ABOUT 8 BILLION MILES FROM THE SUN, ITS TEMPARATURE IS ABOUT 400 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT, AND ITS YEAR (TO COMPLETE ONE REVOLUTION AROUND THE SUN) IS EQUAL TO 10,000 EARTH YEARS.
FORMATIONS OF THE STARS

To the present date astronomers know very little about the stars. The study of the stars is done mainly through observations. The data accumulated from the observations gives very limited information, such as the size of the star, its distance from the earth, its
CH. 3
87
Cited Verse #(3-37) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Blessed is He Who Made constellations in the heaven and Made in it a shining lamp and an illuminating moon. (part 19, Surat Al Furqaan The Criterion)
Cited Verses #(3-38) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful By the heaven which has numerous precise paths. You are in a doctrine discordant. (part 26, Surat Al Thaariyat The Winds That Scatter)
luminosity, and what kind of gas it is formed from. There are many unanswered questions regarding the mere existence of the stars, their function, their locations and their distribution in the universe (the lowest heaven). No scientific community has ever been able to answer some of these questions. However, in the Holy Quran, ALLAH (SWT) Gives some hints to direct us to the right approach to know more about the stars. In cited verses #(3-5), ALLAH (SWT) Tells that He Has Adorned the lowest heaven with lamps. We have learned that these lamps are the stars. One of the functions of the stars is the adoration of the lowest heaven. In cited verse #(3-32), ALLAH (SWT) Tells
88
M. WAGDI
that He Has Made for us the stars as beacons, to guide us in the darkness of the land and the sea. We have learned that for the stars to be beacons, they have to be recognizable. That is, they have to be in certain formations and at constant locations relative to the earth. Another function of the stars is to act as beacons. In cited verse #(3-37), ALLAH (SWT) Tells that He Has Made constellations in the heaven (the lowest heaven). A constellation is a formation of fixed stars. The shapes of the constellations are fixed and do not change. However, the angles at which these constellations appear to an observer from the earth are related to the location of the earth in its orbit around the sun. The angular orientation of the constellations relative to the earth determines the solar year calendar and the solar year duration. These angular orientations change very slightly over the years (due to the earths wobbling motion and also due to the motion of the sun along its orbit). Another function of the stars and their formations is to identify the seasons and the solar year. As mentioned earlier in this chapter, when ALLAH (SWT) Swears, He Swears by Himself or by one of His creations. When ALLAH (SWT) Swears by one of His creations, He Emphasizes the greatness of this particular creation. In the mean time, He is Bringing such phenomenon to our attention in order to study it thoroughly, to gain more knowledge about His creation. In cited verses #(3-38) ALLAH (SWT) Swears by one of the characteristics of the lowest heaven. He Says, By the heaven which has numerous precise paths. We have learned earlier in this chapter that the lowest heaven is a huge enclosure where all the celestial objects are contained within. All those celestial objects (stars, galaxies, quasars, nebulae, etc.) are in continuous motions. In these verses ALLAH (SWT) Tells that all the celestial objects are moving along precise trajectories. When the science of astronomy was in its infancy, the telescopes were very primitive. Back then the astronomers were able to observe only a small fraction of the celestial objects. They thought that the voids between the objects are so large compared to the size of the objects. The more sophisticated telescopes were developed, the more celestial objects were observed. With the advent of the Hubble Space Telescope and the powerful computers, more and more luminous distant celestial objects are discovered. However, the non-illuminating celestial objects could not be observed, but they are there. That is the size of the voids between the celestial objects is not too large compared to the size of the celestial objects as was thought previously. Accordingly, the movements of the celestial objects within the comparatively limited voids, must be very precise. In some cases, celestial objects do merge into each other to form a new object. From cited verses #(3-36) and #(3-37), we have learned that the formations of the stars (the constellations) maintain their recognizable shapes and they do not change with time. Meanwhile, they are moving along their own precise trajectories. The complexity of such phenomenon is mind boggling.
CH. 3
89
Cited Verses #(3-39) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And even if We Opened on them a gate from the heaven, and they were to continue moving through it. They would say, our eyes have been intoxicated, or may be we are bewitched by sorcery. And We Have Made constellations in the heaven and Adorned it for the observers. (part 14, Surat Al Hejr The Rocky Tract)
Cited Verses #(3-40) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And I Do Swear by the locations of the stars. And indeed, it is a mighty adjuration, if you know. (part 27, Surat Al Waaqeah The Inevitable Event)
90
M. WAGDI
In the first two verses of cited verses #(3-39), ALLAH (SWT) Says, And even if We Opened on them a gate from the heaven, and they were to continue moving through it. they would say, our eyes have been intoxicated, or may be we are bewitched by sorcery. Notice in the first of these verses the words, opened on them. The meaning of these words differs from the meaning of the words opened to or for them. In the Arabic language, when saying open on them, this means that while they are in their location, something came to them or something happens to them. On the other hand, when saying open to or for them, this means that a certain avenue has been opened to them so they can go through it at their will with no restrictions. The next words in the verse are a gate from the heaven and they were to continue moving through it. The Arabic word used for the word moving, is yarujoon, which is the plural of the verb yaruj. As was explained earlier, the Arabic verb yaruj means to move through outer space, that is moving through the heaven. The word to continue indicates the continuous action of yaruj, that is the whole action would take place in outer space. The words opening a gate from the heaven indicate that the motion through the deep outer space is restricted and limited to certain corridors. Therefore, the meaning of this verse would be, and even while they are in outer space, if ALLAH (SWT) Allowed them to go deeper into space by opening a corridor for them, they will become dazed and disoriented and they will lose control of themselves. In this verse, ALLAH (SWT) Tells that the humans will be able to go to outer space. However, their travel into outer space will be restricted and limited. They can not go beyond a certain threshold. If ALLAH (SWT) Allowed them to go beyond this threshold, they will be completely disoriented and will lose control of themselves, so they will not be able to function normally. More about travel into outer space is presented in Chapter 4. There are several factors that restrict the motion through the deep outer space. The main factors are, the gravitational fields of the celestial objects, in our solar system and beyond, the asteroids and the meteoroids, and the strong electromagnetic waves. There are thousands of asteroids forming the so-called asteroid belt, between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter. The asteroids and the meteoroids move with great speeds. They can destroy any man-made spacecraft, if it comes in their way. The strong electromagnetic waves may disrupt the normal operation of the electronic systems, and even they pose significant danger to human life. The lack of gravity in outer space causes the humans to be disoriented and lose the sense of direction. Extended periods of space travel, may affect adversely the human brain as well as the vital organs. Such adverse effects will result in physical malfunction and loss of control. In cited verses #(3-40), ALLAH (SWT) not only Swears by one of His creations, but also Emphasizing the greatness of such creation. He also Tells that we humans will realize the greatness of such creation if we have the proper knowledge. This great phenomenon that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created is the locations of the stars in the lowest heaven. In the past, it was thought that the stars are distributed randomly. But now, with more sophisticated equipment, the Hubble Space Telescope provided much more accurate images of the illuminating celestial objects. Those images revealed that the stars
CH. 3
91
and the galaxies are distributed with extremely intricate and ordered patterns. These ordered distributions of the stars could have never been evolved or formed after the creation process has ended. In cited verses #(3-5), ALLAH (SWT) Tells that He Has Created the seven heavens and Adorned the lowest heaven with lamps (stars) in the last two days of creation. This indicates that the creation and the distribution of the stars in the lowest heaven were completed in the last two days of creation. In order to be able to gain some knowledge about these Holy words, one of the basic laws of physics is presented next. ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the laws of physics. Among those laws, is the law of conversion of matter to energy. In the 1930s Albert Einstein discovered the mathematical relation for the conversion of matter to energy. Such conversion led to the production of atomic energy, and unfortunately, to the building of the first atomic bomb in 1945. The reverse process of converting energy to matter, has not yet been discovered by mankind. All indications point to the fact that both processes (conversion of matter to energy, and conversion of energy to matter) are continuously going on in the universe (the lowest heaven). Since light and heat are forms of energy, therefore, the stars may be recognized as energy producers. The energy production within the stars is achieved by means of the process of converting matter to energy. The matter (hydrogen) undergoes through a process known as atomic fusion. Such process results in the release of tremendous energy. Some of the energy produced by the stars somehow, undergo the reverse process of converting energy to matter (dark matter). Since the distribution of the dark matter is vital for maintaining the structural integrity of the outer boundary of the lowest heaven, therefore, the energy producers (the stars, quasars, galaxies and others) must be properly located for such purpose. The stars play a dominant role in maintaining the balanced dynamics of the universe (the lowest heaven). Because of their huge sizes, their gravitational forces are very strong. The stars do not only generate heat and emit light, they also emit very powerful electromagnetic waves. Motions of all celestial objects are completely controlled by the distribution of the gravitational and electromagnetic forces, that is, by the locations of the stars. In cited verses #(3-5), ALLAH (SWT) Says, and We Have Adorned the lowest heaven with lamps (stars) and for security. In cited verses #(3-35), ALLAH (SWT) Says, We Have Adorned the lowest heaven with the adoration of the planets. And secured from every obstinate devil. It was explained earlier that the adoration of the planets is the stars. In cited verse #(3-41), ALLAH (SWT) Says, And We Have Adorned the lowest heaven with lamps (stars) and Made it a place for shooting at the devils, and We Have Prepared for them the torture of hell fire. From these verses, we learn that the stars have the additional task of guarding the lowest heaven from the devils. The devils are shot at by electromagnetic waves generated by the stars. The high energy end of the
92
M. WAGDI
electromagnetic radiation spectrum is the gamma ray. Exposure to gamma rays is fatal to any creature. Recently it has been discovered that the distant galaxies (probably the stars within) emit powerful bursts of gamma rays. If the stars are to perform the duties of security guards, they have to be located properly for such task. As explained above, it is seen that the stars perform several functions. The distribution and the locations of the stars are essential for accomplishing their duties. Such locations are so vital for the preservation of the lowest heaven. That is why ALLAH (SWT) Swears by the locations of the stars and Says that it is a mighty adjuration, if you do have knowledge. From the above, the following may be concluded:THE STARS [AND IN PARTICULAR THOSE IN THE DISTANT GALAXIES] NOT ONLY GENERATE HEAT AND EMIT LIGHT, BUT ALSO EMIT POWERFUL ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES [BURSTS OF GAMMA RAYS]. PART OF THE ENERGY PRODUCED BY THE STARS IS CONVERTED TO MATTER (DARK MATTER). THE PRODUCTION AND THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE DARK MATTER IS VITAL FOR PRESERVING THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE UPPER BOUNDARY OF THE LOWEST HEAVEN. DUE TO THEIR OVERWHELMING GRAVITATIONAL AND ELECTROMAGNETIC FORCES, THE STARS PLAY A DOMINANT ROLE IN MAINTAINING THE BALANCED DYNAMICS OF THE UNIVERSE (THE LOWEST HEAVEN).
EXPANSION OF THE HEAVEN

In cited verse #(3-42) ALLAH (SWT) Says, And the heaven We Have Built with power, authority and skill, and We are to continue expanding. In this verse the words heaven in its singular form is used. As explained earlier, this identifies the lowest heaven (the universe). This verse indicates that ALLAH (SWT) Has first Completed the building of the lowest heaven then He is continuously Expanding it. From cited verses #(3-5) we have learned that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the earth first then created the seven heavens. This means that the creation proceeded in the outward direction from the earth. The lowest heaven is the first heaven surrounding the earth. Therefore, expansion of the lowest heaven must be in the outward direction from the earth. The phenomenon of the expansion of the universe has been discovered by astronomer Hubble in the late 1920s. Hubble observed that the galaxies are moving away from the earth and from each other. Also Hubble observed that the distant galaxies from the earth
CH. 3
93
Cited Verse #(3-41) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And We Have Adorned the lowest heaven with lamps and Made it a place for shooting at the devils, and We Have Prepared for them torture in the hell fire. (part 29, Surat Al Mulk The Dominion)
Cited Verse #(3-42) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And We Have Built the heaven with power, authority and skill, and We are to continue expanding. (part 27, Surat Al Thaariyat The Winds That Scatter)
94
M. WAGDI
move away with faster speeds than the closer galaxies. Based on his observations, Hubble deduced the Hubble law. The speed at which the galaxies move away from the earth is directly proportional to the distance of the galaxies from the earth. The earth is a planet in our solar system. Our solar system is located within the Milky Way galaxy. Our sun is among an estimated 200 billion stars in our galaxy. There are billions of other galaxies each contains hundreds of billions of stars. All the celestial objects (stars and other objects) are continuously moving along trajectories within their own galaxies. In the same time all the galaxies as separate units are moving within the universe (the lowest heaven). Hubbles law (observation) describes the motions of galaxies (not the individual stars) relative to the earth. According to Hubbles observations, the galaxies in all directions are moving away from the earth. Their speeds depend entirely on their distances from the earth (regardless of their relative positions to the earth). This could never be true unless their motions are unidirectional (outwards from the earth). That is the expansion of the heaven (the universe) is proceeding in the outward direction from the earth. By the end of the creation of the seven heavens, ALLAH (SWT) Created the stars in the lowest heaven [cited verses #(3-5), explained in page 44]. Our sun is among the created stars. The earth cannot function the way it is without the existence of our sun, our moon, and the planets and their moons in our solar system. The motion of our sun along its orbit [Chapter 7] is influenced by the billions of stars in our galaxy, which in turn influence the performance of the earth. Since the creation started with the creation of the earth, therefore there is a strong indication that our galaxy may be the center of the lowest heaven (the universe). In such case, the motion of our galaxy may be only rotational. On the other hand the motion of all other galaxies are rotational as well as translation. The translation motion must be in the outward direction from our galaxy. In all the verses of the Holy Quran, where ALLAH (SWT) Tells about the creation of the heavens and the earth, He Tells about their creation in the past tense [cited verse #(31), cited verse #(2-2), cited verse #(3-2), cited verse #(3-3), cited verse #(3-4), cited verses #(3-5), and so on]. This means that the creation of the heavens and the earth has been completed in the six days (six thousand lunar years) of creation, then the process of expanding the lowest heaven started and is still going on. From this we learn that the expansion process is different from the creation process. The following may be concluded :EXPANSION OF THE LOWEST HEAVEN (THE UNIVERSE) IS A CONTINUOUS PROCESS. IT STARTED AFTER THE CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH WAS COMPLETED. THE EXPANSION PROCESS IS DIFFERENT FROM THE CREATION PROCESS. THIS INDICATES THAT THE PHYSICAL LAWS GOVERNING THE TWO PROCESSES ARE DIFFERENT.
CH.3 CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH 95 ________________________________________________________________________ _
_______ Cited Verse #(3-43) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Do not they see that ALLAH Who Created the heavens and the earth and never got wearisome with their creation, is also Able to give life to the dead, yes indeed, verily He is capable of doing all things. (part 26, Surat Al Ahqaaf Winding Sand Tracts)
Cited Verse #(3-44) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful It is ALLAH Who Holds the heavens and the earth, lest they cease to exist, and if they did cease to exist, there is none who can hold them thereafter, He was and always be the most kind, the One Who Forgives. (part 22, Surat Faater The Originator)
96
M. WAGDI
IT IS MISTAKENGLY BELIEVED THAT THE AGE OF THE UNIVERSE (THE LOWEST HEAVEN) IS ESTIMATED TO BE 13.5-15 BILLION LIGHT YEARS. THIS ESTIMATE IS BASED ON MEASUREMENTS USING RED SHIFT TECHNIQUE. THIS WOULD BE TRUE IF THE UNIVERSE WAS NOT EXPANDING. IN SUCH CASE THE LINEAR RELATION BETWEEN THE SIZE AND THE AGE HOLDS. HOWEVER DUE TO THE EXPANSION OF THE UNIVERSE AND ACCORDING TO HUBBLES LAW (BASED SOLELY ON OBSERVATIONS) THE EXPANSION IS EXPONENTIAL WHERE THE SIZE GROWS MUCH FASTER AS TIME PROGRESSES. ACCORDINGLY THE AGE OF THE UNIVERSE IS MUCH LESS THAN THE ESTIMATED VALUE. AS STATED IN THE HOLY QURAN BOTH THE EARTH AND THE HEAVENS (THE UNIVERSE AND BEYOND) HAVE THE SAME AGE.
THE POWER OF ALLAH (SWT)

In cited verse #(3-43), ALLAH (SWT) Says, Do not they see that ALLAH Who Created the heavens and the earth and never got wearisome with their creation . As we have learned earlier in this chapter, the creation began when ALLAH (SWT) Caused the massive entity (that was joining the heavens and the earth together) to disintegrate violently. Such disintegration produced the necessary constituents and the environment for the creation of the heavens and the earth. Looking closely at the words (in the Arabic language) of cited verse #(3-1), we see that the disintegration of the massive entity was not caused by explosion, as we know it. The disintegration of the massive entity was caused by subjecting it to an incredible and most powerful energy source. Explosions occur due to sudden release of energy within a very short period of time. The released energy due to explosion dissipates after a short while. The smoke that resulted from the disintegration of the massive entity lasted for four thousand lunar years [four days in the sight of ALLAH (SWT), from the onset of the disintegration to the beginning of the formation of the seven heavens, cited verses #(3-5)]. Creation of the earth and the heavens took 6000 lunar years. During this time, the powerful energy source that disintegrated the massive entity had to continue supplying energy for the creation stages. That ultimate energy source is ALLAH (SWT), cited verse #(1-6). According to the laws of physics, which is created by ALLAH (SWT), the energy needed for the creation had to be greater than the energy produced by all the created objects. The energy produced by our sun is so huge that by our human standards is immeasurable. There are trillions and trillions of stars in the lowest heaven (the universe), some of them are millions of times larger than our sun. We can not even dare to imagine the amount of energy produced by them. From cited verse #(3-43) we learn that even after ALLAH (SWT) Has Provided the energy for the disintegration of the massive entity and the creation of the heavens and the earth, His energy has not been affected or reduced. He is still and will be forever The Ultimate Energy Source.
CH. 3
97
Cited Verse #(3-45) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And of every thing We Have Created a pair, that it may be a reminder for you. (part 27, Surat Al Thaariyat Winds That Scatter)
Cited Verse #(3-46) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Glory to Him [ALLAH (SWT)], Who Created all the pairs from what the earth grows and from themselves and from what they do not have knowledge of. (part 23, Surat Yaaseen Yaaseen)
In cited verse #(3-44), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He is The Only One Who Holds the heavens and the earth, lest they cease to exist. For the heavens and the earth to exist and to function they need a continuous supply of energy. This continuous supply of energy is provided by ALLAH (SWT). If ALLAH (SWT) Stopped supplying energy to the heavens and the earth, they will not only cease to function, they will cease to exist. Our human mind is incapable of understanding the basics of the creation of the heavens and the earth. How could we ever question or doubt the power and the knowledge of ALLAH (SWT).
98
M. WAGDI
EVERY THING IS CREATED IN PAIRS

In cited verse #(3-45), ALLAH (SWT) Says, And of every thing We Have Created a pair, that it may be a reminder for you. In this verse ALLAH (SWT) Tells about one of the most basic principles of His creation. The creation of everything in pairs. In this verse, ALLAH (SWT) is Reminding us that there is a fundamental difference between the Creator and the created. ALLAH (SWT) is the only ONE, nothing is similar or equivalent to Him, cited verses #(1-7), He Has no counterpart, while all the creatures of all kinds are created in pairs. In cited verse #(3-46), ALLAH (SWT) Gives more information about this phenomenon. In this verse, He Tells that He Has Created all the pairs from what the earth grows (i.e. vegetation), from themselves (i.e. all living creatures including humans), and from what we do not have knowledge of (i.e. from something that the human mind is incapable of understanding). THE PAIR IS NOT NECESSARILY OPPOSITES IN GENDER. IT MAY BE OPPOSITES IN CHARACTERISTICS, IN FUNCTIONALITY, OR IN BEHAVIOR. Matter, whether it is solid, liquid or gas is formed from atoms. The atoms are composed of neutrons, protons and electrons. For each particle of matter, there is an anti-particle, that is an anti-matter. The particle and the anti-particle are basically the same, except that each possesses an opposite electric charge. The electron has a negative charge, while the anti-electron (the positron) has positive charge. The proton is positively charged, while the anti-proton is negatively charged, and so on. The matter and the anti-matter do exist in the universe (the lowest heaven). But whenever matter and anti-matter collide, they annihilate each other, thus producing electromagnetic radiation in the form of neutral light particles, photons. Since every thing is composed of particles, therefore every thing has a counterpart that is composed of anti-particles. The human knowledge in the field of particle physics is still very limited. That is why in cited verse #(3-46), ALLAH (SWT) Says, and from what they (we humans) do not have knowledge of.
THE HEAVENS-EARTH CONNECTION

From each verse in the Holy Quran we learn more about ALLAHs creation. One of the most controversial issues that people argue about is, does this vast universe (the
CH. 3
99
Cited Verses #(3-47) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful It is ALLAH Who Has Subjected the sea to you, that the ships may sail through it by His command, that you may seek of His bounty, and that you may be grateful. And He Has Subjected to you, by His authority, all what is in the heavens and in the earth, behold, in that are signs indeed for those who think. (part 25, Surat Al Jaathiyah Bowing The Knee)
Cited Verse #(3-48) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And He Has Subjected to you the night and the day and the sun and the moon and the stars are subjected by His command, verily in this are signs for those who are wise. (part 14, Surat Al Nahl The Bees)
100
M. WAGDI
lowest heaven) affect the human life one way or another ?. From ALLAHs words in the Holy Quran. the answer to this question is YES. In the first verse of cited verses #(3-47), ALLAH (SWT) Tells about some of His creation that He Has subjected to us. In this verse, He Tells about undeniable facts that we visualize and practice every day. This is to prepare us to accept the other facts presented in the second verse. In the second verse of cited verses #(3-47), ALLAH (SWT) Says, And He Has Subjected to you all what in the heavens and in the earth . The sequence of the two verses, indicates that the information unrecognizable to us presented in the second verse are facts similar to the recognizable information presented in the first verse. From this second verse we learn that all ALLAHs creation in all the heavens (the seven heavens) and the earth are functioning for the benefit of mankind. This is a clear indication that there is a strong interaction between all the heavens and the earth. Such interaction provides the earth with the necessary elements for making it inhabitable. It is known that our sun is necessary for sustaining life on earth. Also it is known that our moon and the planets in our solar system and their moons are necessary for maintaining the accurate motion of the earth around the sun. Our solar system is a very tiny part of our galaxy (the Milky Way). The billions of stars in our galaxy, and so our solar system are continuously moving. They interact with each other according to physical laws not known to mankind. The billions and billions of other galaxies are also moving constantly and interact somehow with each other and with our galaxy. Those unimaginable motions and interactions are happening in the lowest heaven (the universe). The upper six heavens, which we do not know anything about, must also be interacting somehow with the lowest heaven. The following may therefore be concluded :THERE IS A STRONG INTERACTION BETWEEN THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH. SUCH INTERACTION MAKES THE CONDITIONS ON THE EARTH THE WAY THEY ARE. This confirms what we have learned earlier in this chapter, that the rain, the directions and the strength of the wind, as well as all other natural events on the earth are triggered by events occurring in the heavens, cited verses #(3-10) and #(3-30). At the end of cited verses #(3-47), ALLAH (SWT) Says, in that are signs indeed for those who think. ALLAH (SWT) Wants us, humans to think about His creation. He Wants us to expand our knowledge as much as we can. He Created us and He Knows the capabilities and limitations of our mind. In the Holy Quran, ALLAH (SWT) Has given information as well as clues and pointers about some of His creation. By giving us the clues and the pointers, ALLAH (SWT) is Telling us that our mind is capable of understanding this particular phenomenon and that we have to study and learn more about it. The human mind will never be able to comprehend many of ALLAHs creation. In such cases, ALLAH (SWT) Does not give us any information, clues or pointers. For
CH. 3
101
Cited Verse #(3-49) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful It is He Who Shows you His signs, and Sends down for you from the heaven sustenance, and it is only those who rely on Him will keep that in mind. (part 24, Surat Ghaafer Who Forgives)
Cited Verse #(3-50) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Or Who Originates the creation then Repeats it, and Who Gives you sustenance from the heaven and the earth, Is there a god with ALLAH, say bring forth your proof if you are telling the truth. (part 20, Surat Al Naml The Ants)
102
M. WAGDI
instance, ALLAH (SWT) Did not Give any clues in the Holy Quran about the characteristics of the upper six heavens (above the lowest heaven) and what in them, because such information is beyond the capabilities of the human mind. In cited verse #(3-48), ALLAH (SWT) Tells about some of His creation which He Has subjected to us, humans (by His command). Similar to cited verses #(3-47), ALLAH (SWT) Started by Telling about some of His creation recognizable to us, that He Has Subjected to mankind. Every day we witness the day and the night, sunrise and sunset. Also during the lunar month we observe the different stages of the moon. If we believe, and we must, that ALLAH (SWT) Has Subjected these phenomena for our benefit, then we have to believe the remaining part of the verse. In the remaining part of the verse, ALLAH (SWT) Tells that in addition to the night and the day and the sun and the moon, He Has also Subjected to us, by His command, the stars. Some of the functions of the stars that we humans benefit from are explained earlier in this chapter. In cited verse #(3-49), ALLAH (SWT) Says, It is He Who Shows you His signs, and Sends down for you from the heaven sustenance . From this verse we learn that one of the signs that ALLAH (SWT) Shows us, is that He Sends to us our sustenance from the heaven. We do not provide sustenance for ourselves, it is ALLAH (SWT) Who Provides for us. When we farm the earth, it is not us who grow the plants, it is ALLAH (SWT) Who Does that. We have learned earlier in this chapter that the earth came to its final form and started to function when the creation of the seven heavens was completed. That is, the earths environment and characteristics could never be the way they are without the strong interaction between the heavens and the earth. Also, we have learned that all natural events that occur on the earth are triggered by events in the heavens. Among those natural events that occur on the earth are the distribution of winds and the rain, cited verses # (3-10) and #(3-30). Without the rain there will be no rivers and no plants on the earth. The plants are the main food supply for almost all living species on the earth. This is a strong evidence that ALLAH (SWT) Sends to us our sustenance from the heaven. In cited verse #(3-50), ALLAH (SWT) Says, Or Who Originates the creation then Repeats it, and Who Gives you sustenance from the heaven and the earth . In the beginning of this verse we notice that the two verbs originates and repeats are given in their present tense form. This means that these actions are continuously going on. In all the verses in the Holy Quran whenever ALLAH (SWT) Tells about the creation of the heavens and the earth, He Uses the past tense created. Therefore, in this verse the words originates and repeats do not refer to the creation of the heavens and the earth, nor they refer to the creation of humans (birth) and then their resurrection on judgment day. The beginning of the verse must be related to the remaining of the verse. That is, the two verbs originates and repeats refer to some of ALLAHs creation in the heaven and the earth, that are continuously originated, die then originated again, and are related to our sustenance. The life cycle of the plants on the earth, which are the major part of our sustenance, fits that description. The plant grows from seeds. It produces its fruits and new seeds. The new seeds grow new plants and so on. In the heaven (the lowest heaven)
CH. 3
103
Cited Verses #(3-51) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And in the earth are signs for those who comprehend. And in yourselves, do not you have sights ?. And in the heaven are your sustenance and your destiny. (part 26, Surat Al Thaariyaat The Winds that Scatter)
the life cycle of the stars also fits the above description. The birth and the death of the stars is an observed phenomenon that is continuously going on. This leads to the following important conclusion :THE STARS HAVE MAJOR INFLUENCE ON THE NATURAL EVENTS THAT HAPPEN ON THE EARTH. IT MAY BE THE ENERGY THEY PRODUCE, THEIR LOCATIONS AND/OR THEIR FORMATIONS. In cited verses #(3-51) ALLAH (SWT) Presents yet another compelling evidence that our sustenance and even our destiny are determined by events in the heaven. Glory to ALLAH (SWT), in these verses the beauty and the elegance of the presentation is overwhelming. In cited verses #(3-51), ALLAH (SWT) is Telling that in the earth there are numerous signs showing the greatness of His creation. Those signs are recognized only by the people of knowledge, who study, think and learn. Even for those who could not explore the wonders of ALLAHs creation in the earth, they can see the wonders of His creation in themselves. They can look at their bodies and see the complexity and the intricate design features that only ALLAH (SWT) is Capable of creating. These are facts that are recognized and seen by the people of knowledge and the others. In the third verse of cited verses #(3-51), ALLAH (SWT) is Telling about another fact which is not recognized or seen by us. In this verse ALLAH (SWT) Says, And in the heaven are your sustenance and your destiny. From this verse we learn the following fact :THE SUSTENANCE AND THE DESTINY OF EACH HUMAN WHO EVER LIVED OR WILL LIVE ARE PRE-ASSIGNED BY ALLAH (SWT) AND ARE KEPT IN A RECORD IN THE LOWEST HEAVEN.
104
M. WAGDI

The findings from Chapter 3 may be summarized as follows : Water existed before the creation of the heavens and the earth. The Holy Throne was on the water before creation. Before the creation, the heavens and the earth were joined together in one entity. ALLAH (SWT) Caused this massive entity to disintegrate violently. The heavens and the earth were then created from what resulted from such violent disintegration and from water that existed before the disintegration occurred. The presence of water before the creation began suggests that water might have contributed somehow to the onset of the forcible disintegration. The heavens, the earth and what in between them were created in six thousands of our lunar years, that is 5825.24 of our solar years [six days in the sight of ALLAH (SWT)]. In the first two days of creation (two thousands of our lunar years), ALLAH (SWT) Created the inner part of the earth (below the solid foundations). In the next four days of creation (four thousands of our lunar years), ALLAH (SWT) Made solid foundations on top of the earth, Bestowed blessings on the earth, and Established in it all its resources. During these four days of creation, ALLAH (SWT) Proceeded to the heaven while it was SMOKE (that resulted from the forcible disintegration of the massive entity) and Commanded it and the earth to follow His rules and laws. In the last two of these four days of creation , ALLAH (SWT) Formed and Arranged the seven heavens and Assigned in each heaven its functions and commands and Adorned the lowest heaven with lamps (stars). That is, ALL the stars are in the lowest heaven ONLY. The smoke that resulted from the violent disintegration of the massive entity lasted for four thousand lunar years [from the onset of the disintegration to the formation of the seven heavens]. The seven heavens were created from the smoke in the last two days of creation. The seven heavens are created in layers, one on top of the other. They are enclosures one inside the other. The earth is within the innermost enclosure (the lowest heaven).
CH.3
105
The solid foundations on top of the earth are not fixed rigidly to the layer beneath it. All earth resources are contained within the earths crust and the solid foundations (tectonic plates) beneath the crust. The earths atmosphere was CREATED in the last two days of creation (two thousands of our lunar years). That is, during the creation of the seven heavens. IT DID NOT EVOLVE AFTER THE CREATION PERIOD HAS ENDED. The earth and its atmosphere have unique qualities and characteristics. They are not duplicated anywhere in the heavens. That is, there is nothing identical to the earth and its atmosphere in the universe (the lowest heaven). The domain of the lowest heaven (the universe) starts from the outer boundary of the earths atmosphere and extends to the farthest star and beyond. Our sun, moon and the planets in our solar system (except the earth) and their moons are within the domain of the lowest heaven. The earths gravity was created with the creation of the inner part of the earth [beneath the solid foundations (tectonic plates)] during the first two days (two thousand lunar years) of creation. This suggests that the formations and the constituents of the earths inner part generates the earths gravitational force. The earth started to spin and to move in an orbit around the sun by the end of the creation period. There are huge water reservoirs beneath the earths surface, within the crust layer. The earth was bulged at the equator when it started to spin, after the creation of the seven heavens (at the end of the creation period). The formation of the mountains and the exit of water from beneath the earths surface that grew pasture also resulted when the earth started to spin. Most of the dark matter in the lowest heaven (the universe) is concentrated at its outer perimeter. The outer perimeter of the lowest heaven (the universe) was constructed first from solid material, then all the celestial objects within were formed from the smoke. There are great number of extraterrestrial solar systems and planets other than our solar system and its planets. None of the extraterrestrial planets is identical to the earth, and none has atmosphere identical to that of the earth.
106
M. WAGDI
There are eleven planets in our solar system. In addition to the known nine major planets, two planets are yet to be discovered, or two of the minor distant planets should be classified as additional planets to the nine major ones. The remaining minor distant planets should be classified as asteroids.
The distribution and the locations of the stars play a dominant role in maintaining the balanced dynamics and the structural integrity of the outer perimeter of the lowest heaven (the universe). The lowest heaven is expanding. The expansion started after the completion of the creation of the heavens and the earth. The expansion process is different from the creation process. The physical laws governing the two processes are different. Hubbles law of the expansion of the universe is an undisputable proof that the earth was created first then the heavens, as mentioned in the Holy Quran. It contradicts the common theory that the earth was formed long after the creation of the heavens. The energy produced by all the stars and all other celestial objects are negligible compared to the energy of ALLAH (SWT). ALLAH (SWT) Supplies continuous energy for the heavens and the earth to continue functioning. Without this continuous energy supply, the heavens and the earth cease to exist. ALLAH (SWT) Has Created everything in pairs. For each particle of matter, there is an anti-particle, that is an anti-matter. The stars have major influence on the natural events that occur on the earth. It may be the energy they produce, their locations and/or their formations. The sustenance and the destiny of each human who ever lived or will live are preassigned by ALLAH (SWT) and are kept in a record in the lowest heaven.
CHAPTER 4
CREATION OF LIFE
ARE THERE FORMS OF LIFE IN THE HEAVENS ?
In Chapter 3, we have learned that the heavens and the earth were formed from one massive entity. Therefore, there should be some basic elements that exist all over, and specifically in the lowest heaven (the universe) and the earth. The violent disintegration of the massive entity may have caused chemical reactions that produced new elements. Due to the unlimited diversity of the formed celestial objects, existence and concentrations of the basic as well as the new elements may vary from one object to another. In that respect, unlimited number of environmental conditions in the heavens, and in particular the lowest heaven may exist. ALLAH (SWT) Has Created every thing for a reason and for a purpose. In creating the heavens and the earth, He Was Creating the environments for yet more of His creations, the living creatures. The forms and the characteristics of the living creatures must be compatible with their own living environments. In different environmental conditions, the living creatures must have different characteristics and different qualities. In Chapter 3, we have learned that the basic element and the corner stone of life is water. Therefore, the mandatory condition for the existence of any kind of living creatures in any form or shape anywhere is the presence of water. In Chapter 3 we have learned that ALLAH (SWT) Has Exited from the earth its water and pasture, while He was Creating the heavens. This shows that the first form of life created was the vegetation on earth. On the earth, in the presence of water and vegetation, micro-organisms were created and evolved. There are huge number of living species on the earth other than humans. All living species created on the earth and elsewhere, were created to balance and to maintain the existing environmental conditions. Here on earth, 108
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
109
Cited Verse #(4-1) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Do not you see that to ALLAH bow down (in worship) who are in the heavens and who are on the earth, and the sun and the moon and the stars and the mountains and the trees and the animals, and many among the people, and many are deemed to be tortured, and he whom ALLAH Disgraces none can honor him, for ALLAH Does what He Wills. (part 17, Surat Al Hajj The Pilgrimage)
Cited Verse #(4-2) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And if ALLAH Were to Punish the people for their wrong-doings, He Would not Leave on it (the earth) a single animal, but He Gives them respite for a stated term, when their term expires they will not be delayed or advanced an hour. (part 14, Surat Al Nahl The Bees)
110
M. WAGDI
it has been discovered that extinction of any of the species has a dramatic impact on the delicate environmental balance. Now we come to the question that has always been in the human mind for a long time. Are there any forms of life anywhere else in the universe (the lowest heaven) other than earth?. To answer this question, we have to turn to the Holy Quran, to see what The Creator, ALLAH (SWT) Says about that. In the beginning of cited verse #(4-1), ALLAH (SWT) Says, Do not you see that to ALLAH bow down (in worship) who are in the heavens and who are on the earth . In the Arabic language as well as in the English language, the word who refers to intelligent creatures, such as humans. In the same verse, ALLAH (SWT) Says, and the animals and many among the people . The Arabic word used for the word animals is dawaab, which is the plural of the word daabbah, which means animal. There is another word in the Arabic language hayawaan that means animal. This led to some confusion among the Arabic speaking people when explaining the intended meaning of the Holy verses with the words daabbah / dawaab. Some believe that the word dawaab refers to animals as well as to humans, which is incorrect. In fact ALLAH (SWT) Gave a clear definition for the word daabbah in cited verse #(5-5), which means animal. In some rare cases, when ALLAH (SWT) Humiliates and Degrades the human unbelievers, He Describes them as dawaab (animals) [cited verses #(4-5)] because they do not use their minds to understand that ALLAH (SWT) is ONE and that He is The CREATOR of everything. In cited verse #(4-1), ALLAH (SWT) Says, and the animals dawaab and many among the people . It is clear that in this verse, the word dawaab refers to animals, because it was distinguished from the word people that came after it. In the first part of the verse, the words who are in the heavens and who are on the earth bow down to Him in worship give the meaning of generality. That is, all those who are in the heavens and all those who are on the earth bow down to Him in worship. However, later in the verse, ALLAH (SWT) Says, and many among the people . Not all the people on the earth bow down to ALLAH (SWT) in worship, but many of them, because there are unbelievers. Therefore, the generality given in the beginning of the verse represented by and who are on the earth does not refer to the humans living on the earth. It refers to other intelligent beings living on the earth. It will be shown later in this chapter that the jinns also live on the earth. But not all of them are believers. The only intelligent creatures who all without any exception bow down in worship to ALLAH (SWT) are the angels. From this verse it may be concluded that the angels exist in all the heavens as well as on the earth. In cited verse #(4-2), ALLAH (SWT) Says, And if ALLAH were to punish the people for their wrong doings, He Would not Leave on it (the earth) a single animal . In this verse the Arabic word used for animal is daabbah. That is, if ALLAH (SWT) Wants to Punish the people instantly for their wrong doings, He Would not Leave a single animal alive on the face of the earth. Destruction of all the animals living on the earth would have catastrophic consequences on the earths environment, which would harm the
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
111
Cited Verse #(4-3) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And to ALLAH bow down what in the heavens and what on the earth from animals, and the angels, and they do not get arrogant. (part 14, Surat Al Nahl The Bees)
Cited Verse #(4-4) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And among His signs is the creation of the heavens and the earth, and the animals that He Scattered through them to breed, and He Has the power to gather them together if He Wills. (part 25, Surat Al Shuraa The Consultation)
112
M. WAGDI
humans by infecting them with untreatable diseases. Moreover, demolishing the animal population on the earth, means demolishing a major food supply for the humans, which results in deadly famines. In cited verse #(4-3), ALLAH (SWT) Says, And to ALLAH, bow down what in the heavens and what in the earth from the animals, and the angels . The Arabic word used here for the word animal is the word daabbah. This word together with the word what used in the verse clearly refers to animals. That is, all the animals in the heavens and on the earth bow down to ALLAH (SWT). This is a clear indication that there are animals living in places in the heavens as well as on the earth. The words and the angels in the last part of the verse, means that the angels in the heavens and on the earth, all bow down (in worship) to ALLAH (SWT). This asserts the previous conclusion that there are angels on the earth as well as in the heavens. In cited verse #(4-4), ALLAH (SWT) Says, And among His signs is the creation of the heavens and the earth and the animals dawaab that He Scattered through them to breed, . This verse confirms what we have learned from the previous verse, that there are animals living in the heavens as well as on the earth. The existence of animals in the heavens requires the existence of solid surfaces for them to walk on. Therefore, there must be solid celestial objects in the heavens. In the lowest heaven, the solid celestial objects would be either planets moving around stars, or individual solid celestial objects that we do not know of. This is in agreement with the conclusion reached in Chapter 3, that there are many extraterrestrial solar systems. They may exist in our galaxy (the Milky Way) and in other galaxies. Some or all of the extraterrestrial planets may be inhabited by animals. Since water is essential for any living creature, therefore, the inhabited extraterrestrial planets must have water, and also it must have food supply for the animals. The food supply may be some form of vegetation. In Chapter 3, we have learned that the earth and its atmosphere have unique characteristics and qualities that are not duplicated anywhere else in the heavens. The forms and the shapes of the creatures living on the earth are adapted to the environmental conditions of the earth. The environmental conditions on the extraterrestrial planets are completely different from those on the earth. Therefore, the forms, the shapes and the characteristics of the animals that live there must be completely different from those living on earth. From the above, the following may be concluded:THERE ARE PLANETS OTHER THAN THE EARTH, INHABITED BY ANIMALS. THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS OF THOSE PLANETS ARE COMPLETELY DIFFERENT FROM THAT OF THE EARTH. ACCORDINGLY, THE ANIMALS ON THOSE PLANETS MUST HAVE SHAPES, FORMS AND CHARACTERISTICS COMPLETELY DIFFERENT FROM THE EARTH ANIMALS. In cited verses #(4-5), ALLAH (SWT) is Equating the unbelievers to animals, Calling them dawaab. They rightfully deserve so, since they do not use their minds to realize
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
113
Cited Verses #(4-5) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful It is the worst of the animals in the sight of ALLAH, are the unbelievers, and they do not have faith. Those with whom you (Prophet Mohammad) did make a covenant, but they break their covenant every time and they do not have the fear of ALLAH. (part 10, Surat Al Anfaal The Bounty of War)
Cited Verses #(4-6) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Praise be to ALLAH, to Whom belong all what in the heavens and what in the earth, to Him be praise in the hereafter and He is the most wise, the most knowledgeable. He Knows what moves into the earth and what comes out of it, and what comes down from the heaven and what moves through it, and He is the Most Merciful, the Most Forgiving. (part 22, Surat Sabaa Sheba)
114
M. WAGDI
that ALLAH (SWT) is The Creator and that all His creation, we humans among them, must follow His laws and rules. These verses among the rare verses in the Holy Quran, where ALLAH (SWT) is Degrading and Humiliating the unbelievers by calling them animals dawaab. In the first verse of cited verses #(4-6), ALLAH (SWT) is Stating the fact that all what in the heavens and what in the earth belong to Him. In the second verse, ALLAH (SWT) Says, He Knows what moves into the earth and what comes out of it and what comes down from the heaven and what moves through it . In this verse, the Arabic verb yalej describes the motion into or through the earth, while the Arabic verb yaruj describes the motion through the heaven. The Arabic verb yalej means moving slowly. That is any thing that moves into or through the earth moves slowly. On the other hand the Arabic verb yaruj is specifically used only for motion in the outer space. In this verse, what comes down from the heaven does not refer to rain. This must not be confused with the other verses where ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Sends down the rain from the heaven. As explained in Chapter 3, ALLAH (SWT) Commands the heaven to initiate certain events that affect the earths atmosphere in a certain way and cause the rain to fall wherever ALLAH (SWT) Wishes. In cited verses #(4-6), the words what comes down from the heaven are related to the next words and what moves through it. That is, there are things that move through the lowest heaven and there are things that fall down from the lowest heaven on to the earth. In the lowest heaven (the universe) there are infinite number of celestial objects that are in continuous motion. Some of the very small celestial objects such as meteorites, small asteroids and comet debris often come close to the earths path. They get attracted by the earths gravitational force and fall on the earth. Most of those objects melt and evaporate while entering the earths atmosphere. In cited verse #(4-7), ALLAH (SWT) Says, Do not you see That to ALLAH praise and glorify who are in the heavens, and the earth and the different kinds of birds, each has known own prayer and praise, and ALLAH is the most knowledgeable of what they do. Notice the underlined words in this verse. These words are different from the words in cited verse #(4-1), where ALLAH (SWT) Says, who are in the heavens and who are in the earth . Also they are different from the words in cited verse #(4-3) and cited verses #(4-6), where ALLAH (SWT) Says, what in the heavens and what in the earth . There is a significant difference between the meanings of the words in cited verse #(4-7) and those in cited verses #(4-1), #(4-3) and #(4-6). The words in cited verse #(4-7) means that who are in the heavens (the angels) glorify and praise ALLAH (SWT), and the earth as an entity (not who or what on it) and the different kinds of birds glorify and praise ALLAH (SWT). The next words in the verse each has known own prayer and praise, means that the earth as an entity knows how to pray to ALLAH (SWT) and how to praise Him, also the birds of all kinds know how to pray and praise ALLAH (SWT). We have learned that other than the humans and the jinns, all ALLAHs creatures without exception praise and glorify Him. In cited verse #(4-7), ALLAH (SWT) Has specifically mentioned the birds among the creatures that praise and glorify Him. The specific mentioning of the birds implies that there is another entity of ALLAHs creation
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
115
Cited Verse #(4-7) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Do not you see that to ALLAH praise and glorify who are in the heavens, and the earth and the birds of all kinds, each has known own prayer and praise, and ALLAH is the most knowledgeable of what they do. (part 18, Surat Al Noor The Light)
Cited Verse #(4-8) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Praise to ALLAH, Originator of the heavens and the earth, Who is Making the angels messengers with double, triple and quadruple wings, He Adds to the creation what He Wants, for ALLAH is Capable of doing every thing. (part 22, Surat Faater The Originator)
116
M. WAGDI
praises and glorifies Him. The birds fly within the earths atmosphere. In Chapter 3, we have learned that the earths atmosphere is what is referred to in the Holy Quran as what in between the heavens and the earth. The earths atmosphere has a separate entity other than the heavens and the earth. Therefore, the specific mentioning of the birds signifies that the medium which they move within (the earths atmosphere) as a separate entity is also praising and glorifying ALLAH (SWT). The following may be concluded :ALL ALLAHS CREATION, OTHER THAN THE HUMANS AND THE JINNS, PRAY TO HIM AND PRAISE HIM, EACH IN THEIR OWN WAY.
THE ANGELS
In cited verse #(4-8), ALLAH (SWT) Has Mentioned two events. The event of originating the heavens and the earth, and the event of making the angels messengers with double, triple, quadruple and may be more wings. To originate means to create something that did not exist before. Making the angels messengers means that the angels are created to do exactly what they are instructed to do. Linking the creation of the heavens and the earth to making the angels messengers, indicates that the angels perform their duties as messengers all over the heavens and the earth. The function of the messenger is to deliver instructions and information, and also to execute orders. A messenger must understand and comprehend the given instructions and the message to be delivered. ALLAH (SWT) Commands and Instructs the angels to perform certain tasks, therefore they must be intelligent to be able to carry out ALLAHs commands. They are the intelligent creatures identified in cited verses #(4-1) and #(4-7) as who are in the heavens. As stated in cited verse #(4-8), there are different kinds of angels. Some with double wings, some with triple wings, some with quadruple wings, and may be some with more wings. The different forms of the angels suggest that each kind of them perform specific tasks different from the others. In Chapter 2, cited verse #(2-7), ALLAH (SWT) Says, The angels and the spirit ascend unto Him in a day the measure whereof is fifty thousand of our years (Sanah). In Chapter 3, we have learned that the Holy Throne is above the seventh heaven. That is, the angels have to cover the distance across some or all of the seven heavens in fifty thousand of our lunar years to reach to the Holy Throne. It is estimated that the size of the universe (the lowest heaven) is about 15 billion light years. Keeping in mind that the upper six heavens (above the lowest heaven) are much bigger than the lowest heaven, simple calculations show that the angels move with speeds millions of times faster than
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
117
Cited Verses #(4-9) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And they said, O you to whom the Quran is being revealed, you are crazy indeed. Why not bring the angels to us, if you were among those who say the truth. We Do not Send down the angels except for just cause, and then they would not be visible. (part 14, Surat Al Hejr The Rocky Tract)
Cited Verses #(4-10) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And said those who do not wish to meet with Us, why not the angels were sent down to us or see our LORD, indeed they have arrogant conceit of themselves and mighty is the insolence of their impiety. The day they see the angels, no good news will then be for the criminals (the sinners), and they (the angels) say a forbidden barrier. (part 19, Surat Al Furqaan The Criterion)
118
M. WAGDI
the speed of light. Based on Einsteins theory of relativity (which is a mathematical theory), only particles of zero mass such as photons can travel with the speed of light. This is another proof that the human knowledge is very limited. Recently, astronomers and astrophysicists have discovered that there are some celestial objects that move with speeds faster than the speed of light. In the Holy Quran, as will be shown later in this chapter, ALLAH (SWT) Mentioned the basic materials from which the jinns and the humans were created. Those basic materials are something that we know and see. However, ALLAH (SWT) Did not Mention the material from which the angels were created. This indicates that this kind of information could never be understood or comprehended by the humans. This kind of information is beyond the capabilities of the human mind. The angels move through the seven heavens, where there are unlimited environmental conditions. This suggests that the angels wings may be completely different from the wings of the birds living on the earth. Based on what we have learned above, the following may be concluded:THE ANGELS ARE CREATED FROM SOMETHING THAT WE DO NOT KNOW AND WE COULD NEVER COMPREHEND. THEY MOVE WITH SPEEDS MILLIONS OF TIMES FASTER THAN THE SPEED OF LIGHT. THEIR WINGS MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM THE WINGS OF THE BIRDS LIVING ON THE EARTH. During the early days of Islam, the unbelievers accused Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh) of being crazy. They even asked Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh) to bring the angels to them. In the third verse of cited verses #(4-9), ALLAH (SWT) Responded by Saying, We Do not Send down the angels except for just cause, and then they would not be visible. The angels are messengers. They perform whatever ALLAH (SWT) Orders them to do whether in the heavens or on the earth. They come down to the earth by ALLAHs command and for a purpose. As we have learned, the angels are created from something that the human mind is incapable of understanding or comprehending. They could not be seen by the humans. The human vision is limited to a very narrow band of the electromagnetic radiation spectrum. That is, we see things that emit electromagnetic radiation within a certain frequency range. Anything that emits radiation below or above this frequency range is invisible to us. The first verse of cited verses #(4-10) presents an argument made by the unbelievers similar to that in cited verses #(4-9). In the second verse of cited verses #(4-10), ALLAH (SWT) Responds to the unbelievers by Saying that the day they see the angels, no good news will then be for the criminals (the unbelievers / the sinners), and the angels will say to them, there is a forbidden barrier between you (the unbelievers / the sinners) and ALLAHs mercy. In this verse, ALLAH (SWT) Tells that the day the humans will see the
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
119
Cited Verse #(4-11) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And they made of the angels who are devotees and servants to The Most Gracious (ALLAH), females, have they seen their (the angels) creation?, their (the unbelievers) testimonial will be recorded and they will be held accountable. (part 25, Surat Al Zukhruf The Adornments)
Cited Verses #(4-12) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And they said, if only an angel was sent down to him (Prophet Mohammad), and if We did Send down an angel, the matter would be settled and no respite would be granted to them. And if We Had Made him an angel, We Would have Made him a man and We Would have Caused them (the unbelievers) more confusion than they already have. (part 7, Surat Al Anaam The Domestic Animals)
120
M. WAGDI
angels, it will be too late for redemption. When a person dies, he/she transforms from the physical state to the spiritual state. In the spiritual state, the vision range is expanded so that the humans will be able to see the angels. On judgment day, the humans will also be able to see the angels. In both situations it will be too late to ask for forgiveness. In the early days of Islam, the unbelievers wrongfully speculated that the angels are females. This speculation is so sinful that ALLAH (SWT) Promised to punish them for that. In cited verse #(4-11), ALLAH (SWT) Says, And they made of the angels who are devotees and servants to The Most Gracious (ALLAH), females!, have they seen their (the angels) creation ?, their (the unbelievers) testimonial will be recorded and they will be held accountable. The angels are the purist forms of life that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created. They are devoted to worship and to praise ALLAH (SWT). They are the closest creatures to ALLAH (SWT) and they are His messengers. It is one of the biggest sins to attribute sex to the angels. The first verse of cited verses #(4-12) presents an argument similar to that presented in cited verses #(4-9) and #(4-10). In the second verse of cited verses #(4-12), ALLAH (SWT) Responds by Saying, and if We had Made him an angel, We Would have Made him a man . That is, if ALLAH (SWT) Would send down an angel to be visible to the humans, the angel would be in the form of a man. The following may be concluded :THE ANGELS ARE INVISIBLE TO THE HUMANS. ON JUDGMENT DAY ALL THE RESURRECTED HUMANS AND JINNS WILL BE ABLE TO SEE THE ANGELS IN THEIR REAL FORMS AND SHAPES. IT IS ONE OF THE BIGGEST SINS TO CONSIDER THE ANGELS TO BE FEMALES OR TO ATTRIBUTE SEX TO THEM. IF ALLAH (SWT) WOULD SEND DOWN AN ANGEL TO BE VISIBLE TO THE HUMANS, THE ANGEL WOULD BE IN THE FORM OF A MAN.
THE JINNS
The jinns are creatures among ALLAHs creation. Ever since the early days of the human existence on the earth, many stories and legends have been told about them. To get the undisputed facts about the jinns, we have to resort to the Holy Quran. In the Holy Quran, ALLAH (SWT) Has Given enough information about the jinns to know who they are and what they do. In the first verse of cited verses #(4-13), ALLAH (SWT) Says, And I have not Created the jinns and the humans except to worship me. That is, the jinns and the humans were created to perform the same task, worshipping ALLAH (SWT). For the jinns and the humans to perform the same task, they must have something in common. As
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
121
Cited Verses #(4-13) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And I Have not Created the jinns and the humans except to worship Me. No sustenance do I Require of them, nor do I Require that they feed Me. For ALLAH is He Who Gives sustenance and Who Has the absolute power and might. (part 27, Surat Al Thaariyaat The Winds That Scatter)
Cited Verses #(4-14) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And We Have Created the human from clay that could be molded into shape. And the jinn, We Have Created him before from the fire of scorching wind. (part 14, Surat Al Hejr The Rocky Tract)
122
M. WAGDI
will be seen later on in this chapter, the jinns and the humans were created from different substances. They have different capabilities, different forms, different shapes and different characteristics. They both will be judged on judgment day. In order to be held accountable for their deeds during their lifetime, they have to know and understand ALLAHs laws and rules. Only intelligent creatures can know and understand. Therefore, the only thing that the jinns and the humans have in common is that they both are intelligent creatures. In the third verse of cited verses #(4-13), ALLAH (SWT) Says, For ALLAH is He Who Gives sustenance and Who Has the absolute power and might. ALLAH (SWT) Gives sustenance to all His creatures. Giving the jinns sustenance means that the jinns need food and water to sustain their life, that is, they eat and drink like us humans. In the first verse of cited verses #(4-14), ALLAH (SWT) Tells that the jinns and the humans were created from two different substances. The human was created from clay, which is a mixture of dust and water, and the jinn was created from special kind of fire. This shows that there are profound differences between the jinns and the humans. That is, the biological structure as well as the shapes, the forms, and the general characteristics of the jinns are completely different from those of the humans. The basic element of the human formation is dust, which is a solid material, while the basic element of the jinn formation is fire, which is gas. The following conclusions may be drawn from this fact:THE MOBILITY AND THE AGILITY OF THE JINNS ARE MUCH GREATER THAN THOSE OF THE HUMANS. THE JINNS MOTIONS ARE MUCH FASTER THAN THE HUMANS. THE ENERGY LEVEL OF THE JINNS IS MUCH HIGHER THAN THAT OF THE HUMANS, ACCORDINGLY THE JINNS CAN SEE, HEAR AND SENSE THE HUMANS, WHILE THE HUMANS CANNOT SEE, HEAR OR SENSE THE JINNS. IN GENERAL, THE JINNS ARE MUCH MORE POWERFUL PHYSICALLY THAN THE HUMANS. From the second verse of cited verses #(4-14), we learn the following very important fact :THE JINN WAS CREATED BEFORE THE HUMAN. In the second verse of cited verses #(4-15), ALLAH (SWT) Says, I did not have them witness the creation of the heavens and the earth, nor their own creation, and I Would Had not Taken those astray as helpers. This verse clearly shows that the jinns were created after the creation of the heavens and the earth. We have learned earlier that the heavens and the earth are physical environments inhabited by living creatures. Therefore, the jinns must be living somewhere within these physical environments. Later on in this section we will learn where the jinns live. The first verse of cited verses #(4-15) will be discussed in the next section.
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
123
Cited Verses #(4-15) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Behold, We Said to the angels, Bow down to Adam, they bowed down except Iblees, he was one of the jinns and he broke the command of his LORD, will you then take him and his progeny as protectors rather than Me and they are enemies to you !, it is the worst exchange for the wrong doers. I Did not have them witness the creation of the heavens and the earth, nor their own creation, and I Would had not taken those astray as helpers. (part 15, Surat Al Kahf The Cave)
Cited Verse #(4-16) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And throw your staff, then when he (Prophet Musa Moses) saw it vibrating as if it is a jinn, he turned around and ran away without saying anything, O Musa, do not be afraid, in My presence the messengers do not have fear. (part 19, Surat Al Naml The Ants)
124
M. WAGDI
The characteristics of the creature must be compatible with the basic element from which it was created. The basic substance of the human structure is dust (solid substance). The main characteristic of the solid material is that it has its own defined boundaries. Once it is shaped, it does not deform by itself. That is why the basic features and configuration of a human are well defined. On the other hand, liquids and gases do not have their own defined boundaries unless contained within a solid container. They could not be shaped. The jinns are created from some kind of fire. Fire is a gaseous substance. Therefore the jinns forms and configurations must be compatible with the characteristics of gas. In cited verse #(4-16) ALLAH (SWT) Says, And throw your staff, then when he (Prophet Musa Moses) saw it vibrating as if it is a jinn, he turned around and ran away without saying anything, O Musa do not be afraid, in My Presence the messengers do not have fear. In this verse ALLAH (SWT) is Telling about one of the jinns characteristics. The words vibrating as if it is a jinn suggest that the jinns body vibrates continuously in a way resembling the motion of waves. That is, the jinns do not have clearly defined body configuration as we humans do. The following may be concluded :THE JINNS CONFIGURATION VIBRATES CONSTANTLY. THE JINNS CAN CHANGE THEIR FORMS AND SHAPES AT THEIR WILL. In cited verse #(4-17), ALLAH (SWT) Says, And We Have Made for the hell many of the jinns and the humans, they have hearts, wherewith they understand not, and they have eyes, wherewith they see not, and they have ears, wherewith they hear not, . From this verse we learn that the jinns have hearts, eyes and ears. The biological structure of the jinns is different from that of the humans, since the basic substance from which they are created is different. Accordingly, their hearts, eyes and ears perform the usual functions similar to ours, but in different capacities. In the first verse of cited verses #(4-18), ALLAH (SWT) Says, And we (the jinns) have touched the heaven and found that it is full of strong guards and streaking asteroids. The word touch means to feel with bare hands. This indicates that the jinns can move through the outer space (outside the earths atmosphere) by their own physical power, without any equipment or machines. In this verse the jinns say that they have touched the heaven. This means that they have come from a place other than the heaven, touched it and then returned back. The only place other than the heaven is the earth. From this we learn that the jinns live on the earth. Since the jinns live on the earth and they go to outer space by their own physical power, therefore they can live in places with oxygen as well as places without oxygen. Oxygen is essential for all living creatures on the earth. This suggests that the biological structure of the jinns is different from all other creatures living on the earth. Also in the first verse of cited verses #(4-18), when the jinns touched the heaven they found it full of strong guards and streaking asteroids. The guards job is to protect a
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
125
Cited Verse #(4-17) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And We Have Made for the hell many of the jinns and the humans, they have hearts wherewith they understand not, and they have eyes wherewith they see not, and they have ears wherewith they hear not, those are like animals and even more misguided, those are the heedless. (part 9, Surat Al Aaraaf The Heights)
Cited Verses #(4-18) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And we (the jinns) have touched the heaven and found that it is full of strong guards and streaking asteroids. And we were used to sit in hiding to eavesdrop, and now who eavesdrops will find a streaking asteroid aimed at him. And we do not know whether bad things are intended to those who live on the earth or whether their LORD Intended to Guide them to the right conduct. And among us (the jinns) are righteous and among us
126
M. WAGDI
non-righteous, we were following divergent paths. (part 29, Surat Al Jinn The Jinns) certain domain from intruders. Therefore, the strong guards and the streaking asteroids are there in the heaven to prevent the jinns from going any further. This means that there is a certain boundary in the lowest heaven beyond which the jinns are not allowed to go. For the guards to be successful in their job, they have to possess more power than the intruders, they have to be intelligent enough to foil all kinds of tricks played by the intruders, and they have to perfectly execute the commands given to them. It is ALLAH (SWT) Who Gives the commands to secure the heavens, cited verses #(3-5), #(3-35), and #(3-41). The guards who execute ALLAHs commands are the angels. Therefore, the angels are much more powerful than the jinns. In the second verse of cited verses #(4-18), ALLAH (SWT) Says, And we (the jinns) used to sit in hiding to eavesdrop, and now who eavesdrops will find a streaking asteroid aimed at him. This means that in the past the jinns were left to eavesdrop without any harm coming to them, but now they are not permitted to do so. What is meant by in the past and now?. To clarify this we go to the beginning of the Surah (Surat Al Jinn), cited verses #(4-19). These verses tell that a group of jinns has listened, for the first time, to a recital of the Holy Quran. They were touched and moved by the wonderful words of the Holy Quran, and how it guides to the right path of ALLAH (SWT). They instantly believed in the Holy Quran and vowed never to say that there are partners to ALLAH (SWT). From cited verses #(4-18) and #(4-19), it is seen that the dividing line between the past and now is when the jinns listened to the Holy Quran for the first time. The Holy Quran was revealed to Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh) by means of the angel Gabriel over the period of twenty three lunar years. One or several verses were revealed at a time. Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh) memorized the revealed verses by heart. He (ppbuh) then recited the revealed verses to his followers, who memorized the verses and started reciting them. At that time the jinns listened, for the first time, to the Holy Quran. Therefore, the dividing line between in the past and now is the revelation of the religion of ISLAM to Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh). That is, before the revelation of ISLAM, the jinns were left to eavesdrop to the heaven, but after the revelation of ISLAM to Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh), the jinns were not permitted to do so anymore. ISLAM is the last religion ALLAH (SWT) Bestowed on mankind, and Prophet Mohammad is the last Prophet to mankind. Therefore, the following may be concluded:WHEN ALLAH (SWT) REVEALED THE RELIGION OF ISLAM TO PROPHET MOHAMMAD (PPBUH), HE CAUSED MAJOR EVENTS TO OCCUR IN THE HEAVENS. ALLAH (SWT) DID NOT WANT THE JINNS TO WITNESS OR LISTEN TO THOSE MAJOR EVENTS. THOSE MAJOR EVENTS ARE THE PREPARATION OF THE HEAVENS TO GET READY FOR JUDGMENT DAY. From the last verse of cited verses #(4-18) we learn that there are jinns who believe in ALLAH (SWT) and His right path and there are unbelievers.
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
127
Cited Verses #(4-19) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Say, it has been revealed to me (Mohammad) that a group of jinns listened and then said, we have listened to a wonderful recital. It gives guidance to the right path, and we have believed therein and we shall not consider anyone as a partner to our LORD. (part 29, Surat Al Jinn The Jinns)
Cited Verse #(4-20) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful O all of you jinns and humans, did not messengers from you come to you, telling you My signs and warning you of your gathering here today (judgment day), they said, we bear witnesses against ourselves, and the lowest (first) life enticed them and they bear witnesses against themselves that they were unbelievers. (part 8, Surat Al Anaam The Domestic Animals)
128
M. WAGDI
From cited verses #(4-13), we have learned that ALLAH (SWT) Has created the jinns and the humans for one purpose only, to worship Him. In order for the jinns and the humans to worship ALLAH (SWT), they have to be taught to do so. Along the years, ever since Adam and Eve descended from the paradise to the earth, ALLAH (SWT) Has Chosen many humans to be His messengers to the people (humans). All the Prophets and the messengers brought to their people ALLAHs rules for worshipping Him. The rules explain clearly how to follow the right path of ALLAH, the rewards for doing so, and the penalties and the punishment for disobeying or ignoring them. From cited verse #(4-17), we have learned that many of the jinns as well as many of the humans are unbelievers and they will be punished by going to hell. This indicates that the jinns also had messengers like the humans. In cited verse #(4-20) ALLAH (SWT) Says, O all of you jinns and humans, did not messengers from you come to you, telling you My signs and warning you . From this verse we learn that, ALLAH (SWT) Has Chosen from among the jinns messengers for them to convey to them His laws and rules. The first word (in Arabic) in this verse is mashar. This word refers to those who breed. This indicates that the jinns breed like the humans. The following may therefore be concluded:THE JINNS, LIKE THE HUMANS, ARE HELD ACCOUNTABLE FOR THEIR DEEDS DURING THEIR LIFETIME. LIKE THE HUMANS, THE JINNS WILL BE JUDGED ON JUDGMENT DAY. THE JINNS BREED. Can the jinns foresee the unknown or foretell the future?. The answer to this question is NO, they can not. ALLAH (SWT) Gave each of His messengers and Prophets the capability of performing miracles, by His command. ALLAH (SWT) Gave Prophet Sulaymaan (Solomon) the ability to direct the wind, the ability to understand and to talk to the birds and the ability to control the jinns and make them work for him. By ALLAHs command, Prophet Sulaymaan forced the jinns to labor for him as slaves. They obeyed his orders and they were afraid of the punishment he might inflict upon them if they do not. Cited verses #(4-21) depict the kind of tasks the jinns were doing for Prophet Sulaymaan. These verses show that the jinns were extremely humiliated by laboring as slaves. At one time, the jinns were laboring under the watchful eyes of Prophet Sulaymaan, who was leaning against his staff. At that particular time Prophet Sulaymaan died. His body remained at the same position supported by his staff. The jinns never knew of Sulaymaans death and kept laboring in fear of him. After a period of time, an earth insect started grinding Prophet Sulaymaans staff. His body then fell on the ground. Only then, the jinns knew that Sulaymaan has died, and they went free. Had the jinns been able to foresee the unknown, they would have discovered that Prophet Sulaymaan had died before his body fell on the ground. THE JINNS CAN NOT FORESEE THE UNKNOWN OR FORETELL THE FUTURE.
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
129
Cited Verses #(4-21) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And to Sulaymaan the wind gusts in the early morning for a month and in the evening for a month, and We have melted for him the precious metals, and from the jinns who work for him by his LORDS command, and whoever from them try to evade Our command, We Make him taste the torture of the blazing fire. They (the jinns) make for him (Sulaymaan) what he desires from arches and statues and bassoons as large as reservoirs and cooking caldrons fixed in place, work sons of Daawood (David) with thanks and few of my servants are grateful. Then when We Decreed his (Sulaymaan) death, nothing showed them (the jinns) that he (Sulaymaan) died except an earth worm which kept eating his staff, so when he (Sulaymaan) fell down the jinns knew that if they had known the unseen, they would had not tarried in the humiliating torture. (part 22, Surat Sabaa Sheba)
130
M. WAGDI
THE HUMANS
In this chapter we have learned that there are two intelligent creatures other than the humans. They are the angels and the jinns. The angels are ALLAHs messengers. They are the closest creatures to ALLAH (SWT) and they are the most pure. They do exactly what ALLAH (SWT) Orders them to do and they execute His commands to the letter. The jinns were created after the creation of the heavens and the earth. The humans were created after the jinns. In the first four verses of cited verses #(4-22) ALLAH (SWT) Says, Behold, thy LORD Said I am about to create a human from clay. When I Have Perfected him and Breathed into him of My Spirit, fall down into obeisance unto him. So the angels prostrated, all of them together. Except Iblees, he was haughty and he was among the unbelievers. From these verses we learn that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the first human in two steps. First, ALLAH (SWT) Shaped and Formed the complete body with all its vital organs from clay. After doing so, ALLAH (SWT) Breathed from His Spirit into the human body. ALLAHs Spirit brought life to the body. ALLAH (SWT) Told the angels to show their ultimate respect to the new human after he became alive, by falling down into obeisance unto him. They all did, except Iblees. He considered himself to be superior to the human, because he was created from fire and the human was created from clay. Does this mean that Iblees was an angel ?. The answer is NO. In these verses Iblees argued that he was created from fire. Only the jinns were created from fire, cited verses #(4-14). Moreover in cited verses #(4-15), ALLAH (SWT) Says that Iblees was among the jinns and he broke the command of his LORD. Therefore, Iblees was a jinn. But in cited verses #(4-22) ALLAH (SWT) Told the angels to show their respect to the human, and Iblees refused. This tells us that when ALLAH (SWT) orders the closest creatures to him to show their respect to another creature, all other inferior creatures must follow suit and do the same. A body without ALLAHs Spirit is a corps. When a living creature dies, the body may be in perfect condition, but the spirit leaves the body and life ceases. This tells that all forms of life belongs to ALLAH (SWT), because the spirit is the source of life and it is ALLAHs own. ALLAH (SWT) Gives life by breathing His Own Spirit in a body, and Takes it away when the time comes for the creature to die. What is the spirit ?. This question has been asked since the dawn of humanity on earth. The followers of Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh) asked him the same question. ALLAH (SWT) Answered in cited verse #(4-23). He Said And they ask you (Mohammad) about the spirit, say the spirit belongs to my LORD, and whatever knowledge you (people) have, is very little. This verse tells two things. First, the spirit is something that belongs to ALLAH (SWT) alone, and it is only He who Knows what the spirit is. Second, over the ages, no matter how
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
131
Cited Verses #(4-22) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Behold, thy LORD Said to the angels, I am about to Create a human from clay. When I Have perfected him and breathed into him of My Spirit, fall down into obeisance unto him. So the angels prostrated themselves, all of them. Except Iblees, he was haughty and was one of the unbelievers. Said (ALLAH), O Iblees, what prevented you from prostrating yourself to whom I Have Created with My Own Hands ?, did you become haughty or you were of higher class ?. Said (Iblees), I am better than him, You (ALLAH) Created me from fire and Created him from clay. Said (ALLAH), then get out from it, you are to be shot at. And My curse will be upon you till the day of judgment. (part 23, Surat Saad The Letter Saad)
132
M. WAGDI
much knowledge mankind may accumulate, it is not enough to understand what the spirit is. The spirit is something that the human mind could never comprehend. In the beginning of cited Verses #(4-24), ALLAH (SWT) Said to the angels that He is Making a vicegerent on the earth. The response of the angels was that of concern about the earth. In their movement through the heavens, the angels have not seen anything that has the unique and outstanding features of the earth. They knew that there is nothing in the heavens similar to the earth. In Chapter 3, we have learned that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the earth in six days (six thousand lunar years), while He Has Created the seven heavens in just two days (two thousand lunar years). This is an indication that the earth possesses superb qualities unmatched anywhere else in the heavens. The angels were hoping to preserve the earths quality by not allowing new creatures to live on it. The angels said to ALLAH (SWT) Would You Make in it (the earth) who corrupts it and sheds blood . That is, there were blooded creatures living on the earth before Adam and his spouse descended onto it. It is known that some animals feed on other animals. They kill other animals for food. This is not blood shedding. In fact these actions are planned and designed by ALLAH (SWT) to maintain and control the delicate balance of the environmental conditions on the earth. The angels were concerned that the vicegerent on the earth may shed blood by over killing animals, that is killing animals for reasons other than providing for food and for the living necessities. ALLAH (SWT) Told the angels that He Knows what the angels do not know. This means that ALLAH (SWT) Has Prepared the earth to adapt to the misuse of the new residents (the human race). In Chapter 3, we have learned that the first form of life on earth was vegetation. In the next verses of cited verses #(4-24), it is shown that the vicegerent made on the earth was Adam. The following may be concluded :VEGETATION AND ANIMALS LIVED ON THE EARTH BEFORE ADAM AND HIS SPOUSE DESCENDED ONTO IT. In the next verses ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Taught Adam all the names, then He Presented them to the angels and said tell Me the names of those, if you are right. The angels did not know and said Glory to thee, we know nothing except what You Have Taught us, it is You Who is the Most knowledgeable The Most Wise. ALLAH (SWT) then Said to Adam tell them their names, and Adam did. It is not known what those names that ALLAH (SWT) Taught Adam are. The point is, that ALLAH (SWT) Taught Adam something that the angels did not know. When the angels did not know the names that ALLAH (SWT) Taught Adam, ALLAH (SWT) Ordered them to show their ultimate respect to Adam by falling down in obeisance unto him. This indicates that ALLAH (SWT) Gave Adam something that the angels do not possess. ALLAH (SWT) Put Adam and his spouse to test. He Allowed them to reside in the paradise and Told them to enjoy eating from everything, except from one particular tree. The devil enticed them to feed themselves from this forbidden tree. They did not have the will power to overcome the devils enticement and ate from the forbidden tree. ALLAH (SWT) then
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
133
Cited Verse #(4-23) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And they ask you (Mohammad) about the spirit, say the spirit belongs to my LORD, and whatever knowledge you (people) have is very little. (part 15, Surat Al Esraa The Journey by Night)
134
M. WAGDI
punished them by Letting them out of the paradise and Sending them down to live on the earth. ALLAH (SWT) Knows the past, the present and the future. He Knows what everybody and everything reveals and conceals. ALLAH (SWT) Knew from the beginning that Adam and his spouse will fail their test. He Knew that, because even before teaching Adam the names, He Told the angels that He is Making a vicegerent on the earth. In fact ALLAH (SWT) Planned this event to be a reminder to the human race. The devil is the arch enemy of the human race and we must not fall to his enticement. Adam was the only creature to whom ALLAH (SWT) Ordered the angels to fall down in obeisance. From cited verses #(4-22), we have learned that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the human from clay. The clay is a combination of a certain kind of dust and water. Where did this dust come from?. In cited verse #(4-25), ALLAH (SWT) Says, From it (the earth) We Did Create you (the people), and into it (the earth), We Shall Return you, and from it (the earth) We Bring you out once again. From this verse we learn the following [for more details about the creation of the humans, see Appendix B] :THE HUMAN RACE WAS CREATED FROM DUST FROM THE EARTH. WHEN WE DIE, WE WILL RETURN BACK TO THE EARTH. ON JUDGMENT DAY ALLAH (SWT) WILL RESURRECT US FROM THE EARTH. This shows that there is a natural bond between the humans and the earth. Whatever happens to the earth affects us in many ways. In Chapter 3, cited verses #(3-47) we have learned that ALLAH (SWT) Has Subjected to us (humans) all what in the heavens and in the earth. All ALLAHs creation in the heavens and the earth are functioning in a way to benefit mankind. Moreover, it was only the human race, represented by Adam, to whom ALLAH (SWT) Ordered the angels to show their ultimate respect. Therefore, the humans must be very special creature to ALLAH (SWT). Indeed they are, in cited verse #(4-26) ALLAH (SWT) Says, And We Have Honored the descendants of Adam and We Have Carried them on the land and the sea, and We have Given them the best for sustenance, and We Have Given them considerable preference over many of whom We Have Created. The word whom refers to intelligent creatures. The intelligent creatures that we know of, so far, are the angels and the jinns. If it were only for the other two intelligent creatures, the angels and the jinns, the word many would have not been used. This means that there must be intelligent creatures other than the angels, the jinns and the humans. Who are those other intelligent creatures?. Where do they live?. What are their intelligence level and their physical ability compared to the humans?. The answers to these questions may be extracted from the Holy Quran. The human race possesses qualities not possessed by any other creatures, because the only creature that ALLAH (SWT) Ordered the angels to show their ultimate respect to was the human race represented by Adam. The unique
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
135
Cited Verses #(4-24) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Behold, Thy LORD Said to the angels, I am Making a vicegerent on the earth, they said, Would You Make in it who corrupts it and sheds blood and we are praising and glorifying Thy Holy Name!, Said (ALLAH), I Know what you do not know. And He (ALLAH) Taught Adam all the names then presented them to the angels and Said Tell me the names of these if you are right. They said Glory to Thee, we know nothing except what You Taught us, it is You Who is The Most Knowledgeable, The Most Wise.
136
M. WAGDI
Said (ALLAH) O Adam, tell them their names, when he (Adam) told them their names, Said (ALLAH) Did not I Tell you that I Know the unknown of the heavens and the earth and I Know what you reveal and what you been concealing. And We Have Said to the angels Bow down to Adam, and they bowed down except Iblees, he refused and was haughty and was among the unbelievers. And We Said O Adam dwell you and your spouse in the paradise and eat from the beautiful things therein as you will, and do not approach this tree, if you did you will be among the unfair. Then the devil made them slip from it, and got them out of where they were, and We Said Get down, you will be enemies to each other, and the earth will be your dwelling place, and your means of livelihood for a time. (part 1, Surat Al Baqarah The Heifer) qualities possessed by the humans are not physical, because we have learned that the jinns possess much greater physical power than the humans. The superior qualities of the human race over the other intelligent creatures must be mental. In cited verse #(4-27), ALLAH (SWT) Says We Did indeed Offer the trust to the heavens and to the earth and to the mountains but they refused to undertake it, being afraid thereof, and the human undertook it, he was indeed unjust and ignorant. In this verse, the heavens, the earth, and the mountains represent the power, the strength, and the robustness. They do not fear anything except their Creator, ALLAH (SWT). However, they feared to bear the responsibility of carrying this trust. The only creature carrying this trust is the human. What is this trust?. In cited verses #(4-28), ALLAH (SWT) Says The Most Gracious (ALLAH). Taught The Quran. Created the human. Taught him (the human) the intelligent speech. That is, ALLAH (SWT) Taught the human how to speak intelligently. The intelligent speech is the ability to express the thoughts by the right words. To do that, one has to memorize the words that express what is in the mind. Therefore, in order to speak intelligently one has to have a mind. The mind enables one to memorize the different words, and to express the feelings and the events by using the proper words. Going back to cited verses #(4-24). Lets focus our attention on one of these verses, where ALLAH (SWT) Says And He Taught Adam all the names then presented them to the angels and Said Tell Me the names of these if you are right. This means that ALLAH (SWT) Showed Adam things and Taught him the names of these things. So, Adam was able to associate the proper name to the proper object. Then ALLAH (SWT) Showed those objects to the angels and Asked them to tell the objects names. They were not able to do so. The following may be concluded:THE TRUST THAT THE HUMAN ACCEPTED TO CARRY IS THE MIND, i.e. THE ABILITY TO THINK AND TO CHOOSE BY USING HIS MIND NOT HIS INSTINCTS. The mind is the most powerful characteristic that the humans possess. The mind enables the humans to memorize, to think, to choose, to compare, to reason, to know right from wrong, to decide, to plan, to coordinate, to invent and to develop. With every given
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
137
Cited Verse #(4-25) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful From it (the earth) We Have Created you (the humans), and into it Shall We Return you, and from it Shall We Bring you out again. (part 16, Surat Taha The Letters T and H)
Cited Verse #(4-26) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And We Have Honored the descendants of Adam, and We Have Carried them on the land and the sea, and Given them the best things for sustenance, and We Have Given them considerable preference over many of whom We Have Created. (part 15, Surat Al Esraa Journey by Night)
138
M. WAGDI
power come responsibilities. Once there is responsibility, there is accountability. When the humans accepted to carry the trust, that is the mind, they automatically accepted what come with it. They accepted to be held accountable to ALLAH (SWT) for every deed their mind leads them to do. The humans did not realize the magnitude of the burdens and the difficulties they got themselves into. That is why at the end of cited verse #(4-27) ALLAH (SWT) Says he (the human) was indeed unjust and ignorant. The angels are intelligent creatures. They are ALLAHs messengers. They perform exactly the tasks that ALLAH (SWT) Orders them to do. ALLAH (SWT) Did not Give them the ability to choose. Having intelligence is different from having a mind. Intelligence may be defined as the ability to learn. Many animals have this kind of intelligence. The ability and the functions of the mind have much broader spectrum. Accordingly, all intelligent creatures in the heavens do not have the skills, the innovative ability and the creativity of the humans. The following may be concluded:THE INTELLIGENT CREATURES OTHER THAN THE ANGELS, THE JINNS AND THE HUMANS, MUST BE MENTALLY INFERIOR TO THE HUMANS. THAT IS, THEIR INTELLIGENT LEVEL AND SKILLS MUST BE MUCH LESS THAN THOSE OF THE HUMANS. THEIR SHAPES AND FORMS MUST BE DIFFERENT FROM THOSE OF THE HUMANS, SINCE THEY ARE LIVING IN PLACES OTHER THAN THE EARTH, WHERE THE ENVIRONMENTS ARE DIFFERENT. The endless species and forms of ALLAHs creation demonstrates His absolute knowledge, ability and power. In cited verse #(4-29), ALLAH (SWT) is Giving an example of His exalted authority for all the people, regardless of their knowledge and background. For those who have knowledge of science, ALLAH (SWT) is Telling them that among His signs of authority is the creation of the heavens and the earth. Such creation boggles the minds of all the scientific communities. For the people who do not have knowledge of science, ALLAH (SWT) is Telling them that among His signs of authority is the creation of the people with different skin colors and different speaking languages. It would have been easier for ALLAH (SWT) to Create all humans having the same skin color and speaking with the same language. We must not forget that all humans are descendants of Adam. All humans have the same biological structure and the same organs. This is a reminder that all humans are equal regardless of their skin color or origin. In the Holy Quran, when ALLAH (SWT) Wants to emphasize a certain fact, He Swears either by Himself or by some of His creation. In cited verses #(4-30), ALLAH (SWT) Swears by the figs and the olives, by the mount of Sinai (in Egypt), and by the city of security, Maccah (in the Arabian Peninsula). ALLAH (SWT) Swears by the figs
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
139
Cited Verse #(4-27) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful We did indeed Offer the trust to the heavens and to the earth and to the mountains, but they refused to undertake it, being afraid thereof, and the human undertook it, he was indeed unjust and ignorant. (part 22, Surat Al Ahzaab The Parties)
Cited Verses #(4-28) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful The Most Gracious. Taught the Quran. Created the human. Taught him (the human) the intelligent speech. (part 27, Surat Al Rahmaan The Most Gracious)
140
M. WAGDI
and the olives because of their high nutritional values and their beneficial effects to humans. ALLAH (SWT) Swears by the mount of Sinai (in Egypt) because Prophet Moosaa (Moses) talked to ALLAH (SWT) and received the Ten Commandments there. ALLAH (SWT) Swears by the city of security, Maccah because it is the most sacred place on the face of the earth. Maccah is the city where the Kaabah [the first house of worship that ALLAH (SWT) Put to the people on the earth] is. Maccah is the city where Al Masjid Al Haraam (the most sacred mosque, surrounding the Kaabah) is. Maccah is the city where Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh) was born and where most of the verses of the Holy Quran were revealed to him. ALLAH (SWT) Swears by these things to Emphasize two very important characteristics of the humans. These two characteristics are: THE HUMANS ARE CREATED IN THE BEST FORM AND SHAPE. THE HUMANS ARE CAPABLE OF DOING THE LOWEST DEEDS. Among all of ALLAHs creatures, whether these creatures are intelligent or nonintelligent, the humans have the best form, shape, looks and features. On the other hand, the humans in general have the worst behavioral characteristics, except those who believe in ALLAH (SWT), follow His right path and do the good deeds according to His rules. Some of the human unbelievers can do things even the animals would not do. When a human believes in ALLAH (SWT) and have faith in Him, such faith controls the human mind, reminding him or her all the time that all their deeds are watched by ALLAH (SWT) and that they will be held accountable for every thing they do. Faith in ALLAH (SWT) elevates the spiritual power of the human and enables him or her to reject all devils enticements. In the second verse of cited verses #(4-31), ALLAH (SWT) Says It is He Who Created you, then fashioned you in due proportions, then Gave you an upright form. These are the three major steps of human formation. The creation begins with the fertilization process and the development of the fertilized egg to become an embryo. The embryo then develops to become a fetus, where the organs with the right proportions are formed. After birth and after the crawling period of the infant, the human starts to stand up and to walk in the upright form. In the last of these verses, ALLAH (SWT) Says In whatever shape and looks He Wills, He Assembles you. The word assemble indicates that there are basic elements to be assembled in order to form the shape and the looks of the human. That is, different combinations of these basic elements result in different physical characteristics of the human. The so-called blue print of life was discovered recently. It is a molecule that contains the combination of these basic elements which characterizes the human. This molecule was given the scientific name DeoxyriboNucleic Acid or for short DNA. In the last verse of cited verses #(4-32), ALLAH (SWT) Says It is He Who Shapes you in the wombs as He Pleases, there is no GOD but He, The Exalted in Might, The
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
141
Cited Verse #(4-29) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And among His signs is the creation of the heavens and the earth, and the variations in your languages and your colors, verily, in that are signs for those who have the knowledge. (part 21, Surat Al Roum The Romans)
Cited Verses #(4-30) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful By the figs and olives. And by the mount of Sinai. And by this city of security. We Have Created the human in the best form and shape. Then We Did Abase him the lowest of the low. Except those who believed and did the righteous deeds, for they shall have unrestricted reward. (part 30, Surat Al Teen The Figs)
142
EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN..M. WAGDI
Wise. This verse together with cited verses #(4-31) give the complete picture of the shaping of the human. The general features and the characteristics of the human are assembled by means of genes, which are the biological units of heredity. These genes are contained in the DNA molecule. The general features and characteristics transfer from the parents to the child. However, the specific shape, looks and physical characteristics of the human is formed while the human is still an embryo then a fetus in the womb of the mother. This indicates that the children do not necessarily have the exact features of their parents. They might differ in shapes and in looks, and also in some specific physical characteristics and fine details, such as the facial features and the finger prints. The creation verses in the holy Quran, where ALLAH (SWT) Describes His creation are intended to demonstrate His absolute knowledge, power and authority. The creation verses also are intended to give us some basic information about His creation. In cited verses #(4-33), ALLAH (SWT) Describes in great detail the creation and the formation of the human, from conception to birth. At the beginning of these verses, ALLAH (SWT) Is Emphasizing the fact that the human essence is clay, which is a mixture of a kind of dust and water. In the next verse, ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Made the human from a drop of sperm in a place of rest, firmly fixed. This describes the fertilization process where only one sperm cell spermatozoon fertilizes an ovum the female reproductive cell, an egg cell. Once such union is achieved, some changes in the surface of the ovum occur to block the entry of other sperm cells. In the next verse, ALLAH (SWT) Says Then We Created the drop of sperm into a clot of congealed blood. This describes the formation of the morula (a solid mass of cells), which happens a few days after fertilization. Then ALLAH (SWT) Says and Created that clot into a lump. This describes the development of the blastocyst (a hollow ball of cells consists of internal cavity, outer cells and inner cell mass), which occurs 7 to 8 days after fertilization. Then ALLAH (SWT) Says and Created out of that lump, bones. This describes the development of the embryo, which takes place during the first two months after fertilization. Then ALLAH (SWT) Says And Clothed the bones with flesh. This describes the formation of the fetus. Which occurs after the second month from fertilization. At that time, all the principle adult organs have been developed. Then ALLAH (SWT) Says then We Developed out of it another creation, . This describes the completion and functioning of all the organs in their final forms. The creation sequence of the human as depicted in cited verses #(4-33) is shown in Table (4-1). In the Holy Quran, ALLAH (SWT) Has Referred to us humans by four different names. These names are, the descendants of Adam (in Arabic, Bani Adam), the human (in Arabic, Al Insaan), the people (in Arabic, Al Naas), and the human beings (in Arabic, Al Bashar). In cited verses #(4-24), ALLAH (SWT) Made Adam the vicegerent on the earth and when Adam and his spouse fell to the devils enticement, ALLAH (SWT) Expelled them from the paradise and Told them and on the earth you will dwell . This shows that we are descendants of Adam (in Arabic, Bani Adam). In cited verses #(4-34),
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
143
Cited Verses #(4-31) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful O human!, what has seduced you from thy LORD Most Generous. Who Created you then fashioned you in due proportions, then Gave you the upright form. In whatever shape and looks He Wills, Assembles you. (part 30, Surat Al Enfitaar The Cleaving Asunder)
Cited Verses #(4-32) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful For ALLAH, verily nothing in the earth or in the heaven is hidden from Him. It is He Who Shapes you in the wombs as He Pleases, there is no GOD but He, The Exalted in might, The Wise. (part 3, Surat Aale Imraan The Family of Imraan)
144
M. WAGDI
Table (4-1) Creation Sequence of the Human Time From Conception From: 0 To: 6 hours From:4 hours To: 6 days From: 6 days To: 8 days From: 7 days To: 2 months Name Fertilization Morula Blastocyst Embryo Process One sperm cell spermatozoon fertilizes the ovum (the egg). Solid mass of cells. Assembling of the general features and characteristics, creation of the DNA. Formation of a hollow ball of cells consists of internal cavity, outer cells, and inner cell mass. Formation of backbone and vertebral canal. Heart forms and starts beating. Eyes far apart, eyelids fused, nose flat. Arms and legs form. Ossification begins. Major blood vessels form. Internal organs continue to develop. The brain starts to develop at the end of the fourth week. Development of all organs. All organs become proportionate. All systems functioning. Formation of specific characteristics (shapes, looks, physical conditions, facial features, finger prints).
From:2 months To: 9 months
Fetus
ALLAH (SWT) Describes what will happen to the earth on judgment day. At that day, the earth will be shaken vigorously, powerful volcanoes will erupt and huge amount of lava will flow out from beneath the earths surface. In the third verse, ALLAH (SWT) Says and the human (Al Insaan) said what happened to it. In the sixth verse, ALLAH (SWT) Says On that day, the people (Al Naas) will come out in groups to be shown their deeds. From this verse it is seen that the humans and the people are the same. In cited verse #(4-35), ALLAH (SWT) Says, Say (Prophet Mohammad), I am but a human being like yourselves, inspired to me that your GOD is only One GOD, . In this verse ALLAH (SWT) Describes Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh) as a human being. Also, in cited verses #(4-22), ALLAH (SWT) Said to the angels that He is about to Create a human being from clay and in cited verses #(4-24), ALLAH (SWT) Is Telling the same story showing that Adam is that human being whom He Created from clay. That is, in the Holy Quran ALLAH (SWT) Refers to us, who inhabit the earth, as descendants of Adam, humans, people, and human beings. Therefore, there are no other descendants of Adam, humans, people or human beings living elsewhere in the universe other than the earth [for more details about the creation of the humans, see Appendix B].
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
145
Cited Verses #(4-33) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And We Have Created the human from a quintessence of clay. Then We Made him a drop of sperm in a place of rest, firmly fixed. Then We Created the drop of sperm into a clot of congealed blood, and Created that clot into a lump, and Created out of that lump, bones, and clothed the bones with flesh, then We Developed out of it another creation, so blessed be ALLAH, the Best of creators. After that you will indeed die. Then on the day of judgment you will be resurrected. (part 18, Surat Al Momenoon The Believers)
146
M. WAGDI
Cited Verses #(4-34) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful When the earth is quaked vigorously. And the earth throws out its heavy constituents. And the human said what happened to it. On that day, its state is declared. That your LORD Has inspired it. On that day, the people come out in sorted groups to be shown their deeds. And whoever does an atoms weight of good, will see it. And whoever does an atom's weight of evil, will see it. (part 30, Surat Al Zalzalah The Quake)
SPACE TRAVEL
We have learned that there are many intelligent creatures other than the angels, the jinns and the humans. Those intelligent creatures do not have the skills and the innovative ability of the humans. Though they are intelligent, they do not have minds like humans. Those intelligently inferior creatures live in places in the lowest heaven (the universe). They might be living on planets in our solar system or on planets in extraterrestrial solar systems. The question now is; are those intelligently inferior creatures capable of travelling into space?. The answer is NO. In the first verse of cited verses #(4-36), ALLAH (SWT) Says, O all of you jinns and humans, if you can pass through from the territories of the heavens and the earth, then pass through, you do not pass through except with power. This is a call from ALLAH (SWT) to the jinns and to the humans only. This call is not directed to any other intelligent creatures, because they do not have the power to do so. This call is also not directed to the angels, because the angels already move through the heavens to execute ALLAHs commands. We have learned that the angels move through the heavens with speeds millions of times faster than the speed of light. We have learned earlier in this chapter that the jinns have tremendous physical power. They can travel in space by their own physical power, without any equipment or machines, cited verses #(4-18). Now we come to the humans. The humans have the power of mind. The mind enables us humans to learn, to develop and to innovate. The scientific and the technological achievements made it possible to design the proper equipment and machines to travel into space. Without such equipment it is impossible for the humans to reach the outer space. This is indicated in the above cited verse by its conditional statement. That is, the humans can not pass through to the outer space without the power of the human mind. In the above cited verse we notice that ALLAH (SWT) Says, from the territories of the heavens and the earth, NOT from the territories of the heavens and the territories of the earth. That is, the word territories relates ONLY to the heavens and not to the earth. This means that the earth is a single territory (a single entity, as defined in all the creation verses in the Holy Quran), while there are many territories in the heavens.
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
147
Cited Verse #(4-35) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Say (Mohammad), I am but a human being like yourselves, inspired to me that your GOD is only One GOD, then whoever wishes to be in the presence of his LORD, let him do righteous deed and not to worship a partner with his LORD. (part 16, Surat Al Kahf The Cave)
Cited Verses #(4-36) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful O all of you jinns and humans, if you can pass through from the territories of the heavens and the earth, pass through, you will not pass through without power. Then which of the favors of your LORD do you deny. On you will be sent fragments of fire and copper and you will not prevail. (part 27, Surat Al Rahmaan The Most Gracious)
148
M. WAGDI
In this verse the Arabic word for passing through is Yanfoth. This Arabic verb Yanfoth, means to push through or to exert an effort in order to get through. That is passing through from the earth needs a push or an effort, which is the case when launching a rocket from the earth to the outer space. The rocket must be pushed by its propulsion system in order to reach the escape velocity. This is the velocity which counteracts the earths gravitational force and enables the spacecraft or the satellite to go into orbit around the earth. In the same verse, the same Arabic verb Yanfoth is used to pass through from the territories of the heavens. That is, the territories of the heavens are celestial objects with gravitational forces. Those objects are the planets and their moons in our solar system, and the extraterrestrial planets beyond our solar system. In Chapter 3 we have learned that our moon, our sun and all the planets in our solar system and their moons are within the domain of the lowest heaven. Therefore, from this verse we learn that the jinns and the humans may travel to the planets in our solar system and beyond, if they have the required power. In the third verse of cited verses #(4-36), ALLAH (SWT) Says, On you will be sent fragments of fire and copper and you will not prevail. The general meaning of this verse negates what came in the first verse. It is ALLAH (SWT) Who is Talking, therefore there must be a logical explanation for these verses. These verses have the following meaning:THE JINNS WITH THEIR PHYSICAL POWER, AND THE HUMANS WITH THEIR MENTAL POWER CAN TRAVEL TO VERY LIMITED REGIONS INTO OUTER SPACE. IF THEY TRY TO GO BEYOND THOSE ALLOWED REGIONS, THEY WILL NOT BE ABLE TO DO SO, BECAUSE FRAGMENTS OF FIRE AND COPPER WILL BE SENT ON THEM. There are two radiation belts above the earths surface. The inner radiation belt (known as Van Allens radiation belt) is about 4000 miles above the equator and occupies a small region. The outer belt is about 13000 miles high and occupies a wider region. The particles within the inner belt are much more energetic than those in the outer belt. They could harm the astronauts and damage the electronic instruments aboard the spacecraft. The flight trajectory of the spacecraft must be chosen to avoid such hazards. On the other hand there is the so-called asteroid belt, a concentration of asteroids moving between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter. ALLAH (SWT) Has Given preference to the humans over many of His creation. ALLAH (SWT) Has Subjected all what in the heavens and the earth for the benefit of mankind [cited verses #(3-47)], yet most of the humans do not acknowledge ALLAHs generosity and mercy. Instead of being grateful to ALLAH (SWT) for providing our sustenance, most of the humans became arrogant and deviated from the right path of ALLAH (SWT). In cited verse #(4-37), ALLAH (SWT) The Merciful is Reminding us with very kind words that the creation of the heavens and the earth is greater than the creation of the people, but unfortunately most of the people do not know or ignore this fact.
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
149
Cited Verse #(4-37) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Assuredly, the creation of the heavens and the earth is greater than the creation of the people, yet most of the people do not know. (part 24, Surat Ghaafer Who Forgives)
Cited Verses #(4-38) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful He (Solomon) said O assembly, who of you fetch me her throne before they come to me in submission?. A strong one from the jinn said I fetch it to you before you rise from your sitting place, and I indeed have the strength and honesty to do that. Said who has knowledge from the book I fetch it to you before your eye winks, then when he (Solomon) saw it (the throne) placed firmly before him, he said this is by the grace of
150
M. WAGDI
my LORD to test me whether to be grateful or ungrateful, and he who is grateful, his gratitude is for his own soul, and he who is ungrateful, then my LORD is Generous free of all needs. (part 19, Surat Al Naml The Ants)
THE SPIRITUAL POWER

The complete trust and faith in ALLAH (SWT) can elevate the spiritual power of a jinn or a human to a very high level. The spiritual power may be more effective than the physical power. That is, the jinns or the humans can do things by their spiritual power that could not be done by the physical power. In that context, ALLAH (SWT) Tells the story of Prophet Sulaymaan (Solomon) and the Queen of Sabaa (Sheba). Cited verses #(4-38) depict part of the story which shows that the spiritual power could achieve more than the physical power. Prophet Sulaymaan had a council formed of humans and jinns. When he learned that the people of Sabaa (Sheba) worship the sun instead of worshipping ALLAH (SWT), he asked the members of his council if any of them can fetch for him the throne of the queen. The queens throne was far away. One of the strongest jinns in the council said I will fetch it for you before you rise from your sitting place and indeed I have the strength and the honesty to do that. Another member in the council who had knowledge from the book said I will fetch it to you before your eye winks, and he did. In these verses, it is not mentioned whether who has knowledge from the book was a jinn or a human. Whether he was a jinn or a human did not change the outcome of this event. Whoever he was, he had knowledge from the Holy book of ALLAH (SWT). Such knowledge gave him the spiritual power that proved to be more effective than the physical power.
ALL OTHER CREATURES

ALLAHs creation is unlimited. It is only ALLAH (SWT) Who Knows His creation. Our knowledge of ALLAHs creation is limited to what we see on earth. There are so many species living on the earth. Not all of those living species are known to humans. New insects and birds in the rain forest in South America and new marine creatures in the deeps of the oceans are being discovered every now and then. Each and every single species living on the earth have their own discipline and their own way of life. They form their own nations and communities. In cited verse #(4-39), ALLAH (SWT) Says, There is not an animal on the earth, nor a bird that flies with its two wings, but nations like you, Nothing We Have Missed in the book, then to their LORD they will be gathered.
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
151
Cited Verse #(4-39) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful There is not an animal on the earth, nor a bird that flies with its two wings, but nations like you, nothing We Have Missed in the book, then to their LORD they will be gathered. (part 7, Surat Al Anaam The Domestic Animals)
Cited Verses #(4-40)
152
M. WAGDI
In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And Solomon inherited David and said O people, we have been taught the speech of the birds and we have been given from everything, this is indeed the ultimate grace. And to Solomon were gathered his soldiers of the jinns and the humans and the birds, and they were all kept in order and ranks. Until they came to a valley of ants, one ant said O ants, get into your dwellings in order not to get crushed by Solomon and his soldiers without them knowing. And so he smiled from its saying and said my LORD, so order me that I may be grateful for Thy favors which You Have Bestowed on me and on my parents, and that I may do the righteousness that You accept, and Admit me by Thy Grace in the ranks of Thy righteous servants. (part 19, Surat Al Naml The Ants) To form their own nations and communities, they must have their own way of communicating with each other. In fact each species have their own language and they do talk to each other. They do not talk by sign language, but by voices that we do not hear (with frequencies out of the human audible range). In the first verse of cited verses #(440), Prophet Sulaymaan (Solomon) says to his people that they [Prophet Sulaymaan and his father Prophet Daawood (David)] have been taught the language of the birds. So, it was not only Prophet Sulaymaan who understood and spoke the language of the birds, but also his people did the same. In these verses, when Prophet Sulaymaan and his army came to a valley of ants, he heard one of the ants talking to the other ants and warning them to hide into their dwellings, otherwise they will be crushed by Prophet Sulaymaan and his soldiers without them knowing. Prophet Sulaymaan heard what the ant said. If the ants communicate between themselves with sign language, Prophet Sulaymaan would have not heard it. This leads to the following conclusion:ALL THE ANIMALS AND THE BIRDS HAVE THEIR OWN NATIONS AND COMMUNITIES. THEY HAVE THEIR OWN SPOKEN LANGUAGES WITH WHICH THEY COMMUNICATE WITH EACH OTHER. WE HUMANS CAN NOT HEAR THEIR TALK BECAUSE THEIR VOICES FREQUENCIES ARE OUT OF THE HUMAN AUDIBLE RANGE. All the animals, birds and all other non-intelligent creatures praise, glorify and pray to ALLAH (SWT), each in their own way, cited verse (4-7).
CH. 4
CREATION OF LIFE
153

The findings from Chapter 4 may be summarized as follows: It is not known when the angels were created, before or after the creation of the heavens and the earth!. ALLAH (SWT) Did not Tell about the substance from which the angels were created, because it is beyond the comprehension of the human mind. The angels are ALLAHs messengers. They execute whatever ALLAH (SWT) Commands them to do. All the angels have wings, some have double wings, some have triple wings, some have quadruple wings, and may be more. The variations in the number of wings indicate that each kind is assigned to perform tasks different from the others. The angels move through the heavens with speeds millions of times greater than the speed of light. The first form of life created with the creation of the heavens and the earth is the vegetation on the earth. It was created during the last four days (four thousand lunar years) of the earths creation. Insects and micro-organisms may have been created and evolved next, then the animals and the birds were created. There are animals living on planets other than the earth, may be within our solar system or beyond. Those animals are completely different from the earths animals, due to the difference in the environmental conditions. The angels are not visible to living humans. If ALLAH (SWT) Wishes to send an angel to living humans, the angel would be in the form of a man. It is a sin to consider the angels as females. The jinns were created after the creation of the heavens and the earth. They were created from fire. They were created before the humans. The physical power, the mobility and the agility of the jinns are much greater than those of the humans. The jinns' energy level is much higher than that of the humans. They can see and hear the humans, while the humans can not see or hear them.
154
M. WAGDI
The jinns can travel to the outer space with their own physical power, without equipment or machines. The jinns had messengers from ALLAH (SWT), like the humans. Some of the jinns are believers and some are not. Like the humans, the jinns will be judged on judgment day. The jinns configurations vibrate constantly. Before the revelation of the Holy Quran and the religion of ISLAM to Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh), the jinns were permitted to go to locations, deep into the outer space to eavesdrop. After the revelation of the Holy Quran and the religion of ISLAM to Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh), the jinns were forbidden from doing so. Those who try to go deep into outer space to eavesdrop, as they used to, will be shot at with piercing asteroids. With the revelation of the Holy Quran and the religion of ISLAM, ALLAH (SWT) Ordered the heavens and the earth to start the preparations for judgment day. The jinns can not foresee the unknown or foretell the future. The first human created was Adam. He was created from clay (dust from the earth and water). The humans live only on the earth. There are no other humans living elsewhere. The humans are the only intelligent creatures with mind. Among all the creatures, the humans have the best form and shape. There are intelligent creatures other than the angels, the jinns and the humans living in the heavens. Those other intelligent creatures are inferior to the humans, because they do not have mind. They do not have the skills or the creativity of the humans. The humans can travel into outer space by using the power of their mind. The jinns and the humans can not go beyond a certain limit into the outer space, otherwise fragments of fire and copper will be sent on them. All the animals and the birds have their own nations and communities. They have their own spoken languages with which they communicate with each other. We humans can not hear their talk, because their voices frequencies are out of the human audible range.
CHAPTER 5
JUDGMENT DAY
ALLAH (SWT) Gave us, humans the mind in order to explore, to study and to learn about His creation. The more we know about ALLAHs creation, the more we realize that He is the absolute power and authority. ALLAH (SWT) Has Created everything for a purpose and for a reason. In cited verses #(4-13) ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has not Created the jinns and the humans except to worship Him. He Has Provided sustenance for the jinns and for the humans, as well as for all others of His creation, just to be able to worship, praise and glorify Him. Worshipping ALLAH (SWT) is simply following His rules and obeying His laws. In the Holy Quran ALLAH (SWT) Gave us His rules and laws. He Told what is right and what is wrong, what we have to do and what we have to avoid. Every single one of ALLAHs rules is made for the benefit of mankind. Life is a test period for the humans as well as for the jinns. Every creature that ever lived will be judged and sentenced on judgment day. The unbelievers deny that there will be a judgment day where every soul will be held accountable for everything done during the lifetime. ALLAH (SWT) Answers their false claim in cited verse #(5-1). In this verse, ALLAH (SWT) Swears by Himself that the day of judgment will come where every deed will be disclosed. Nothing in the heavens or in the earth is hidden from ALLAH (SWT). Everything, whether it is smaller than an atom or larger, is recorded in the most comprehensive record. In cited verse #(5-2), ALLAH (SWT) Says, We Have not Created the heavens and the earth and what in between them except for a just cause and for an appointed term and those who did not believe are ignoring what they have been warned of. ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the heavens and the earth and what in between them (the earths atmosphere) to function according to His rules, laws, and Commands, for an appointed and preassigned term. After the appointed term has expired, the heavens and the earth will cease to function and judgment day begins. In the Holy Quran, ALLAH (SWT) Tells about 156
CH. 5
JUDGMENT DAY
157
Cited Verse #(5-1) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And the unbelievers said never to us will come the hour (judgment day), say (Mohammad), O yes, by my LORD, it will come upon you indeed, He Who Knows the unseen, from Whom is not hidden a weight of an atom in the heavens or in the earth, nor less than that or greater, but is in a most comprehensive record. (part 22, Surat Sabaa Sheba)
Cited Verse #(5-2) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful We Have not Created the heavens and the earth and what in between them except for just cause and for an appointed term, and those who did not believe are ignoring what they have been warned of. (part 26, Surat Al Ahqaaf Winding Sand Tracts)
158
M. WAGDI
some of the signs that will precede judgment day.
SOME OF THE MAJOR SIGNS

REVELATION OF THE HOLY QURAN AND THE RELIGION OF ISLAM
The religion of Islam is the last religion and the Holy Quran is the last book that ALLAH (SWT) Have bestowed on mankind. By such revelation ALLAHs message to mankind has been completed and the beginning of the end of the first life has commenced. In Chapter 4 we have learned that before the revelation of the Holy Quran and Islam, the jinns were used to go to places in the lowest heaven to eavesdrop [cited verses #(4-18) and #(4-19)]. After the revelation of the Holy Quran and Islam to Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh), the jinns were not permitted to do so. At that time, ALLAH (SWT) Commanded the heavens to get prepared for the events that will take place before and on judgment day. He did not Want the jinns to witness such preparations.
FORMATION OF THE NATION OF ISRAEL

In many verses of the Holy Quran, ALLAH (SWT) Tells stories about Prophet Musa (Moses) and the Israelites (The Children of Israel), and the confrontations between Prophet Musa (Moses) and the pharaoh of Egypt. Cited verses #(5-3) are among those verses. These verses describe what happened to the pharaoh of Egypt when he and his army followed the Israelites when they were fleeing Egypt. The meanings of these verses are mostly misunderstood. In the second of these verses, ALLAH (SWT) Says, And We Have Said thereafter to the Israelites (Children of Israel) Dwell the earth, then when the time of the hereafter has come, We Brought you and Gathered you together. Notice here that after ALLAH (SWT) Drowned pharaoh and his army, He Said to the Israelites Dwell the earth, not dwell their land or dwell their dwellings. In other verses in the Holy Quran, the two phrases dwell their land and dwell their dwellings were used to describe different situations. In this particular verse, ALLAH (SWT) Said Dwell the earth. This means that the Israelites will dwell in many places on the earth, and not in one particular location. That is, they will be living among other people with different beliefs and nationalities, without having their own nation. Then when the time of the hereafter has come, that is when judgment day approaches (becomes near), ALLAH (SWT) Brings the Israelites (Children of Israel) from all over the world and Gather them together in one place. The gathering of the Israelites took place in the land of Palestine, and the nation of Israel was formed in 1948.
CH. 5
JUDGMENT DAY
159
Cited Verses #(5-3) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful So he (pharaoh of Egypt) resolved to remove them (The Israelites) from the face of the earth, so We Drowned him and all who were with him. And We Have Said thereafter to the Israelites (Children of Israel) Dwell the earth then when the time of the hereafter has come, We Brought you and Gathered you together. (part 15, Surat Al Esraa The Night Journey)
THE ANIMAL THAT EMERGES FROM THE EARTH AND TALKS TO THE PEOPLE
In cited verse #(5-4), ALLAH (SWT) Says And when the word is fulfilled against them, We Brought out an animal (daabbah) from the earth that talks to them, that the people were not believing with assurance in Our signs. Near the end of this life, the people will be doing unjust for themselves. Sins will be considered the normal way of life. At that time, ALLAH (SWT) Will Bring out an animal (daabbah) from the earth. That animal will talk to the people in their own language. It will talk to the people about their sins, and that they have ignored the warning signs of ALLAH (SWT). At that time it will be too late to repent and to redeem themselves. What kind of animal that will be?. To answer this question, lets look at the definition of animal daabbah Given by ALLAH (SWT). From cited verse #(5-5), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Created every animal daabbah from water. Some walk on their bellies, some walk on two legs and some walk on four legs. Since this particular animal daabbah will come from beneath the earths surface, therefore it is more likely to be the kind that walks on its belly, only ALLAH (SWT) Knows.
160
M. WAGDI
YAJOOJ AND MAJOOJ

To know something about who or what those Yajooj and Majooj are, lets study cited verses #(5-6) carefully. These verses depict part of the story of a man who believed in ALLAH (SWT). ALLAH (SWT) Bestowed on this man kingship and power on the earth, and Gave him the ways and the means to establish his just rule on vast lands and people of different races. This man was known as The Two Horned (in Arabic, Thulqarnine). In the first verse of cited verses #(5-6), ALLAH (SWT) Says Until he (Thulqarnine) reached where the sun rises, he found that it rises on people, We Have not Made for them a cover to protect them from it (the sun). It is recognized that most of the stories, if not all, in the Holy Quran took place in the geographic region known as the Middle East. This verse means that Thulqarnine moved far away in the eastward direction until he reached a land unprotected from the sun and inhabited by people. The land which is not protected from the sun is desert. That is, Thulqarnine reached a desert in the east and this desert was inhabited by people. This flat desert most likely would be the southern part of Iraq, north of the Arabian (Persian) Gulf. In the fourth verse of these verses, ALLAH (SWT) Says until he (Thulqarnine) reached between the two dams, he found beneath them people who scarcely could understand a talk. This verse indicates that Thulqarnine continued to move eastward until he reached a place where there are two dams. The dams are usually constructed in a valley. That is, the people who scarcely could understand a talk were living in a valley bounded by two dams. Describing those people as who scarcely could understand a talk is an indication that those people were very primitive and they have difficulty in explaining themselves. The location where those people lived is a valley bounded by two dams east of the southern part of Iraq. This place could be somewhere near the Iran-Afghanistan-Pakistan borders. In the next verse, those primitive people complained to Thulqarnine that Yajooj and Majooj corrupt everything, and they were willing to pay him a tribute to construct a dam between themselves and Yajooj and Majooj. This proposed dam would protect the primitive people from the corruption of Yajooj and Majooj. In the remaining of the verses, Thulqarnine did not accept any payment from the primitive people, instead he asked them to help him physically to build the dam. When the dam was built, Yajooj and Majooj could not climb over it nor could make a hole in it in order to raid those primitive people, as they used to. At that time Thulqarnine thanked and praised his LORD for His mercy, and said when the time promised by my LORD comes, He Will Demolish it (the dam), and my LORDS promise is indeed true. From these last verses we learn that Yajooj and Majooj were also primitive, since they did not have the ability or the means to climb over the dam or to make a hole in it. It is not mentioned in these verses or any other verses in the Holy Quran, whether Yajooj and Majooj are people or some kind of beasts. Yajooj and Majooj are mentioned only in two locations in the Holy Quran, in cited verses # (5-6) and in cited verses #(5-7). In the first verse of cited verses #(5-7), ALLAH (SWT) Says, Until when Yajooj and Majooj is opened, and they swiftly swarm from
CH. 5
JUDGMENT DAY
161
Cited Verse #(5-4) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And when the word is fulfilled against them, We Brought out an animal (daabbah) from the earth that talks to them, that the people were not believing with assurance in Our signs. (part 20, Surat Al Naml The Ants)
Cited Verse #(5-5) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And ALLAH Created every animal (daabbah) from water, among them that walks on its belly, and among them that walks on two legs, and among them that walks on four legs, ALLAH Creates what He Wills, for ALLAH is Capable of doing everything. (part 18, Surat Al Noor The Light)
162
M. WAGDI
everywhere. In the first part of this verse, the verb is is related to a singular name. However, Yajooj and Majooj are two names that should be represented by a verb in its plural form. Therefore, the expression is opened suggests that the place where Yajooj and Majooj live is also called Yajooj and Majooj. Some people might think incorrectly that Yajooj and Majooj is some form of natural disaster, such as lava flowing out of an erupted volcano. Yajooj and Majooj are living creatures, since in the above verse they are referred to by the word they. From the last verse of cited verses #(5-6), we learn that the dam that Thulqarnine built will remain intact until a time assigned by ALLAH (SWT) has come. At that time, ALLAH (SWT) will demolish this dam. The first verse of cited verses #(5-7) explains what will happen when the dam (constructed by Thulqarnine) is demolished. At that time Yajooj and Majooj will be opened, and they will swiftly swarm from everywhere. That is, ALLAH (SWT) is Keeping Yajooj and Majooj locked up in their place by means of that dam, until the time Promised by ALLAH (SWT) comes. In the second verse of cited verses #(5-7), ALLAH (SWT) Says And the true promise has approached, and then the eyes of the unbelievers will be staring in horror, we are doomed, we have been heedless of this, and we have been unfair (for themselves). In this verse, the phrase the true promise has approached means that judgment day has approached. From the last verse of cited verses #(5-6) and from cited verses #(5-7), we learn that when the day of judgment becomes very near, ALLAH (SWT) Will Demolish the dam that Thulqarnine built and Yajooj and Majooj will be opened. Yajooj and Majooj will then swiftly break from their place and swarm everywhere. They will corrupt and destroy everything they come across. This event will be one of the horrific and catastrophic events that will precede judgment day.
THE EVENTS
In the Holy Quran, ALLAH (SWT) Describes in details the events that will occur before and on judgment day. Those events will be so horrible and so catastrophic beyond the imagination of the human mind. WHAT WILL HAPPEN TO OUR SUN AND TO ALL OTHER STARS In the first verse of cited verses #(5-8), ALLAH (SWT) Says When the sun is caused to be like a ball. The second verse explains what is meant by the first verse. In the second verse, ALLAH (SWT) Says And when the stars lose their luster. That is, when the stars cease to emit light. The sun is a star. Therefore, the first verse means that the time will come when the sun will no longer emit light, and will take the form of a dark ball. To understand the meaning of these verses, lets take a look at the simplified illustration of the suns structure, shown in Figure (5-1). The sun is a huge volume of gas,
CH. 5
JUDGMENT DAY
163
Cited Verses #(5-6) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Until he (Thulqarnine) reached where the sun rises, he found that it rises on people We Have not Made for them a cover to protect them from it (the sun). And so, We Have Known what he has in mind, then he continued for a reason. Until he reached between the two dams, he found beneath them people who scarcely could understand a talk. They said O Thulqarnine!, the Yajooj and Majooj are corrupters of the earth, would we render you a tribute in order to make a dam between us and them. He (Thulqarnine) said what my LORD Has Bestowed on me is better, just help me with power (physical) and I shall make between you and them a barrier. Fetch to me iron ore, until the space between the two mountains is filled, he said blow air, until he made fire out of it, said bring me molten lead to pour over it. Then they (Yajooj and Majooj) could not climb over it,
164
M. WAGDI
nor they could make a hole in it. He (Thulqarnine) said this is a mercy from my LORD, and when the time promised by my LORD comes, He [ALLAH (SWT)] Will Demolish it (the dam), and my LORDS Promise is indeed true. (part 16, Surat Al Kahf The Cave) mainly hydrogen and helium. The fusion process of the hydrogen atoms in the suns core produces tremendous amount of heat and transfers the hydrogen to helium. The heat transfers from one zone inside the sun to another by means of complex processes and chemical reactions. The outer layers of the sun are pulled inward towards the core by its gravitational force. Due to the very high temperatures, the gases at the outer layer of the sun are in their ionized state thus forming a mixture of electrically charged particles, electrons (negatively charged) and ions (positively charged). This mixture is known as gaseous plasma. This gaseous plasma reacts to magnetic and to electric fields. That is, electromagnetic fields affect the motion and the pressure distribution of the gases at the outer layer of the sun.
K = Degrees Kelvin = Absolute Celsius = 273 + Degrees Celsius Figure (5-1) A simplified illustration of the suns structure (Not to Scale)
At the time pre-assigned by ALLAH (SWT), huge electromagnetic forces will be applied on the outer surface of the sun. The pressure due to those forces will squeeze the outer layer and in turn increases the pressure in the core. Such pressure increase will force the core to shrink and becomes more dense. The fusion processes in the core will then become more active and produce more heat. The outer layers of the sun will be
CH. 5
JUDGMENT DAY
165
Cited Verses #(5-7) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Until Yajooj and Majooj is opened, and they swiftly swarm from everywhere. And the true promise has approached, and then the eyes of the unbelievers will be staring in horror, we are doomed, we have been heedless of this, and we have been unfair. (part 17, Surat Al Anbiyaa The Prophets)
Cited Verses #(5-8) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful When the sun is caused to be like a ball. And when the stars lose their luster. And when the mountains are mad to move. And when the mating is ceased. And when the beasts are herded. And when the oceans are heated to boil. (part 30, Surat Al Takweer To be Like a Ball)
166
M. WAGDI
forced to expand outwards and their temperatures and luminosity increase dramatically. The temperature on the surface of the earth will increase substantially, causing oceans waters to boil [last verse of cited verses #(5-8)]. The accelerated fusion process in the core of the sun will deplete the hydrogen gas (which is the fuel) so fast, until it reaches a critical stage where there will not be enough hydrogen to sustain such process. The core will then cool down until its temperature becomes low enough so that the fusion process ceases. The sun will then stop producing heat and emitting light. At that time, the remaining gases will condense and pulled inward by the gravitational force, thus forming solid, inert, dense and dark ball. In the second verse of cited verses #(5-8), ALLAH (SWT) Says And when the stars lose their luster. Our sun is a star. What will happen to our sun will happen to all the stars. Also in describing what will happen on judgment day [first verse of cited verses #(3-33)], ALLAH (SWT) Says When the stars are dimmed. That is, on judgment day, all the stars will cease to emit light. The light emitted from the stars is due to heat generated within. As explained above, the stars will no longer generate heat. Accordingly, on judgment day, there will be not a single source of heat or light in the lowest heaven. There will be complete darkness. The temperature will then drop to absolute zero (-273 degrees Celsius). At that temperature there are no motions of any kind, even at the sub-nuclear level, and everything will be stand still. In the second and the third verses of cited verses #(5-9), ALLAH (SWT) Says And the moon ceases to shine. And the sun and the moon are joined together. The moon shines due to the reflection of the suns light from its surface. When the sun no longer generates heat and emits light, the moon will be just a dark object. When the sun becomes a dense dark object, its gravitational force becomes so strong. This strong gravitational force will overcome the gravitational force of the earth, which keeps the moon orbiting around it (the earth). The moon will then be liberated from its orbit around the earth, and will be attracted towards the dense dark mass, which used to be the sun.
WHAT WILL HAPPEN TO THE PLANETS

In the second verse of cited verses #(3-34), ALLAH (SWT) Says And when the planets are scattered. The increase in the gravitational force of the dark dense mass which used to be the sun, will disrupt the orbital motions of the planets in our solar system. The inner planets, Mercury and Venus (the planets closest to the sun), may be pulled towards this dense mass. The orbits and the motions of the outer planets will be corrupted and they will be scattered. In Chapter 3, we have learned that there are extraterrestrial planets beyond our solar system. Those planets may belong to their own solar systems. Since all the stars will
CH. 5
JUDGMENT DAY
167
Cited Verses #(5-9) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And when the sight is dazed. And the moon ceases to shine. And the sun and the moon are joined together. That day, the human says where is the refuge?. (part 29, Surat Al Qiyamah The Resurrection)
Cited Verses #(5-10) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful When the heaven is split. And hearkened to its LORD and truly did so. And when the earth is swollen. And threw out what within and became empty. And hearkened to its LORD and truly did so. (part 30, Surat Al Enshiqaaq The Splitting)
become dense dark masses, the extraterrestrial planets will also scatter, as the planets in our solar system will do.
WHAT WILL HAPPEN TO THE EARTH

In the first two verses of cited verses #(4-34), ALLAH (SWT) Says When the earth is quaked vigorously. And the earth threw out its heavy constituents. In the third and fourth verses of cited verses #(5-10), ALLAH (SWT) Says And when the earth is swollen. And threw out what within and became empty. We have learned earlier in this
168
M. WAGDI
chapter that the suns temperature will suddenly increase. The temperature on the earth will accordingly rise to beyond the boiling point of water (100 degrees Celsius). This will cause the water in the oceans to boil [last verse of cited verses #(5-8)]. A significant portion of the oceans waters will evaporate. The earth is constructed in several layers (Chapter 7). The inner layers exert tremendous pressure on the outer layers, which is balanced by the weight of the outer layers (the gravitational force that pulls the outer layers inwards). The oceans cover about two thirds of the earths surface. That is, a significant portion of the weight of the earths crust is attributed to the oceans waters. When the oceans water totally or partially evaporate, the force due to the internal pressure from the earths internal layers will exceed the weight (gravitational force) of the outer layers. The outer layers will then be pushed outwards and the earth will be swollen. When the earths outer layers are pushed outwards, they will crack. The magma (hot, soft semi-liquid) beneath the outer layers (Chapter 7) will then be forced to flow outwards, to the surface of the earth. The molten metals in the outer core of the earth (Chapter 7) may also be forced to flow to the earths surface through cracks in the Mesosphere layer (Chapter 7). The molten metals in the outer core and the magma beneath the outer layers are the heavy constituents of the earth. When those heavy constituents from within the earth are forced out to the earths surface, the inner part of the earth will be almost empty [fourth verse of cited verses #(5-10)]. The existence of the heavy constituents within the inner layers of the earth is essential for the uniformity and the stability of its motions (spinning and translation). As the heavy constituents are pushed outwards to the earths surface, its stable mass distribution will be altered, and it will wobble violently. Appreciable change in the mass distribution of the earth changes its moment of inertia. Accordingly a significant change in the direction (and may be the location) of the earths spin axis will occur. This will cause the earth to wobble violently and may induce unimaginable storms everywhere on the earths surface. The wobbling of the earth together with the flow of the hot magma and molten metals on the earths surface will displace the mountains from their locations. The rocks in the mountains will be crushed and become soft [second verse of cited verses #(5-11)]. Their foundations will be destabilized and will then collapse [third verse of cited verses #(5-8)]. With the violent wobbling of the earth, it will be pounded severely, everything will be leveled off and nothing will rise above the earths surface [first verse of cited verses #(514)].
WHAT WILL HAPPEN TO THE HEAVEN

As explained earlier, the extinguishing of the stars (our sun included) will occur in two major phases. Sudden increase in their temperatures and luminosity, then rapid decline in
CH. 5
JUDGMENT DAY
169
Cited Verses #(5-11) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful The day the heaven becomes like molten brass. And the mountains become like wool. (part 29, Surat Al Maarij The Outer Space Ways)
Cited Verses #(5-12) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Then when the horn is blown into one blow. And the earth and the mountains are carried then pounded by one blow. On that day, the event has occurred. And the heaven split, then on that day it becomes flimsy. And the angels on its sides, and on that day eight carry your LORDS Throne above them. On that day, you are displayed, nothing of your deeds is hidden. (part 29, Surat Al Haaqqah The Sure Reality)
170
M. WAGDI
their temperatures and luminosity until they cease to generate heat and emit light. During the first phase, each individual star will become brighter and bigger. The dark voids between the stars will appear smaller. The lowest heaven will then be seen as if it is lit by yellowish light. Such light is similar to the light emitted from molten brass [Cited verse #(5-11)]. In all the verses in the Holy Quran, where ALLAH (SWT) Describes what will happen to the heaven on judgment day, the word heaven in its singular form is always used. In Chapter 3, we have learned that the word heaven is intended to be the lowest heaven (the universe). Moreover, the events that will happen to the lowest heaven on judgment day are described by the words, opened, splits or cracks, becomes flimsy, and cleft asunder. In cited verses #(3-33), ALLAH (SWT) Says And when the heaven is slightly opened. In cited verses #(3-34), ALLAH (SWT) Says When the heaven is cleft asunder. In cited verses #(5-10), ALLAH (SWT) Says When the heaven is split. In cited verses #(5-12), ALLAH (SWT) Says And the heaven split and on that day it becomes flimsy. These words describe what happens to a solid structure. In cited verses #(3-5), ALLAH (SWT) Says And We Have Adorned the lowest heaven with lamps . In cited verse #(3-31), ALLAH (SWT) Says Do not they look at the heaven above them, how We Have Built it and Adorned it, and it has no flaws. In cited verse #(3-41), ALLAH (SWT) Says And We Have Adorned the lowest heaven with lamps and Made it a place for shooting at the devils . In cited verses #(4-18), ALLAH (SWT) Says And we (the jinns) have touched the heaven and found that it is full of strong guards and streaking asteroids. In all these verses, we notice that there is a distinction between the heaven and what is in the heaven. The stars (the lamps) which adorn the lowest heaven as well as the streaking asteroids are things contained within the heaven. Also, the strong guards (the angels) move within the heaven. Moreover, we notice in the above verses that ALLAH (SWT) Has Built the heaven first, then He Adorned it with the stars. All of these confirm the conclusion reached in Chapter 3, that the lowest heaven is a huge enclosure surrounding the earth and containing all the stars and the other celestial objects. The words listed above, describing what will happen to the lowest heaven on judgment day provide additional proof that the lowest heaven has a ceiling formed of solid dark matter. In Chapter 3, we have learned the following facts: The lowest heaven (the universe) is expanding [cited verses #(3-42)]. The locations of the stars (and their distribution) is one of the major phenomena that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created [cited verses #(3-40)]. Also in Chapter 3, the following have been concluded:-
CH. 5
JUDGMENT DAY
171
The stars are energy producers, where matter is transformed to energy. The process of transforming matter to energy (inside the stars) and the process of transforming energy to matter are continuously going on in the lowest heaven (the universe). In Chapter 3, we have learned that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created everything in pairs [cited verse # (3-45)]. He Has Created the matter and the anti-matter. He Has Created the male and the female. Similarly, in the laws of physics, ALLAH (SWT) Has Created for each physical process its reverse process. A physical process and its reverse process form continuous cyclic actions. The production of rain is an example of a physical process and its reverse process. The physical process is the evaporation of the oceans water and the formation of the clouds. The reverse process is the condensation of the water vapor in the clouds and the fall of rain. Now before explaining how the lowest heaven (the universe) splits or cracks, we have to answer the question; how could the lowest heaven be expanding while maintaining the structural integrity of its solid boundary?. It is only ALLAH (SWT) Who Knows. However, based on the physical laws which we know, two possibilities may be considered. The quasars are huge stars located far beyond the distant galaxies. Each one of them produces energy hundreds of times more than a galaxy. It has been recognized that the two major forces in the universe (the lowest heaven) are, the gravitational force and the electromagnetic force. The gravitational force is directly proportional to the mass of the star or any other celestial object, while the electromagnetic force generated from a star is directly proportional to its energy production. Therefore, the quasars have tremendous gravitational forces and generate very powerful electromagnetic forces. Recent astronomical observations revealed that the distant galaxies are much more massive than those closer to the earth. This indicates that the gravitational forces as well as the electromagnetic forces near the outer edge of the lowest heaven (the universe) are much greater than those closer to the earth. In all the verses in the Holy Quran describing how the heavens were created, ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Built or Constructed them. That is, their outer boundaries are built with solid dark matter. Accordingly, the bulk of the total mass of the lowest heaven (the universe) is concentrated at its outer edge (outer perimeter). Since the gravitational force is directly proportional to the mass, therefore, the outer perimeter of the universe (the lowest heaven) has the greatest gravitational force in the whole universe. The object with the larger gravitational force attracts towards it the one with smaller gravitational force. The overwhelming gravitational force of the outer edge of the lowest heaven attracts all the near by celestial objects, that is the quasars and the distant galaxies. Since the outer edge of the lowest heaven is actually a huge closed enclosure, therefore the quasars and the distant galaxies are attracted towards the outer edge of the lowest heaven in a disperse fashion. That is, they move further apart from each other as they move
172
M. WAGDI
towards the outer edge. The outer edge of the lowest heaven is expanding, that is moving outwards from the earth. Such expansion combined with its great gravitational attraction cause the quasars and the distant galaxies to move with very high speeds towards the edge of the lowest heaven. As the distance of the galaxies from the outer edge of the lowest heaven increases, the gravitational attraction decreases and their speeds towards the edge decrease. Figure (5-2) shows an illustration of the expansion of the lowest heaven (the universe) and the motions of the galaxies towards its outer edge.
Figure (5-2) An illustration of the expansion of the lowest heaven.
POSIBILITY # 1 ALLAH (SWT) Has Created (Built) the outer perimeter of the lowest heaven with very thick solid material (dark matter). As the perimeter is expanding, the inner layers of the solid perimeter are pushed outwards to cover the increased surface area due to the expansion process. That is, the solid outer perimeter becomes thinner as time progresses. On judgment day, the thickness of the outer perimeter becomes so small that it cracks or splits in parts. In this possibility, the matter produced by the conversion of part of the energy generated by the quasars and the galaxies is totally recycled in producing the medium for the making of new non-illuminating celestial objects. In this case, most of the produced matter is not attracted to the perimeter of the lowest heaven. Also in this case, the split of the lowest heaven on judgment day is not attributed to the extinguishing of the stars. A schematic representation of this Possibility is presented in Figure (5-3).
CH. 5
JUDGMENT DAY
173
Figure (5-3) An illustration of Possibility #1 POSSIBILITY # 2 ALLAH (SWT) Has Created (Built) the outer perimeter of the lowest heaven (the universe) from solid dark matter with constant thickness that does not change with time. As the heaven expands, the surface area of the outer perimeter increases. To maintain the structural integrity of the heavens ceiling, new solid matter must be continuously added to cover the increase in the surface area. Therefore, there must be sources that
Figure (5-4) An illustration of Possibility #2
174
M. WAGDI
continuously produce the required additional dark matter. The needed dark matter is continuously produced from the quasars and the galaxies by means of the inverse process of converting energy to matter. Most of the produced dark matter is attracted to the heavens ceiling to cover the increase in the surface area and the remaining part is recycled to produce the medium for the making of non-illuminating celestial objects. On judgment day, all the stars will be extinguished and they will not be energy producers any more. The production of the dark matter will then cease. As the lowest heaven continue to expand, and due to the lack of additional dark matter, the ceiling of the lowest heaven (the universe) will then crack and split. A schematic representation of this Possibility is presented in Figure (5-4). In Possibility #1, it appears that the locations of the quasars and the galaxies do not play an essential role in maintaining the structural integrity of the outer perimeter of the lowest heaven. On the other hand, in Possibility #2, the locations of the quasars and the galaxies are essential and of paramount importance in maintaining the structural integrity of the ceiling of the lowest heaven. Moreover, due to their tremendous gravitational and electromagnetic forces, the locations and the distribution of the quasars and the galaxies control the overall dynamics of the lowest heaven (the universe). This is in accordance to what ALLAH (SWT) Says in cited verses #(3-40). Therefore, Possibility #2 is the most likely one. Only ALLAH (SWT) Knows.
THE SEQUENCE OF EVENTS

The general sequence of events that will occur on judgment day is presented in cited verses #(5-12), (5-13), (5-14) and (5-15). Some of the events in these verses are repeated. The sequence of events may be extracted from these verses as follows: CATASTROPHE THAT TURN THE EARTH INTO RUINS Dramatic increase in earths temperature that will cause the oceans waters to boil [cited verses #(5-8)]. Swelling of the earth and the eruption of volcanoes all over the earth and the vigorous quakes [cited verses #(4-34) and #(5-10)]. People will still be living on the earth and they will witness this catastrophe [cited verses #(4-34)]. AT THE FIRST BLOW IN THE HEAVENLY HORN All who are in the heavens and the earth, except those exempted by ALLAH (SWT) will fall unconscious [cited verses #(5-13)]. The earth will be pounded by a severe blow and the mountains will be demolished [cited verses #(5-14)]. The lowest heaven will split and becomes flimsy [cited verses #(5-10) and #(5-12)].
CH. 5
JUDGMENT DAY
175
Cited Verses #(5-13) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And the horn was blown into, then all who are in the heavens and who are on the earth fell unconscious except those who ALLAH Exempted, then the horn was blown into once more, then they are standing and looking. And the earth was lit by its LORDS Light, and the book (record of deeds) was placed, and the Prophets and Martyrs were brought, and a just decision was made between them, and they are not treated unfairly. (part 24, Surat Al Zumor The Crowds)
Cited Verses #(5-14) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Nay!, when the earth is severely demolished. And your LORD Comes and the angels in rows one after the other. And the hell is brought near by, on that day, the human
176
M. WAGDI
Remembers, but how useful that remembrance will be. (part 30, Surat Al Fajr The Dawn) The angels are everywhere in the lowest heaven, and above them Eight carry The Throne of ALLAH (SWT) [cited verses #(5-12)]. ALLAH (SWT) RECREATES THE EARTH AND THE HEAVENS IN DIFFERENT FORMS [cited verses #(5-15) and #(6-6)]. AT THE SECOND BLOW IN THE HEAVENLY HORN All who died and who fell unconscious will be resurrected [cited verses #(5-13)]. ALLAH (SWT) Comes and the angels in rows [cited verses #(5-14)]. The earth will be lit by ALLAHs Light [cited verses #(5-13)]. The hell is brought nearby [cited verses #(5-14)]. THE JUDGING PROCESS BEGINS [cited verses #(5-13)]. We have learned in Chapter 3, that all natural events that occur on the earth are initiated and triggered by events in the heavens and in particular, the lowest heaven (the universe). Judgment day will also begin by the occurrence of events in the lowest heaven (Probably in all the heavens). Only ALLAH (SWT) Knows what will happen. However, based on our limited knowledge of the physical laws and from the information which ALLAH (SWT) Has Given in the Holy Quran, a generalized outline may be envisioned. The triggering event is the generation of extremely powerful electromagnetic waves that will propagate all over the lowest heaven (the universe). As explained earlier in this chapter, those electromagnetic waves are so intense that they will exert tremendous pressure on all the stars, our sun included. The sudden rise in the suns temperature will initiate the sequence of disasters that will happen to the earth (explained earlier in this chapter). The heavenly horn is then blown into once. The waves emitted from this blow will be so powerful and so concentrated that it will cause all the creatures who live on the earth and in the heavens to fall unconscious, except those exempted by ALLAH (SWT). The earth and the mountains will be pounded by one gigantic blow that will complete their total destruction. As all the stars in the lowest heaven are extinguished, the outer perimeter (ceiling) of the lowest heaven cracks and splits (explained earlier in this chapter). Total darkness will be everywhere and the temperature everywhere will drop to absolute zero (-273 degrees Celsius). The angels will assemble all over the lowest heaven and above them Eight carry The Throne of ALLAH (SWT). It is not known who or what those Eight are. May be, those Eight are the earth and the seven heavens, since ALLAHs Throne is above the seven heavens. ALLAH (SWT) then Recreates the heavens and the earth in different forms, suitable for the afterlife.
CH. 5
JUDGMENT DAY
177
Cited Verse #(5-15) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful The day the earth will be changed to be a different earth and so will be the heavens, and they presented themselves to ALLAH, The One, The Conqueror. (part 13, Surat Ibraheem Abraham) The heavenly horn is blown into another time. All who died, since the creation of life, and all who fell unconscious at the first blow of the heavenly horn, are then resurrected. ALLAH (SWT) then Comes, and the angels in rows one after the other. From total darkness, the earth in its new recreated form [cited verse #(5-15)] will be lit by ALLAHs Light. The hell will be brought near by and the process of judging begins. An illustration of the sequence of events that will take place on judgment day is shown in Figure (5-5). In the third verse of cited verses #(5-14), ALLAH (SWT) Says And the hell is brought near by . This indicates that the hell existed before judgment day, and on judgment day it will be brought near by. The humans and the jinns will be resurrected on the earth, in its new form and will be judged there. The recreation of the heavens and the earth precedes judgment day. Everything that existed during the first creation (the present life) will no longer be there. This presents two possibilities. If the hell as well as the paradise existed during the first creation, they may be located in a dimension other than the physical domains of the heavens and the earth, or they will be created with the recreation of the heavens and the earth (within the physical domains of the recreated heavens and earth). Only ALLAH (SWT) Knows. In the Holy Quran, judgment day is always referred to as that day, the resurrection day, and The day of accountability. In Chapter 2, we have learned that a day in the sight of ALLAH (SWT) is equivalent to one thousand of our lunar years. Judgment day may have a specific length of time. If so, it may be one earth day or one day in the sight of ALLAH (SWT), that is one thousand of our lunar years. On the other hand, judgment day may not have a specific length of time. The expression that day may refer to when the resurrection day will be. Only ALLAH (SWT) Knows.
178
M. WAGDI
Figure (5-5) An illustration of the sequence of events that will take place
before judgment day.
CH. 5
JUDGMENT DAY
179

The findings in Chapter 5 may be summarized as follows: ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the heavens and the earth to last only for a specific period of time. Only ALLAH (SWT) Knows when the heaven and the earth will cease to exist in their present form. That is when judgment day will be. There are minor signs and there are major signs that will precede judgment day. Almost all the minor signs and some of the major signs are told in sayings by Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh). In The Holy Quran, four of the major signs are mentioned. The first major sign is mentioned indirectly, that is, it is deduced from some verses in the Holy Quran. This sign is the revelation of the Holy Quran and the religion of Islam to Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh). The second major sign is the formation of the nation of Israel. The third major sign is the day when ALLAH (SWT) Brings out from the earth an animal that talks to the people. The fourth major sign is the opening of Yajooj and Majooj. Yajooj and Majooj corrupt and destroy everything they come across on the face of the earth. A sequence of cosmic events will precede the beginning of judgment day. Those events are summarized in the following paragraphs. An extremely powerful electromagnetic waves will propagate all over the lowest heaven. Since the outer layers of all the stars, including our sun, are composed of electrically charged particles (known as hot gaseous plasma), the powerful electromagnetic waves will exert tremendous pressure on those layers. Accordingly, the fusion processes in the cores of the stars will accelerate, thus producing more heat and light. The hydrogen in our sun (may be other gases in some of the other stars) will be depleted very fast. Their temperatures will then drop below that required for maintaining the fusion processes. The fusion reactions then cease and the cores will cool down. The stars, including our sun will then become dense, inert and nonilluminating objects. During the phase when the temperature of the sun increases, the water in the oceans of the earth will boil and most of it will evaporate. The weight of the earths crust will decrease substantially. The internal pressure will then push the earths crust outwards causing it to crack at many locations. Volcanoes will then erupt in many places and molten iron and rocks (lava) will flow to the earths surface. The mountains will be
180
M. WAGDI
destabilized and will collapse and earth quakes will be all over. The earth will wobble violently. At that time people will be still living on the earth and they will witness the horrors of the earths destruction. As our sun (as well as all other stars) transforms to a dense, inert, non-illuminating object, its gravitational force will increase substantially. Such increase in its gravitational force will disrupt the orderly motions of the planets in our solar system, and they will be scattered. It will also attract our moon from its orbit around the earth. The heavenly horn will be blown into one blow. As a result, all who are still living on the earth and in the heavens will fall unconscious except those exempted by ALLAH (SWT). Before judgment day and before the extinguishing of all the stars, the process of transforming part of the energy produced by the stars to matter was preserving the structural integrity of the lowest heavens ceiling, by continuously supplying solid dark matter to cover the increasing surface area due to the heavens expansion. On Judgment day, the stars will no longer be energy producers. The production of solid dark matter will cease, while the lowest heaven (the universe) will still be expanding. As a result the ceiling of the lowest heaven will crack and split. After the extinguishing of all the stars, there will be no sources of heat or light in the lowest heaven (the universe). Deep darkness will be all over and the temperature will drop to absolute zero (-273 degrees Celsius=0 degrees Kelvin). At that temperature, everything will be stand still, no motion at all, even at the sub-nuclear level. The heavenly horn will be blown into once more. All who fell unconscious before will become conscious and all the dead will be resurrected. ALLAH (SWT) Will Descent to the lowest heaven and the angels in rows one after the other. The earth will take a new form and it will be lit from all directions by ALLAHs Light. The book (the record of deeds) will be opened and the judging process commences. It is not known how long judgment day will be. Will it be an earth day, or a day in the sight of ALLAH (SWT), that is one thousand of our lunar years (Chapter 2)?. Only ALLAH (SWT) Knows.
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 6
MORE ABOUT ALLAHS CREATION
In this chapter, additional creation verses are presented. These verses confirm the findings reached in the previous chapters, enhance the understanding of such findings and give more detailed information. We have to emphasize again the fact that the human knowledge, whether now or in the future, is negligible compared to ALLAHs knowledge, and that we only know what ALLAH (SWT) Permits us to know. The human mind is capable only of understanding and comprehending a very tiny part of the general features, and not the fine details of some of ALLAHs creation. As mentioned in the Introduction there are principle verses and there are similar verses [cited verse # (I-2)]. Some of the verses cited and explained are principle verses and some are similar verses. Generally the similar creation verses describe the creation phenomena in a simple and direct manner that could be understood by any person. The repetition of the same creation phenomenon in the similar verses is intended to show that this particular phenomenon is a fundamental one that everybody should know and keep in mind. However, more in depth information could only be extracted by thoroughly studying and analyzing all the creation verses, principle verses as well as similar verses.
182
CH. 6
183
Cited Verse #(6-1) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful It is ALLAH Who Has Created the heavens and the earth and what in between them in six days then Established firmly on The Throne, you have none besides Him to protect or to intercede (for you), do not you comprehend ?. (part 21, Surat Al Sajdah Adoration)
Cited Verse #(6-2) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful It is your LORD, ALLAH Who Has Created the heavens and the earth in six days then Established firmly on the Throne, He Draws the night over the day in a slow succession, and the sun and the moon and the stars subjected to His command, is it not His to Create and to Govern, Blessed be ALLAH, LORD of the worlds. (part 8, Surat Al Aaraaf The Heights)
184
M. WAGDI
MORE ABOUT THE CREATION OF THE HEAVENS, THE EARTH AND WHAT IN BETWEEN
The creation part of cited verse #(6-1) (the creation of the heavens and the earth and what in between them in six days) is similar to cited verse #(3-3). This verse gives a very simple piece of information that could be understood by any person. In these similar verses ALLAH (SWT) Tells us the length of time taken for the creation of the heavens, the earth and what in between them. The heavens and the earth and what in between them started to function in their assigned way (the way they are functioning now) after their creation was completed, that is after the creation period of six days has ended. During the creation period the earth days were not defined yet, since the motions of the earth were not fully established. This fact is shown clearly by the sequence of events given in cited verse #(6-2). In this verse ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Created the heavens and the earth in six days then He firmly Established on the Throne. Next ALLAH (SWT) Says, He Draws the night over the day in a slow succession and the sun and the moon and the stars are subjected to His command . This shows that the succession of the night and the day started after the creation of the heavens and the earth was completed. Afterwards ALLAH (SWT) Says that the sun and the moon and the stars are subjected to His command. This means that the successions of the night and the day could not occur without the existence of the sun, the moon and the stars which perform precisely according to ALLAHs rules. Everything is subjected to ALLAHs command. In this verse in particular, mentioning that the sun, the moon and the stars are subjected to ALLAHs command indicates that the motions of the sun and the moon are interrelated to the motions of the stars. That is the motions of the stars influence the motions of the sun and the moon The creation part of cited verses #(6-2) and #(6-3) are similar but not identical to the creation part of cited verse #(6-1). In cited verse #(6-1) ALLAH (SWT) Says, Who Created the heavens and the earth and what in between them in six days, while in cited verses #(6-2) and #(6-3) He Says, Who Created the heavens and the earth in six days. In cited verse #(6-2) as well as in cited verse #(6-3) the what in between them is not mentioned. This suggests that the what in between them was created simultaneously with the creation of the heavens and the earth. In Chapter 3, we have learned that the what in between the heaven and the earth is the earths atmosphere. Cited verse #(6-4) is partially similar to cited verse #(3-17). In cited verse #(3-17) ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Subjected the sun and the moon (for His command), each running for an appointed term, while in cited verse #(6-4) ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Created the heavens and the earth and what in between them in true perfection and for an appointed term. This shows that not only the sun and the moon have a preassigned lifetime, but also all the heavens and the earth do. In Chapter 3 we have learned
CH.6
185
Cited Verse #(6-3) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful It is your LORD, ALLAH Who Has Created the heavens and the earth in six days then Established firmly on the Throne, Arranging all affairs, no intercessor (can plead with Him) except after He Permits, that is ALLAH your LORD, so worship Him, do not you comprehend ?. (part 11, Surat Yunus Jonah)
Cited Verse #(6-4) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Have not they thought in their minds that ALLAH Has not Created the heavens and the earth and what in between them but in true perfection and for an appointed term, and yet many among the people deny the meeting with their LORD. (part 21, Surat Al Roum The Romans)
186
M. WAGDI
that the sun, the moon, all the planets in our solar system (except the earth) and all the stars and all other celestial objects are contained within the domain of the lowest heaven. That is, when the time appointed by ALLAH (SWT) comes, the heavens, the earth, what in between them and everything within the heavens will cease to function and will transform to different forms [see Chapter 5]. The heavens will then merge into one heaven as they were at the beginning of the creation [cited verses #(3-5)]. The heaven will then be folded [cited verse #(6-15)]. Cited verse #(3-4) indicates that all what in the earth was created before the creation of the seven heavens. The two events occurred sequentially. From cited verses #(3-5), we have learned that the seven heavens were created in the last two days of creation. That is, the creation of all what in the earth was completed by the end of the fourth day of creation. In the creation sequence given in cited verses #(3-5), making of the solid foundations on top of the earths inner part preceded the laying down of its sustenance (resources) into it [both were done during the last four days of creation]. The earth resources mainly provide sustenance for the living creatures that will reside on it. This sustenance must be on top and within the crust layer. In cited verse #(3-30), ALLAH (SWT) Says Who Has Made for you the earth covered with a smooth layer, and in cited verses #(7-4), ALLAH (SWT) Says and the earth We Have Covered it. The cover of the earth is its crust layer [Chapter 7]. Therefore the cover on the earth (on top of the solid foundations) and the laying down of the earth resources (sustenance) may have occurred simultaneously during the last two days of creation, that is during the creation of the seven heavens. Before the creation of the seven heavens, there was only one heaven and it was all smoke [cited verses #(3-5)]. The smoke is a mixture of gas and solid particles. The gas was mainly hydrogen [Chapter 3 and Chapter 7]. The solid particles were aggregated and lumped to form the non-illuminating celestial objects [planets, moons, asteroids, etc.], while the stars were formed from concentrations of hydrogen gas. This suggests that during the last two days of creation the earths gravity attracted some of the aggregated solid particles to its surface and the crust layer was formed on top of the solid foundations. From the above the following may be concluded:THE INNER PART OF THE EARTH WAS CREATED IN THE FIRST TWO DAYS OF CREATION. [cited verses #(3-5)] THE SOLID FOUNDATIONS WERE MADE ON TOP OF THE INNER PART DURING THE NEXT TWO DAYS. THE CRUST LAYER WAS MADE AND THE EARTHS RESOURCES (SUSTENANCE) WERE PLACED IN THE CRUST DURING THE LAST TWO DAYS OF CREATION [DURING THE CREATION OF THE SEVEN HEAVENS].
CH. 6
187
Cited Verse #(6-5) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful It is He Who Has Created the night and the day and the sun and the moon, each is floating (swimming) along an orbit. (part 17, Surat Al Anbiyaa The Prophets)
Cited Verse #(6-6) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Praise Be to ALLAH, Who Has Created the heavens and the earth and Made the darkness and the light, and yet those who rejected the faith hold (others) as equal to their LORD. (part 7, Surat Al Anaam The Domestic Animals) Accordingly, in cited verse #(3-4) the words all what in the earth refer to all the geological structure of the earth from the solid foundations inward with all its characteristics which affect the conditions on the surface of the earth, such as gravity, volcanic activities and the movements of the solid foundations (earthquakes).
THE CREATION AND THE MAKING

Creation means the construction of something that did not exist before, while making is the utilization of some existing elements to produce something (an end product). In the Holy Quran ALLAH (SWT) Tells that He Has Created some phenomena and He Has Made others. Based on this definition, it is clear that mankind whether in the
188
M. WAGDI
past, now or in the future never created and will never create any thing. The humans only make things. When we humans invent, design or develop we use our minds which were created by ALLAH (SWT). When we humans manufacture any product, we use our minds as well as the natural basic elements that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created. Accordingly, the name CREATOR belongs ONLY to ALLAH (SWT). In the Holy Quran ALLAH (SWT) Tells about the phenomena that He Has Created and about those that He Has Made. In doing so, He is Giving us more in-depth information about the heavens and the earth. Before the creation began the heavens and the earth and the earths atmosphere [what is between the heaven and the earth] did not exist. The creation began when ALLAH (SWT) Forcibly Disintegrated the primary entity that was joining the heavens and the earth together [cited verse #(3-1)]. Therefore the seven heavens, the earth and all what in the lowest heaven [stars, galaxies, planets (other than the earth), moons, and all other celestial objects] were created.
THE NIGHT AND THE DAY, AND THE DARKNESS AND THE LIGHT
In cited verse #(6-5) ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Created the night and the day and the sun and the moon, each is floating along an orbit. The sun is an entity by itself, and so is the moon. Each of them is moving along an orbit [Chapter 3 and Chapter 7]. The word each in the verse refers to all the identified items that came before it. That is, it refers to the sun and to the moon as well as to the night and to the day. The day and the night are not objects. They are states describing conditions that occur on the earths surface. In all the other planets in our solar system there are days and nights. If there were no earth (and no other planets), there would be no night and no day. Therefore the night and the day were created after the creation of the sun. That is during the last two days of creation [cited verses #(3-5)]. In Chapter 3, we have learned that by the end of the creation period, the earth started its motions (spinning about itself and moving along its orbit around the sun). Due to the motions of the earth, the night and the day always exist simultaneously on its surface. That is the night and the day are also moving along the earths orbit. Therefore, the night and the day were created when the earth started its motions. In cited verse #(6-6) ALLAH (SWT) Says, Praise Be to ALLAH, Who Has Created the heavens and the earth and Made the darkness and the light . The heavens and the earth were created because they did not exist before their creation. In this verse, ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Made the darkness and the light. The light, which we humans see is actually a narrow band of a broad electromagnetic radiation spectrum. Our visibility is limited to this narrow band [Appendix E]. The electromagnetic radiation becomes invisible to us if its frequency (or wave length) falls below or rises above the visible frequency (wave length) range. Therefore, for us humans the darkness and the light come
CH. 6
189
Cited Verses #(6-7) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And We Have Made constellations in the heaven and We Have Beautified it for the beholder. And We Have Secured it from every accursed devil. But for that who eavesdrops, he will then be pursued by a powerful asteroid. And the earth, We Have Extended it and We Have put into it solid foundations and We Have Grown therein all kinds of things in due balance. (part 14, Surat Al Hejr The Rocky Tract)
Cited Verse #(6-8) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And among His signs are the night and the day and the sun and the moon, do not prostrate to the sun nor to the moon, but prostrate to ALLAH Who Has Created them, if it is Him that you are worshipping. (part 24, Surat Fusselat Detailed)
190
M. WAGDI
from the same source, the electromagnetic radiation. The electromagnetic radiation is all over the universe (the lowest heaven). It was generated by the powerful disintegration of the entity that was holding the heavens and the earth together [cited verse #(3-1)]. That is, the origin of the darkness and the light is the electromagnetic radiation, which ALLAH (SWT) Made as a result of the creation of the heavens and the earth. From the above it is seen that there is a significant difference between the day and the night, which are states that occur on the surface of the earth, and the darkness and the light. The day and the night were created, while the darkness and the light were made.
IMPORTANT REMARK
In all the verses of the Holy Quran where ALLAH (SWT) Talks about the creation of the heavens and the earth, He always Mentions the heavens first. That is, He Says creation of the heavens and the earth. This is in spite of the fact that the creation started with the creation of the inner part of the earth [cited verses #(3-5)]. The earth did not take its final form [crust and solid foundations on top of the inner part] and started to function and to perform (the way it is doing now) until the creation of heavens and the celestial objects within the lowest heaven were completed. Our sun is one of the stars [one of the celestial objects in the lowest heaven]. The formation of our solar system was necessary for developing the motions of the earth (spin and translation). In that respect, the creation of the heavens was completed just before the earth was fully developed and started to perform in its usual way.
THE BEACON STARS AND THE CONSTELLATIONS

In the first verse of cited verses #(6-7) ALLAH (SWT) Says, And We Have Made constellations in the heaven and We Have Beautified it for the beholders. In this verse ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Made (not Created) constellations in the heaven. A constellation is a group of stars having a fixed configuration. This means that ALLAH (SWT) Has Located certain stars at specified positions in order to form the recognizable configurations of the constellations. In that respect ALLAH (SWT) Made the constellations from the created stars. That is the stars were created first, then positioned in places to form the constellations. In cited verse #(3-32), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Made for us (the humans) the stars to guide us in the darkness of the land and the sea. This means that ALLAH (SWT) Has Located the beacon stars in specific positions to identify to an observer the earths geographic directions. In cited verse #(3-37) ALLAH (SWT) Says Blessed is He Who Made constellations in the heaven and Made in it a shining lamp (our sun) and an illuminating moon. In cited verses #(6-13) ALLAH (SWT) Says And We Have Made a brilliant source of light (the sun). However in cited verse #(6-8), ALLAH (SWT) Says do not prostrate to the
CH. 6
191
Cited Verse #(6-9) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Do not you see that ALLAH Have Subjected to you what in the heavens and what in the earth, and Has Made His bounties flow to you in exceeding measure, seen and unseen, and yet there are among the people who argue about ALLAH without knowledge and without guidance and without a book to enlighten them. (part 21, Surat Luqmaan Luqmaan) sun nor to the moon, but prostrate to ALLAH Who Has Created them, . Also in cited verse #(6-5) ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Created the night and the day and the sun and the moon. The meaning of these verses is that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the sun to be a shinning lamp (i.e. He Created it to act as a shinning light) and the moon to be a night-light for the earth inhabitants.
IMPORTANT REMARK
The single entity that was joining the heavens and the earth together, before its disintegration [cited verse #(3-1)], may had contained two groups of basic elements. One group from which the inner part of the earth was created, and the other group from which the earths solid foundations, the earths crust and all the heavens and all the celestial objects in the lowest heaven were created [cited verses #(3-5)]. This suggests that the constituents and the formation of the inner part of the earth are significantly different from those of all the heavens and all the celestial objects in the lowest heaven. During the first four days of creation, there was only one heaven and it was smoke [cited verses #(35)]. The smoke is a mixture of solid particles and gas. The solid particles may have been aggregated to form the boundaries of the seven heavens and the non-illuminating celestial objects [Chapter 3]. That is all the planets, all the moons and all the other nonilluminating celestial objects in our solar system and beyond were formed from the particles that were contained within the smoke. The gas in the smoke was predominantly hydrogen [Chapter 3]. The stars were formed from that gas.
192
M. WAGDI
THE EARTHS SOLID FOUNDATIONS

In the third verse of cited verses #(6-7) ALLAH (SWT) Says, And the earth, We Have Extended it and We Have Put into it solid foundations and We Have Grown therein all kinds of things in due balance. In order to understand how the earth is extended (NOT spread out) we have to go back to the creation sequence in cited verses #(3-5). In the first verse of these verses ALLAH (SWT) Says, Who Created the earth in two days . Since the earth has pseudo spherical form [Chapter 3 and Chapter 7], therefore the solid foundations which ALLAH (SWT) Made on top of the inner part of the earth has extended its diameter. That is, the earth was extended by the addition of the solid foundations [(tectonic plates) on top of it and also by the addition of the crust on top of the solid foundations (Chapter 7)]. In the second verse of cited verses #(3-5) ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Made solid foundations on top of it (on top of the inner part of the earth). As mentioned above, all the solid non-illuminating celestial objects were created from the aggregation of the particles that were contained within the smoke. In a similar manner the earths solid foundations were created. Then ALLAH (SWT) Placed (Made) those solid foundations on top of the inner part of the earth.
SHIFTING OF THE EARTHS SPIN AXIS

In cited verses #(3-20) and #(3-21), ALLAH (SWT) Mentions the tips of the earth in plural form, that is more than two tips. The earth can have more than two tips, only if the direction of its spin axis changes from time to time. In fact this phenomenon has been discovered recently and the earth scientists are still studying and analyzing it. In Chapter 7, it is shown that the earths solid foundations (tectonic plates) are floating over the semi-liquid layer (magma) beneath it. This situation allows the solid foundations to move and to collide with each other (resulting in earthquakes). The motion of the earths solid foundations (though slight) changes the mass distribution of the earths upper layers. Such change coupled with the induced forces in the magma layer (asthenosphere) changes the moment of inertia of the earth thus slightly shifting the direction of its axis of rotation (spin axis). Therefore the earth has several tips which change from time to time. Such change is very small and is mainly confined within the polar regions (north and south).
EVERYTHING IS CREATED FOR THE BENEFIT OF MANKIND

In cited verse #(6-9), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Subjected to us (the humans) what is in the heavens and what is in the earth. Also in cited verses #(3-47), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Subjected for us (humans) all what in the heavens and what in
CH. 6
193
Cited Verse #(6-10) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And We Have Made the heaven a secured ceiling, and they (the unbelievers) turn away from its signs. (part 17, Surat Al Anbiyaa The Prophets)
Cited Verse #(6-11) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And the day the heaven splits with dark thick clouds, and the angels were sent down descending. (part 19, Surat Al Furqaan The Criterion)
the earth. In both verses the word heavens is given in its plural form. That is ALLAH (SWT) Has Subjected what is in the seven heavens for the benefit of mankind. In Chapter 3, we have learned that what is called the universe is just a part of the lowest heaven. All the stars observed now and will be observed in the future with more sophisticated equipment are contained within the lowest heaven. Also in Chapter 3, we have learned that our sun, our moon, and all the planets (other than the earth) in our solar system are contained within the domain of the lowest heaven. To understand what is meant by cited verse #(6-9), lets go back to cited verse #(3-48). In this verse ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Subjected to us (the humans), by His command the night and the day and the sun and the moon and the stars. In this verse ALLAH (SWT) Has Given us information that
194
M. WAGDI
we recognize and observe. The human life as well as all other forms of life on the earth could not be sustained without the existence of our sun and the alteration of the night and the day. The moon is necessary for stabilizing the earths motion and also for computing the number of lunar years [cited verse #(2-1)]. Our sun is moving along an orbit [cited verses #(3-16)] within our galaxy (the Milky Way). There are between two hundred and three hundred billion stars in our galaxy, all are moving along precise trajectories. This indicates that there is a strong interaction between our sun and all the other stars in the galaxy [as explained earlier in this chapter]. There are billions of other galaxies in the universe (the lowest heaven). They are all moving and interacting. That is, the condition and the performance of our sun are directly influenced by whatever is going on in the lowest heaven (the universe). The lowest heaven is contained within the upper heavens [cited verses #(3-6) and #(3-7)]. That is whatever events take place in the upper heavens affect the dynamics of all the celestial objects (including our entire solar system) in the lowest heaven. Accordingly, the following may be concluded:ALLAH (SWT) HAS CREATED THE SEVEN HEAVENS AND WHAT IN THEM TO PROVIDE THE NECESSARY CONDITIONS FOR THE EARTH TO BE INHABITABLE BY THE HUMANS.
THE STRUCTURE OF THE HEAVENS

In the previous chapters, it was shown that the creation verses in the Holy Quran reveal a wealth of information about the structure of the lowest heaven (the universe) and the creation of life. As will be shown in Chapter 7, the Holy verses explain many phenomena that could not be explained by the man-developed theories. Moreover, the creation verses in the Holy Quran point to the direction which should be followed in order to gain more knowledge and explore more frontiers of ALLAHs creation. From the cited verses in Chapter 3 and Chapter 5, it was concluded that the lowest heaven has a solid ceiling. Cited verse #(6-10) confirms this conclusion. In this verse, the word heaven is given in its singular form. We have learned earlier, that in this case the heaven is meant to be the lowest heaven. The words secured ceiling indicate that the structural integrity of the ceiling of the lowest heaven (the universe) is very sound. In Chapter 3, we have learned that the lowest heaven is expanding and that dark matter is continuously added to cover the increase in its surface area. To maintain the high degree of structural integrity of the ceiling, the new added dark matter must be bonded firmly to the pre-existing matter. Such condition could not be met unless the solid ceiling of the lowest heaven has a strong attraction (gravitational) force, which attracts the newly formed dark matter to it. Since the ceiling of the lowest heaven (the universe) contains most of the dark matter, therefore, its attraction (gravitational) force must be greater than the gravitational forces of all the celestial objects combined. Accordingly, the following may be concluded:-
CH. 6
195
Cited Verses #(6-12) In The name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful To Him belong what is in the heavens and what is in the earth, and He is The Most High, The Most Great. The heavens are almost crushed from above them and the angels glorify and praise their LORD and ask for forgiveness for who are on the earth, behold !, verily ALLAH is He Who Forgives the most and is The Most Merciful. (part 25, Surat Al Shuraa The Consultation) THE GREAT ATTRACTION (GRAVITATIONAL) FORCE OF THE CEILING OF THE LOWEST HEAVEN IS WHAT CAUSES THE GALAXIES TO MOVE WITH HIGH SPEEDS TOWARDS IT. DUE TO THE VARIATION OF THE GRAVITATIONAL FORCE WITH DISTANCE, THE GALAXIES CLOSER TO THE CEILING MOVE TOWARDS IT WITH GREATER SPEEDS THAN THOSE FARTHER AWAY FROM IT [SEE FIGURE (5-2)]. THE GRAVITATIONAL FIELD OF THE CEILING OF THE LOWEST HEAVEN (THE UNIVERSE) IS DISTRIBUTED, THAT IS THE LINES OF FORCE POINT TOWARDS ALL OF ITS INSIDE SURFACE, FIG.(5-1). IT MAY BE CONVENIENTLY TERMED NEGATIVE GRAVITY. THIS IS UNLIKE THE GRAVITY OF THE PLANETS AND THE STARS WHERE THEIR LINES OF FORCE POINT INWARD TOWARDS THEIR CENTERS. THIS PHENOMENON WHAT CAUSES THE GALAXIES TO ENLARGE IN SIZE AS THEY MOVE TOWARDS THE CEILING SINCE THE CEILINGS GRAVITATIONAL PULL ACT ON THEM FROM MANY DIRECTIONS. AMAZINGLY THIS IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALLAHS CREATION WHO HAS CREATED EVERY THING IN PAIRS (CHAPTER 3). This explains what is known as Hubbles law, which is based solely on astronomical observations.
196
M. WAGDI
In cited verse #(6-11), ALLAH (SWT) Says And the day the heaven splits with dark clouds . That is when the lowest heaven splits, dark clouds form. The lowest heaven (the universe) is a huge enclosure with solid boundary (the ceiling). All the celestial objects and the voids between them are contained within this enclosure. Therefore, the splitting of the heaven means the splitting of its solid boundary (its ceiling). When a big solid structure cracks or splits, a huge dark cloud of dust forms. If there were no solid ceiling for the lowest heaven, splitting of something that is not solid would not make any sense, moreover a dark cloud would not form. This is another proof that the lowest heaven (the universe) has solid ceiling. In the first verse of cited verses #(6-12), ALLAH (SWT) Says To Him belong what is in the heavens and what is in the earth, and He is The Most High, The Most Great. This verse is a reminder to the humans that every thing belongs to ALLAH (SWT). Also in this verse, two of ALLAHs characteristics (Names) are mentioned [ALLAH (SWT) Has 99 Names (Characteristics), all are mentioned in the Holy Quran]. These two names are, The Most High and The Most Great. In Chapter 3, we have learned that ALLAHs Throne is above the seventh heaven. Also, we have learned that the heavens are enclosures, each one surrounding the ones beneath it, Figure (3-2). Since ALLAHs Throne is above the seventh heaven, therefore there is nothing above Him and there is nothing bigger than Him. That is, He is The Most High, The Most Great. In cited verses #(3-19), ALLAH (SWT) Says Are you (the humans) the more difficult to create or the heaven which He Has Constructed. He Raised its thickness and Gave it order and perfection. This verse shows that the boundary (the ceiling) of the lowest heaven has thickness. There are only three known substances, gas, liquid and solid substances. Gas and liquid could not form a defined boundary by themselves. They have to be confined within solid boundaries. The gas in its ionized form (known as gaseous plasma) may be confined by electromagnetic fields. The second verse of cited verses #(6-12) is related to the first verse. In this verse, ALLAH (SWT) Says The heavens are almost crushed from above them, and the angels glorify and praise their LORD and ask forgiveness for who are on the earth, . The sins of the people are on the rise. The people are getting farther and farther away from ALLAHs rules. The angels fear the anger of ALLAH (SWT). They know that ALLAH (SWT) could very easily crush the heavens and the earth. They are asking Him to forgive those who live on the earth. From this verse we learn that the heavens are almost being crushed from above by ALLAHs Energy. To keep them from being crushed, ALLAH (SWT) must Have Built them in a special way. In the seventh verse of cited verses #(613), ALLAH (SWT) Says And We Have Built above you (the people) strong seven. The words built and strong indicate that the seven heavens are constructed with strong materials. The strongest of the known substances (solid, liquid, gas) is the solid substance. Since the heavens are enclosures, each one surrounding the ones beneath it, Figure (3-2), therefore their boundaries must be constructed with strong solid material. This is another confirmation that the lowest heaven (the universe) has solid ceiling.
CH. 6
197
Cited Verses #(6-13) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Have not We Made the earth easy to walk on. And the mountains, pegs. And We Have Created you in pairs. And We Have Made your sleep for rest. And We Have Made the night a cover. And We Have Made the morning as means for subsistence. And We Have Built above you strong seven. And We Have Made a brilliant source of light. And We Have Sent down from the clouds water in abundance. (part 30, Surat Al Nabaa The News)
Moreover, this verse tells that all the seven heavens have solid ceilings. Such great phenomena leads us to the logical question, why ALLAH (SWT) Built strong seven heavens surrounding the earth in layers one above the other?. The answer is next. ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the earths atmosphere for two purposes. It contains the oxygen which is necessary for the breathing cycle of all living creatures on the earth. It also acts as a shield to protect the earths inhabitants, from the falling meteoroids, from the harmful rays emitted by the sun and from cosmic rays. The human biological structure can exist only in a very low energy level environment. Exposure to higher energy levels damages our nervous system and results in death. Our sun is one among hundreds of billions of stars in our galaxy (the Milky Way). Our galaxy is one among billions of other galaxies in the universe (the lowest heaven). All the stars in all the galaxies and beyond (quasars) are sources of energy. In Chapter 3, we have learned that all the energy produced by all the energy producers in the lowest heaven [and what in the upper six heavens (which we do not know anything about)] combined is nothing but a tiny and negligible fraction of ALLAHs energy. The earth inhabitants, the earth and the
198
M. WAGDI
lowest heaven would be destroyed if they were exposed directly to ALLAHs energy. This leads to the following conclusion:ALLAH (SWT) HAS BUILT STRONG SEVEN HEAVENS AS SHIELDS TO PROTECT THE EARTHS INHABITANTS FROM BEING EXPOSED TO HIS ULTIMATE ENERGY. This conclusion is substantiated by the second verse of cited verses #(3-47). In this verse, ALLAH (SWT) Says And He Has Subjected to you all what in the heavens and in the earth . ALLAH (SWT) Has Subjected all what in the seven heavens for our benefit. That is, ALLAH (SWT) Has Designed the heavens in such a way to provide the proper environment on the earth that suites our biological structure and those of the other earth inhabitants.
Figure (6-1) A symbolic illustration of the energy levels across the heavens
CH. 6
199
Cited Verse #(6-14) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And when Moosa (Moses) came to the place appointed by Us, and his LORD Addressed him, he (Moosa) said O my LORD, let me look at You and see You, He (ALLAH) Said you will not see me, but look at the mountain, if it stayed standing in its place, then you will see Me, then when his LORD Manifested His Glory on the mountain, He Destroyed it, and Moosa fell unconscious, then when he (Moosa) recovered his senses, he said Glory be to Thee, to Thee I turn in my repentance, and I am the first of the believers. (part 9, Surat Al Aaraaf The Heights)
Cited Verse #(6-15) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful The day We Fold the heaven like folding record books, as We Started first creation, We Repeat it, this is a promise We Have Undertaken, truly Shall We Fulfill it. (part 17, Surat Al Anbiyaa The Prophets)
200
M. WAGDI
Figure (6-2) Electromagnetic radiation spectrum
The ceilings of the seven heavens act as energy filters, so that the energy level in each heaven is less than the energy level in the heaven above it. The ceiling of the seventh heaven is the one that is exposed directly to the extreme power of ALLAHs Light. Therefore, the ceiling of the seventh heaven must be the most rigid of them all. The ceiling of the sixth heaven is less rigid than that of the seventh heaven but more rigid than that of the fifth heaven, and so on. Figure (6-1) is a symbolic illustration of this phenomenon.
ALLAHS LIGHT
In the previous sections the difference between the creation and the making was discussed. ALLAH (SWT) Has Created some phenomena and Has Made others from elements that He Has Created. As a result of the forcible disintegration of the primary entity that was holding the heavens and the earth together, the electromagnetic radiation was made (generated). The conventional light, which is visible to us occupies a very narrow band of the electromagnetic radiation spectrum. That is ALLAH (SWT) Has Made the conventional light from elements that He Has Created. The created could never be similar in any way to the creator. Accordingly, ALLAHs Light must be completely different from the conventional light that exists in the lowest heaven and on the earth. ALLAHs Light is something that is way beyond the comprehension of the human mind. Even our knowledge of the conventional light is still very limited. Basically, light is a form of energy. It is a very complex phenomenon. The electromagnetic radiation spectrum extends from the low energy side of radio waves to the high energy side of gamma rays, Figure (6-2).
CH. 6
201
Cited Verses #(6-16) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And those who feared their LORD are led to the paradise in crowds, until they arrived there and its gates were opened and its keepers said to them peace be upon you, well have you done, enter in it for an eternal life. And they (who feared their LORD) said praise be to ALLAH, Who Has truly Fulfilled His promise to us, and Let us inherit the earth, so we can come to visit from the paradise whenever we desire, how a great reward for those who worked for it. (part 24, Surat Al Zumor The Crowds)
Every object emits radiation. We humans can not see an object if the wavelength of its emitted radiation is below or above the visible light range. A similar concept applies to our hearing ability. The human ears are sensitive only to sounds whose frequencies are within a certain range. In Chapter 4, we have learned that jinns were created from fire (hot gas), and that they can see and hear us, while we can not see or hear them. This is because the radiation emitted from them does not fall within our visible range, and the sounds that they make do not fall within our audible range. From this it may be concluded that there are many of ALLAHs creatures that we can not see or hear. Some of those creatures may exist on earth. Ordinary light is known as non-coherent light. That is, it scatters in all directions. Through the realm of the science of quantum mechanics, coherent forms of light, which are known as lasers were produced. Lasers could be generated in different energy levels. High energy lasers could melt and cut thick steel plates in a few seconds. They also could kill and even could destroy fortified structures. This shows that very powerful forms of energy could be generated from conventional light.
202
M. WAGDI
We have learned earlier that the seven heavens act as energy filters to protect the lowest heaven and the earth from the extremely powerful light of ALLAH (SWT). This leads to the fact that the power of the most energetic lasers that could be generated from conventional light is negligible compared to the power of ALLAHs Light. ALLAHs Light is the most intense and the most powerful energy form and it is beyond the comprehension of the human mind. [cited verse #(1-6)]. The following may be concluded:ALLAHS LIGHT IS DIFFERENT FROM CONVENTIONAL LIGHT THAT EXISTS IN THE LOWEST HEAVEN (THE UNIVERSE). THE ENERGY GENERATED FROM ALL LIGHT SOURCES IN THE LOWEST HEAVEN COMBINED IS NEGLIGIBLE COMPARED TO THE ENERGY OF ALLAHS LIGHT. THE FORM AND THE NATURE OF ALLAHS LIGHT COULD NOT BE UNDERSTOOD OR COMPREHENDED BY THE HUMAN MIND. A demonstration of the tremendous power of ALLAHs Light is given in cited verse #(6-14). In this verse, Prophet Moosa (Moses) asked ALLAH (SWT) to reveal Himself, so Moosa can look at Him and see Him. ALLAH (SWT) Answered in a very definitive manner you will not see Me. To demonstrate for Moosa the power of His Light, ALLAH (SWT) Told Moosa, look at the mountain, if it stayed standing in its place, then you will see Me. When ALLAH (SWT) Revealed Himself to the mountain, it was instantly demolished. This incident demonstrated that nothing, no matter how rigid it is, could withstand the power of ALLAHs Light.
REPETITION OF THE CREATION

In Chapter 5, we have learned that on judgment day, every thing that existed in the present (first) life will come to an end. All the stars will be extinguished and they will become solid dark masses. The ceiling of the lowest heaven (the universe) will crack and split and it will become flimsy. The earth will be completely in ruins. Darkness and extreme cold will be everywhere. Before the process of judging the humans and the jinns starts, the earth will be lit by ALLAHs Light. Now we come to the question, will the earth where judging will occur be the same earth that we live on today or will it be a different earth?. To answer this question we have to analyze some of the Holy verses, where ALLAH (SWT) Talks about judgment day. Many things will happen on and before judgment day. Some events will happen simultaneously, and some will happen sequentially. The first blow in the heavenly horn declares the end of the first life (the present life). Some events will occur before the first blow in the heavenly horn. Those events signal the beginning of the end of the first life (the present life). Only ALLAH (SWT) Knows what will happen. With ALLAHs guidance, the sequence of events may be extracted from the Holy verses as follows:-
CH. 6
203
BEFORE THE FIRST BLOW IN THE HEAVENLY HORN Sudden increase in the temperatures of all the stars, including our sun [cited verses #(511)]. Boiling of the oceans waters due to the sudden increase of the suns temperature [cited verses #(5-8)]. Swelling of the earth, eruption of volcanoes every where, gushing of lava to the surface of the earth, and the occurrence of severe quakes [cited verses #(510), cited verses #(4-34)]. All the stars, including our sun are extinguished and become solid dark masses [cited verses #(3-33)]. The increased gravitational force of the solid dark mass which used to be our sun attracts the moon from its orbit around the earth [cited verses #(5-8), #(5-9)], and disrupts the motions of the planets causing them to scatter [cited verses #(3-34)]. Due to the extinguishing of the stars, production of dark matter ceases and the ceiling of the lowest heaven splits [cited verses #(3-33), cited verses #(5-8), cited verse #(6-11)].
AT THE FIRST BLOW IN THE HEAVENLY HORN All who are in the heavens and the earth fall unconscious, except those exempted by ALLAH (SWT) [cited verses #(5-13)]. The earth and the mountains are carried and pounded by one blow, and the ceiling of the lowest heaven splits more and becomes flimsy [cited verses #(5-12), (5-14)]. The lowest heaven is folded and ALLAH (SWT) Repeats the creation as He Started it the first time [cited verse #(6-15)]. In cited verse #(6-15), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He will Fold the heaven (in its singular form, which means the lowest heaven) like folding record books. Making a similarity between folding of the heaven and folding of the record books indicates that at the end of its lifetime the heaven will cease to function and then it will be contracted and condensed. From cited verses #(3-5) we have learned that in the beginning of the creation there was only one heaven (it was all smoke) then ALLAH (SWT) Arranged it into seven heavens. In cited verse #(5-15), ALLAH (SWT) Says that all the heavens will be changed. This verse together with cited verse #(6-15) suggest that all the heavens will merge into one heaven and that this heaven will be folded. From cited verse #(3-1), we have learned that at the beginning of the creation the earth and the heavens were joined together in one entity. ALLAH (SWT) Started the creation by forcibly disintegrating this entity. In cited verse #(6-15), ALLAH (SWT) Says As We Started the first creation We Repeat it. If the repeated creation has to start exactly in the same way as the first one did, the initial conditions must be exactly the same. ALLAH (SWT) did not Say that the contracted heaven will adhere to the earth to form again the primary entity from which the first creation started. Accordingly, the initial conditions for the repeated creation will be different from those of the first creation. The process of the repeated creation will then be different from that of the first creation.
204
M. WAGDI
In cited verse #(6-11), ALLAH (SWT) Says And the day the heaven splits with dark thick clouds, . In the beginning of the creation, the heaven was all smoke [cited verses #(35)] that resulted from the forcible disintegration of the massive entity [cited verse #(31)]. At the end of the first (present) life, the heaven will split and form thick dark clouds. There is a resemblance between the two situations, except that in the beginning of the creation the heavens were formed in the outward direction from the earth, and at the end of this life, the heavens will shrink inwards (towards the earth). This presents two possibilities for the start of the repeated creation of the heavens and the earth. Possibility (i): the contracted heaven is incorporated with the earth and both form a massive entity similar to the one that was the origin of the first creation. Possibility (ii): the contracted heaven and the earth will be separate entities and the repeated creation starts from these two entities. In cited verse #(4-25), ALLAH (SWT) Says From it (the earth) We Have Created you, and into it We Return you, and from it We Bring you out again. All the dead are kept into the earth and on judgment day, all will be resurrected. This suggests that the earth will keep its separate identity by not merging with the contracted heaven to form one entity. In cited verse #(6-15), ALLAH (SWT) Says as We Have Started the first creation, We Repeat it, . This verse does not mean that ALLAH (SWT) Will Repeat the exact process of the first creation, starting with the forcible disintegration of the massive entity. It does mean that as ALLAH (SWT) Had the power and the authority to Create the first creation, He also Has the power and the authority to Repeat the creation. In cited verse #(5-15), ALLAH (SWT) Says The day the earth will be changed to be a different earth, and so will be the heavens, . After the earth was in complete ruins as a result of the catastrophic events that will happen to it before judgment day, ALLAH (SWT) Will Reconstruct it in a different form suitable for judgment day and for the afterlife. Also, ALLAH (SWT) Will Reconstruct or Recreate the heavens in different forms suitable for the afterlife. Since the recreated heavens and earth will be different from the present heavens and earth (the first creation), therefore Possibility (ii) is the more likely one. Only ALLAH (SWT) Knows. The earth will be changed to be a different earth and so will be the heavens [cited verse #(5-15)]. AT THE SECOND BLOW IN THE HEAVENLY HORN All the dead and those who fell unconscious at the first blow in the heavenly horn are resurrected, looking and waiting. The earth is lit by ALLAHs Light and the judging process commences [cited verses #(5-13)]. Resurrection of the dead and the judging process will take place on the earth in its new form. In the second verse of cited verses #(6-16), those who went to the paradise said Praise be to ALLAH Who Has truly Fulfilled His promise to us, and Let us inherit the earth, so we can come to visit from the paradise whenever we desire. This indicates that the earth will remain as long as ALLAH (SWT) Wishes.
CH. 6
205

The findings in Chapter 6 may be summarized as follows:The fully stabilized motions of the earth were established only after the creation of the heavens and the earth was completed. During the creation period the earth days were not defined. They were defined after the creation period has ended. Accordingly the six days of creation were days in the sight of ALLAH (SWT), that is six thousand of our lunar years. The earths atmosphere (the what in between the heavens and the earth) was created as a separate entity during the last two days of the creation period. It DID NOT EVOLVE after the creation of the earth as some man made theories claim. At the time appointed by ALLAH (SWT) (just before judgment day), the seven heavens will merge into one heaven as they were at the beginning of the creation. The heaven will then be folded (contracted). The night and the day were created with the beginning of the established motions of the earth. The darkness and the light were made from the electromagnetic radiation which resulted from the forcible disintegration of the primary entity that was holding the heavens and the earth together before the creation started. The stars (our sun is a star) were created from the smoke that resulted from the forcible disintegration of the primary entity. All non-illuminating celestial objects [our moon, the planets and their moons in our solar system and beyond, asteroids as well as the earths crust and solid foundations (tectonic plates)] EXCEPT THE INNER PART OF THE EARTH were created from the solid particles that were embedded within that smoke. The seven heavens and the earths atmosphere (what in between the heavens and the earth) were created to provide the necessary conditions for the earth to be inhabitable.
206
M. WAGDI
The great attraction force (the gravitational force) of the ceiling of the lowest heaven is what causes the galaxies to move with high speeds towards it and away from the earth. Due to the variation of the ceilings gravitational force with distance, the galaxies closer to the ceiling move with greater speeds than those farther away from the ceiling. Each of the seven heavens has a strong solid ceiling. With their fortified construction, they can barely withstand the very powerful and intense light of the Holy Throne above them. The seven heavens act as energy filters to protect the earths inhabitants. The energy level in the seventh heaven is the highest. The energy level decreases going through the lower heavens, and is least in the lowest heaven (the universe). ALLAHs Light is different from the conventional light that exists in the lowest heaven (the universe). The energy generated from all light sources in the lowest heaven combined is negligible compared to the energy of ALLAHs Light. The composition and the nature of ALLAHs Light could never be understood or comprehended by the human mind. The events that will occur on judgment day may be classified into three groups. Events will occur before the first blow in the heavenly horn, events will occur at the first blow in the heavenly horn, and events will occur at the second blow in the heavenly horn. In between the first blow and the second blow in the heavenly horn, ALLAH (SWT) Will Repeat the creation. The earth and the heavens will be recreated in forms suitable for the after life, different from the present (first life) forms. There will be no sun and no day and night on the earth. The earth will not be functioning as it did in the first life and it will be lit constantly by ALLAHs Light. The structure of the recreated earth will be different from the structure of the earth in the first life. The earths structure in the first life allows for the occurrence of natural disasters, such as eruption of volcanoes and earthquakes. There will be no natural disasters in the recreated earth. The judging process will take place on the newly recreated earth. The residents of the paradise will be able to visit the newly recreated earth whenever they desire.
CHAPTER 7
THE HOLY VERSES AND THE PRESENT DISCOVERIES
As was stated in the introduction, we are not trying here to prove the validity of the creation verses in the Holy Quran. On the contrary, the man developed theories are considered to be credible ONLY if they agree with the verses of the Holy Quran, because the verses of the Holy Quran are the words of The Creator Himself, ALLAH (SWT). In this chapter the latest theories and discoveries are presented and compared with the Holy verses. It will be shown that the Holy verses explain what the man made theories fail to explain. The Holy verses also solve some of the observed cosmic mysteries that could not be solved by the present scientific techniques.
THEORY OF THE CREATION OF THE UNIVERSE

The most recognized and accepted theory of the creation of the universe (the lowest heaven) is the big bang theory. This theory is based on Einsteins general theory of relativity, which was deduced by elaborate mathematical analysis. It states that before the creation, the universe was a singularity (an infinitesimally small point of infinite mass), 208
CH. 7
209
called primordial nucleus. Somehow, a gigantic explosion occurred billions of years ago that caused this nucleus to expand at a speed equals or greater than the speed of light. Gas clouds and particles then formed, and over billions of years those clouds condensed into stars, galaxies and planets. The theory also states that before the gigantic explosion occurred, there was nothing, not even an empty space. The equations of Einsteins general theory of relativity showed that the universe is expanding. Such phenomenon was observed years later by Hubble (an American astronomer). According to this theory, there are two possibilities for the future of the universe. Possibility (i): if the density of matter in the universe is greater than a critical value of (10) to the power of (-29) gram per cubic centimeter, the expansion of the universe will stop at some time and then collapses on itself. Possibility (ii): if the density of matter in the universe is below this critical value, the universe will continue to expand forever. Einstein has formulated his theory based on the assumptions that the universe is uniform, homogeneous and isotropic, and that it is symmetrical in all directions. The elaborate mathematical analysis necessitated these assumptions. However, these assumptions do not reflect the real situation. Accordingly, there are several observations that the big bang theory fails to explain.
DISCREPANCIES IN THE BIG BANG THEORY

There are several phenomena that contradict the big bang theory. Those phenomena are:1. The Smoothness of the Horizon Phenomenon: The big bang theory fails to explain the transition from the supposedly extreme disorder resulting from the gigantic explosion to the extremely ordered universe (lowest heaven) that exists now. 2. The Flatness Phenomenon: The density of matter in the universe is almost constant and equals to its critical value [(10) to the power of (-29) grams per cubic centimeter]. The big bang theory fails to explain that. 3. The Dark Matter Phenomenon: The big bang theory can not explain the existence of the dark matter, which accounts for more than 90% of matter in the universe. 4. The Entropy Phenomenon: According to the second law of thermodynamics, the entropy of the universe must increase with time. For a universe that existed for about 15 billion years, the entropy is not as high as it should be. This means that the universe began as an extremely ordered universe, which contradicts the big bang theory.
210
M. WAGDI
MAJOR OBSERVATIONS
There are several major observations that are not explained by any man-made theory. Those observations are:OBSERVATION (A): The gases in the universe (the lowest heaven) consist of approximately 75% or more hydrogen, 25% or less helium and less than 1% other light gases. OBSERVATION (B): Recent observations by Hubble Space Telescope indicated that the earth and the rest of the universe have the same age. This is contrary to what the astronomers believed before, that the universe is about 15 billion years old, while the earth is about 5 billion years old. OBSERSVATION (C): Farther and farther away into space, beyond most of the visible galaxies, there are quasars. A quasar is a gigantic star that produces energy hundreds of times more than a galaxy. OBSERVATION (D): There are many huge chains of galaxies (superclusters) distributed at different directions in the universe and constitute intricate patterns. OBSERVATION (E): Very far away in the universe, there are large scale structures consist of series of huge sheets of galaxies (called the great wall). One of those sheets was observed to be about 300 million light years from earth, 500 million light years long, 200 million light years wide, and 15 million light years thick. OBSERVATION (F): More than 90% of matter in the universe is not visible (dark matter). OBSERVATION (G): Far away at the end of the universe, there is a huge energy source that supplies energy to the universe.
CH. 7
211
THE HOLY VERSES EXPLAIN THE UNEXPLAINED

Man made theories regarding any physical process always start by observations, then assumptions, then the construction of a mathematical model that fits the observations as close as possible. The assumptions made for constructing the mathematical model play a dominant role in the validity of the theory. The assumptions are usually made to simplify the mathematical analysis. In general the assumptions are based on the known physical laws that control the process. If the laws of the physical process dealt with are not completely understood, the developed theory could not describe the complete spectrum of the physical process. It may agree with a very limited band of observations, due to the basic assumptions and to some mathematical fitting techniques, but it will never be able to provide complete information about the physical process as a whole. The physical laws known to mankind today, and even in the future are nothing but a very tiny and insignificant portion of ALLAHs knowledge. So, in order to develop an adequate theory to explain the creation of the universe (the lowest heaven), we have to use the clues and the pointers that ALLAH (SWT) Gave in the Holy Quran as guidelines. Now, we are going to show how the cited verses presented in this book explain the above listed major observations as well as the phenomena unexplained by the big bang theory. First, lets go through the above listed major observations. OBSERVATION (A): From cited verse #(3-2), it is seen that water existed before the creation of the earth and the heavens. In cited verse #(3-1), both the water and the entity that was forcibly disintegrated to start the creation, were mentioned together. This suggests that water may have contributed to the disintegration of the massive entity. Water is composed of hydrogen and oxygen. The force that disintegrated the massive entity produced tremendous heat [cited verses #(3-5) He then Proceeded to the heaven while it had been smoke]. The extreme heat triggered the fusion process of the hydrogen atoms, and as a result helium is produced. Therefore, the existence of water when the creation began explains why hydrogen and helium are the dominant gases in the universe (the lowest heaven). Unfortunately, the astronomers and the astrophysicists have not realized that yet. OBSERVATION (B): From cited verses #(3-5), we have learned that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the earth, Made solid foundations on it, and Laid into it its resources in six days (six thousand lunar years). In the last two days (two thousand lunar years) of the creation of the earth, ALLAH (SWT), simultaneously Created the seven heavens. In Chapter 3, we have learned that the earth started to function in the way it is today, after the creation of the heavens (after the creation of our solar system, which is in the lowest
212
M. WAGDI
heaven) was completed. Therefore, the earth and the universe (the lowest heaven) have the same age. That is, the earth and all the celestial objects have the same age. OBSERVATIONS , (D), (E), (F): The celestial objects that could be observed in the universe (the lowest heaven), are the illuminating objects (stars, galaxies, quasars), and the non-illuminating objects that are close to the illuminating objects (the planets and their moons). If the non-illuminating objects in the universe were concentrated or grouped between the earth and the illuminating objects, they would block our view and we would not be able to observe the illuminating objects (stars, galaxies, quasars). On the other hand, if the dark matter were concentrated into the voids (empty spaces) between the illuminating objects, at least part of them would be visible, which is not the case. Therefore, the concentration of the dark matter (non-illuminating objects) must be beyond the observed stars. From the cited verses in Chapter 3, Chapter 5 and Chapter 6, we have learned that the lowest heaven (the universe) has a solid ceiling. The ceiling is formed from dark matter. All the illuminating objects in the universe (the lowest heaven) are formed from gas (mainly, hydrogen and helium). The mass of the solid material that covers the surface area of an enclosure is much greater than the mass of the mostly gaseous objects within the enclosure. This explains the scientific finding that most of the matter in the universe (more than 90% of the total mass in the universe) is not observed. Studying ALLAHs creation, whether here on the earth or in the universe (the lowest heaven), reveals that the recycling concept and the reverse transformation dominate the physical processes. This could be clearly seen by the recycling of water on the earth. The water in the oceans is heated by the sun. Some evaporate and form clouds. Some of the clouds produce rain, which falls on the earth. The process is repeated again and again. This could also be seen in the recycling of vegetation on the earth. The soil contains the minerals. Seeds in the soil feed on those minerals and grow to become plants. The plants produce more seeds. Some of the seeds go back to the soil to grow new plants, and the cycle continues. As a simple example of a physical process and its reverse process, is the transformation of the kinetic energy (motion) to thermal energy (heat), and the reverse process of the transformation of thermal energy to kinetic energy. Similar recycling and reversible physical processes are continuously going on in the universe. All the stars, including our sun, are energy producers. They produce energy by transforming matter to energy. The reverse physical process is the transformation of energy to matter. This reverse process is not yet clearly understood or realized by mankind. Part of the huge energy produced by the energy producers [in particular the distant stars (quasars) and the distant galaxies] is continuously transformed to dark matter. The amount of the produced dark matter depends upon the amount of energy transformed. The distribution and the concentration of the dark matter are related to the distribution and the locations of the energy producers (all kinds of stars and galaxies). Most of the dark matter is attracted to the ceiling of the lowest heaven to cover its expanding surface. The structural integrity of the ceiling of the lowest heaven (the universe) is therefore directly related to the locations and the distribution of the energy producers. Such distribution becomes even more
CH. 7
THE HOLY VERSES AND THE RESENT DISCOVERIES
213
critical, since the lowest heaven is continuously expanding [cited verse #(3-42)]. In cited verses #(3-40), ALLAH (SWT) Swears by the locations of the stars and Says it is a mighty adjuration if you know. This means that we humans will not understand the great significance of the locations of the stars, unless we have accumulated the proper scientific knowledge. Until recently, astronomers thought that the stars and the galaxies are randomly distributed. But with the advent of Hubble Space Telescope and new advanced technologies, intricate patterns of large scale structures and superclusters were discovered [Observations (D) and (F)]. The largest energy producers observed so far are the quasars. They are conveniently located far away beyond the galaxies [Observation ]. This may be due to their dominant contribution to the production of dark matter through the process of converting energy to matter [cited verses #(3-40)]. The matter-energy-matter transformation cycle is not an exact reversible closed cycle. In the process of converting matter to energy, a small amount of matter is capable of releasing huge energy. On the other hand, in the reverse transformation much more energy is needed to produce an atom of matter. Due to this fact all the energy released from the stars may not be enough to produce the amount of dark matter needed to cover the expanded surface area of the lowest heaven. Much more energy is required for such purpose. The additional energy comes from the ultimate energy source, ALLAH (SWT). Without this additional energy the heavens would collapse [cited verse #(3-44)]. OBSERVATION (G): Recently astronomers and astrophysicist have discovered evidence of the existence of an unlimited energy source at the end of the universe. This energy source supplies the energy needed for maintaining the dynamics of the universe. Without this continuous supply of energy, the universe would not function, or even exists. In cited verse #(3-44), ALLAH (SWT) Says It is ALLAH Who Holds the heavens and the earth lest they cease to exist, and if they did cease to exist, there is none who can hold them thereafter. This is the most compelling and convincing proof that ALLAH (SWT) is The Creator, The Provider and The Protector.
214
M. WAGDI
Now, we turn our attention to the discrepancies in the big bang theory, and how the observed phenomena match what ALLAH (SWT) Says in the Holy Quran. DISCREPANCY #1: The big bang theory is based upon the following assumptions: After the gigantic explosion of the primordial nucleus, the universe (the lowest heaven) developed itself during the first billions of years of its existence. The physical laws that controlled the self-development of the universe are the present physical laws known to mankind. The expansion of the universe started at the onset of the explosion, that is the expansion is attributed to the explosion. These assumptions are completely unrealistic. They were made to reduce the complexity of the mathematical analysis. They are not based on any reliable physical evidence. They leave so many unanswered questions. The most important one is, how could the products of a tremendous explosion develop into the highly ordered and the dynamically stable systems of its constituents by itself ?. There is not a single observation that supports this claim. The assumed primordial nucleus is just a given name for a singularity, which is a mathematical concept. The singularity assumption was needed to start the mathematical analysis. In the Holy Quran ALLAH (SWT) Has not only Told how the creation of the heavens and the earth started but also Gave the sequence and the timeline for the creation [cited verses #(3-5)]. He also Told what was created and what was made [Chapter 6]. In the Holy Quran ALLAH (SWT) Has Given detailed information about the creation phases of the earth during the creation period and how it started to function [cited verse #(3-4), cited verses #(3-5), cited verse #(3-18), cited verses #(3-19) and cited verse #(3-20)]. He also Has Given information about the creation of the heavens and that the stars were created in the lowest heaven only, after He Has Constructed the seven heavens [cited verses #(3-5), cited verse #(3-6), cited verse #(3-7), cited verse #(3-31), cited verse #(332) and cited verse #(3-41)]. In addition, ALLAH (SWT) Said that He Has Created the earths atmosphere during the creation of the heavens and the earth [Chapter 3]. All the creation information given in the Holy Quran [Chapter 3 and Chapter 6] shows that the heavens and the earth were created gradually and sequentially, so that all the elements needed for the orderly and precise performance of the heavens and the earth were functioning by the end of the creation period. In all the creation verses in the Holy Quran, ALLAH (SWT) Has Referred to the creation of the heavens and the earth in the past tense. That is, the process of their creation has been completed in the creation period of six thousand lunar years. Whatever
CH. 7
215
events that occurred and still occurring after that period such as the birth of new stars and the death of others is evolution and not creation. During the creation period new elements were continuously added. The integration of all the created elements was going through transition phase, which requires special physical laws. The physical laws controlling a dynamic system with continuously added new elements during its transitional phase are different from those controlling the fully developed system during its operational steady state phase. The following may be concluded: THE PROCESS OF THE CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH (DURING THE CREATION PERIOD) WAS NOT CONTROLLED BY THE PRESENT PHYSICAL LAWS. AFTER THE CREATION OF THE EARTH AND THE HEAVENS WAS COMPLETED, THEY STARTED TO FUNCTION ACCORDING TO THE PRESENT PHYSICAL LAWS.
In cited verse #(3-42), ALLAH (SWT) Says And We Have Built (Constructed) the heaven with power, authority and skill, and We are to Continue expanding. It is noticed here that the word built or constructed is given in the past tense, while the expansion is continuously going on. This is another indication that the creation of the heavens and the earth was completed by the end of the creation period. From this verse, the following may be concluded: THE EXPANSION OF THE UNIVERSE (THE LOWEST HEAVEN) STARTED AFTER THE CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH WAS COMPLETED, THEREFORE THE EXPANSION PROCESS IS CONTROLLED BY THE PRESENT PHYSICAL LAWS.
DISCREPANCIES #2, #3, AND #4: The flatness (constant density) phenomenon, the dark matter phenomenon and the entropy phenomenon are related. Grouping them together brings a clearer picture to the reader. The density is defined as mass per unit volume. From cited verse #(3-42) we have learned that ALLAH (SWT) is continuously Expanding the lowest heaven (the universe). In Chapter 3 we have learned that the lowest heaven is a huge enclosure where all the celestial objects and the earth are contained within. If the enclosure is expanding (increasing volume) and there is no mass added, the density will drop. If mass proportional to the volume increase is added, the density will remain constant. Also in Chapter 3 we have learned that the boundary (the ceiling) of the lowest heaven is formed from solid dark matter. From Chapters 3, 5, 6 and the present chapter we have come to
216
M. WAGDI
the conclusion that the solidity and the structural integrity of the ceiling of the lowest heaven is maintained by the continuous addition of new dark matter. The matter produced from the energy producers (in particular the distant stars, galaxies and quasars) through the inverse process of transforming energy to matter is not enough to satisfy the stability criteria of the expanded heaven. Since the lowest heaven is a closed enclosure therefore additional energy from an external source is needed to produce the required amount of matter. That additional energy comes from the ultimate energy source, ALLAH (SWT) [cited verse #(3-44)]. ALLAH (SWT) Adjusts the amount of energy supplied by Him so that the ratio of the mass of matter (within the enclosure of the lowest heaven) to the volume (of the enclosure of the lowest heaven) remains constant, that is the density of matter in the lowest heaven (the universe) is kept constant. The ceiling of the lowest heaven would crack and collapse if the needed production level of the dark matter is not met. This could happen if ALLAH (SWT) Reduces the amount of energy that He Supplies. That is, ALLAH (SWT) is Holding the heaven from collapsing and falling by the energy which He Supplies [cited verse #(3-44)]. Such situation will materialize on judgment day [cited verses #(5-10) and cited verse #(6-11)]. In cited verse #(3-12), ALLAH (SWT) Says And the heaven He Raised and Set the scale (the balance). This means that ALLAH (SWT) Has Set a stability criterion that keeps the heaven raised by maintaining the balanced dynamics that affects its structure during its expansion. In Chapters 5 and 6, it was deduced that the disperse motions of the galaxies towards the ceiling of the lowest heaven (the distances between the galaxies increase as they move towards the ceiling of the heaven) may be attributed to its overwhelming attraction (gravitational) force. The speed at which a galaxy is moving with is proportional to the difference between the local attraction (gravitational) force of the heavens ceiling and the gravitational force of the galaxy. Based on the universal law of gravity the local gravitational force is inversely proportional to the square of the distance from the center of the gravity source. That is as the distance between a galaxy and the ceiling of the lowest heaven increases the net force that propels it towards the ceiling decreases. The balanced dynamics of the expanded ceiling of the heaven and the motion of the galaxies are maintained if the relative distance of each galaxy from the ceiling of the heaven is kept constant. The attraction (gravitational) force of the expanding ceiling of the heaven is increasing due to the continuous increase in its mass. Accordingly the differential gravitational force that propels each galaxy increases thus increasing the speed at which the galaxy is moving towards the ceiling. That is the galaxies and in particular the distant ones are accelerating away from the earth. VERY RECENTLY IT HAS BEEN OBSERVED THAT THE EXPANSION OF THE UNIVERSE IS ACCELERATING AND THE DISTANCES BETWEEN THE DISTANT GALAXIES MOVING AWAY FROM THE EARTH ARE INCREASING. ASTRONOMERS ATTRIBUTE THESE PHENOMENA TO MYSTERIOUS FORCES NOT YET KNOWN.
CH. 7
217
In cited verses #(6-13), ALLAH (SWT) Says And We Have Built above you strong seven, and in cited verse #(6-10), ALLAH (SWT) Says And We Have Made the heaven a secured ceiling, . These verses indicate that the ceilings of the heavens are very strong. The strength comes from two factors, the solidity of the construction material and the thickness of the structure. For the lowest heaven (the universe), the construction material is dark matter, which is solid. The thickness of the ceiling of the lowest heaven must be quite considerable. That is, the amount of the solid material (dark matter) forming the ceiling (the surface of the enclosure) is much greater than all the dark matter contained within. One of the important physical parameters is given the name entropy. The entropy is a parametric quantity associated with energy conversion processes. If the process is reversible, that is if there is no loss of the useful energy during the conversion process, the entropy remains constant. For an irreversible process, that is a process during which part of the useful energy is lost (transformed to other form of energy), the entropy increases. The amount of entropy increase is a measure of the irreversibility of the process. Measurements of the entropy of the universe showed that over the billions of years of its existence, the entropy is almost constant or has increased very slightly. That would not be the case if the universe started in complete disorder and then evolved over the billions of years by itself to become a highly ordered universe, as the big bang theory claims. In cited verse #(3-17) ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Created the heavens and the earth in true proportions. In cited verse #(3-31) ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Built the heaven and adorned it and it has no flaws. In cited verse #(6-4) ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has not Created the heavens and the earth and what in between them but in true perfection. These verses indicate that the creation of the heavens, the earth and what in between them was totally perfected by the end of the creation period and since then they are performing in a very orderly manner. Accordingly the entropy of the universe would remain almost constant during its life span. The continuing expansion of the lowest heaven, which started after the completion of the creation is the orderly steady state phase. Such steady state condition will last till judgment day [Chapter 5]. The cyclic matter-energy-matter transformation together with the energy supplied by ALLAH (SWT) is associated with the expansion of the lowest heaven. All these physical processes are going on within the enclosure of the lowest heaven. The ceiling of the lowest heaven, which is formed from solid dark matter, isolates the domain of the lowest heaven from that of the heaven above it, Figure (3-2). Since there is no energy loss during these processes (no energy transfer from the lowest heaven domain outwards), therefore the overall dynamic system constitutes an isolated reversible process where the entropy remains constant.
218
M. WAGDI
THEORY OF THE EARTHS STRUCTURE

The latest and the most accepted theory of the earths structure is known as plate tectonics theory. This theory has been supported by observations as well as mathematical computations. The theory states that the earth is formed of series of layers of different thickness, composition, density and solidity, Figure (7-1). The three layers,
Figure (7-1) Illustration of the earths structure (not to scale).
CH. 7
219
the mesosphere, the asthenosphere, and the lithosphere constitute the mantle of the earth. The core of the earth is formed of an inner core (probably solid) and an outer core (molten metal). The crust forms a very thin layer at the surface of the earth. The crust is differentiated from the solid brittle layer beneath it (the lithosphere) by a structural discontinuity called the moho (the first four letters of its discoverers name). The lithosphere has more dense rocks, it contains less gas and liquid, and more concentrations of heavy elements. The lithosphere is divided into a number of great plates. The oceans, the mountains and the continents, that is all the surface features of the earth are contained within the crust. An illustration of the upper three layers, the crust, the lithosphere and the asthenosphere is shown in Figure (7-2).
Figure (7-2) Illustration of the three upper layers of the earth (Not To Scale)
As seen from Figure (7-2), the plates of the lithosphere are floating over the hot, soft and semi-liquid layer, the asthenosphere. Earthquakes occur due to slight movements of the plates of the lithosphere over the asthenosphere layer. In Chapter 3, we have learned from the Holy Quran how the mountains were formed. Later on in this chapter we will learn what ALLAH (SWT) Says about the role of the mountains.
220
M. WAGDI
THE HOLY VERSES AND THE STRUCTURE OF THE EARTH

MAJOR PARTS OF THE EARTH
In cited verses #(3-5), ALLAH (SWT) Says Who Created the earth in two days and you make equals to Him, He is The LORD of all worlds. And He Made solid foundations on top of it, and Bestowed blessings on it and established in it all its resources in four days in accordance with the needs of those who seek sustenance. From these verses we learn that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the inner part of the earth in the first two days of creation, then He Made solid foundations on top of it and the crust layer on top of the solid foundations [cited verses #(7-4)]. That is, the solid foundations and the crust layer are not an integral part of the earth. This indicates that the earth is formed from two major parts, an inner part (the earth) and solid foundations and a crust layer on top of it. This also indicates that each of the two major parts must have different characteristics and different constituents. From these verses, we notice that all the resources of the earth were laid into it after the creation of its inner part was completed and during the making of the solid foundations on top of it. The following therefore may be concluded:ALL THE RESOURCES OF THE EARTH ARE LOCATED WITHIN THE LAYERS ABOVE THE INNER PART (THE SOLID FOUNDATIONS AND THE CRUST). Such allocation of the resources is made so that they could be easily accessible to mankind. Even the most advanced technology has its limitations. Accordingly, the resources must be close enough to the earths surface, so that man-made machinery can extract and use part of these resources. This leads to the following :THE THICKNESS OF THE SOLID FOUNDATIONS AND THE CRUST MUST BE MUCH SMALLER THAN THE THICKNESS OF THE PART BENEATH THEM. In cited verses #(7-1), ALLAH (SWT) Says And He Set foundations in the earth to hold it from collapsing under you, and rivers and trails that you may guide yourselves. That is without the solid foundations, the earth could not support the weight of its inhabitants. This means that the layer beneath the solid foundations is formed of either liquid or semi-liquid substance. In cited verses #(3-5) and #(7-1), as well as in all the verses in the Holy Quran which mention the solid foundations, they are always mentioned as plural. That is, they are more than two solid foundations (in the Arabic language, there is a specific linguistic form when referring to two things). Now we come to the logical question, if the earth
CH. 7
221
Cited Verses #(7-1) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And He Set foundations in the earth to hold it from collapsing under you, and rivers and trails that you may guide yourselves. And signs and by the star they (the people) guide themselves. (part 14, Surat Al Nahl The Bees)
Cited Verses #(7-2) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful By the heaven which returns the sight without seeing its end. By the earth which has gaps. It is a decisive saying. And it is not a thing for amusement. (part 30, Surat Al Tareck The Piercing Star)
222
M. WAGDI
beneath the solid foundations could not support the weight of its inhabitants, then how could it support the weights of the solid foundations ?. The answer to this question is as follows: EACH SOLID FOUNDATION MUST HAVE A LARGE SURFACE AREA SO IT CAN FLOAT OVER THE LIQUID OR SEMI-LIQUID SUBSTANCE BENEATH IT. AS THE NAME INDICATES, THE SOLID FOUNDATIONS ARE SOLID. THEY DO NOT HAVE THE BOUYANCY OF THE SHIPS. THEREFORE, THE SUBSTANCE BENEATH THEM MUST BE HEAVIER THAN LIQUID, IT MUST BE SEMI-LIQUID (SOME FORM OF PLASTIC-LIKE SUBSTANCE). In cited verses #(7-2), ALLAH (SWT) Is Swearing by two of His creations. He is swearing by the heaven (the lowest heaven) whose end could not be seen or observed. The sight of the observer returns back without seeing its end. Also, ALLAH (SWT) Is Swearing by the earth which has gaps. Lets take a closer look at the gaps of the earth. A gap is an opening between two solid surfaces. It was established above that the layer beneath the solid foundations is formed of semi-liquid substance. Gaps could not exist in a semi-liquid substance. Also, it was established above that there are more than two solid foundations floating over the semi-liquid layer. Therefore, the following may be concluded:THERE ARE GAPS BETWEEN THE SOLID FOUNDATIONS.
THE UPPER LAYERS OF THE EARTH

In the third verse of cited verses #(7-3), ALLAH (SWT) Says And We Have Made in it (the earth) lofty foundations, . The foundations in this verse are the solid foundations mentioned in the previous cited verses. Lofty foundations means that they are huge in size and rugged. Since they are rugged (have rough surfaces), it will be impossible for most of the earths inhabitants, and in particular the humans to move around on them. In the second verse of cited verses #(7-4), ALLAH (SWT) Says And the earth We Have Covered, how great We Are in Making it possible to move around easily. This verse tells that ALLAH (SWT) Has covered the solid foundations with a relatively smooth layer, to make it easy for us humans to move around. In the first verse of cited verses #(7-1), ALLAH (SWT) Says and rivers and trails so you may guide yourselves. The rivers and the trails are on the surface of the earth. Therefore, the relatively smooth layer on top of the solid foundations is the one containing the rivers and the trails. If the surface of the earth were completely flat (smooth), everywhere would be the same. There would be no signs to identify the different locations. The different topographies of the earths surface are made to be identifying signs for the different locations on the earth. The following may be concluded:-
CH. 7
223
Cited Verses #(7-3) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Have not We Made the earth to draw together. The living and the dead. And We Have Made in it lofty foundations, and We Provided for you Wholesome tasty water. (part 29, Surat Al Mursalaat Those Sent Forth)
Cited Verses #(7-4) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And the heaven We Have Built with power, authority and skill, and we are expanding. And the earth We Have covered it, how great We Are in Making it possible to move around easily. (part 27, Surat Al Thaariyaat Winds That Scatter)
224
M. WAGDI
THERE IS A RELATIVELY SMOOTH LAYER ABOVE THE SOLID FOUNDATIONS. THIS LAYER (THE CRUST) CONTAINS THE RIVERS AND ALL THE FEATURES (TOPOGRAPHY) OF THE SURFACE OF THE EARTH. From cited verses #(3-5), it is noticed that ALLAH (SWT) Has Defined the earth as that part below the solid foundations. This leads to the logical question, would the earth as Defined by ALLAH (SWT) in cited verses #(3-5) with the solid foundations on top of it, and the crust layer on top of the solid foundations, would all of this still be called the earth?. The answer is YES. In cited verse #(7-5), ALLAH (SWT) Says And it is He Who Extended the earth, and Made in it solid foundations and rivers, . From this verse we learn that ALLAH (SWT) Has Extended the inner part of the earth (the part below the solid foundations) by Adding to it the solid foundations and the cover over the solid foundations (the crust layer), which contains the rivers. The extended earth is still called the earth. The distinction between the solid foundations and the part below them, indicates that they have different formations and different characteristics. Furthermore, the second verse of cited verses #(7-4) indicates that the cover (the crust layer) above the solid foundations is also different from the solid foundations. This information leads to the following conclusion: THE CONSTIUENTS OF THE CRUST LAYER, THE SOLID FOUNDATIONS, AND THE LAYER BELOW THE SOLID FOUNDATIONS ARE DIFFERENT FROM EACH OTHER. THERE IS A DISCONTINUITY BETWEEN THE CRUST LAYER AND THE SOLID FOUNDATIONS. ALSO, THERE IS A DISCONTINUITY BETWEEN THE SOLID FOUNDATIONS AND THE LAYER BENEATH THEM.
ROLE OF THE MOUNTAINS The earths crust is on top of the solid foundations. The solid foundations are several huge plates floating over the semi-liquid layer beneath them. Due to the earths gravitational force, the mass of the crust as well as the masses of the solid foundations are carried by the semi-liquid layer beneath them. These weights exert tremendous pressure on the semi-liquid layer thus heating it up. The pressure build up within the semi-liquid layer pushes some of its constituents with great force through the gaps between the solid foundations, Figure (7-2). At the locations of the gaps, the earths crust is directly subjected to the powerful upward force of the hot semi-liquid material (magma). The crust by itself could not withstand such powerful force. If the crust is not strengthened somehow, it would crack along the gaps between the solid foundations, and the hot semiliquid substance (magma) would flow from all these cracks. If that would happen, it will be almost impossible to move from one location to another on the earth. In cited verses
CH. 7
225
Cited Verse #(7-5) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And it is He Who Extended the earth, and Made in it solid foundations and rivers, and He Made pairs from all the fruits, He Draws the night as a veil over the day, Behold! Verily, in these things there are signs for those who think. (part 13, Surat Al Raad The Thunder)
Cited Verse #(7-6) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful ALLAH is He Who Created seven heavens and of the earth similar to them, between them descends His command, that you may know that ALLAH Has power over all things and that ALLAH Has absolute knowledge of everything. (part 28, Surat Al Talaaq The Divorce)
226
M. WAGDI
#(7-4), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Made the earth easy to move around. Therefore, ALLAH (SWT) must Have Created something to prevent this hostile situation from happening. In the first two verses of cited verses #(6-4), ALLAH (SWT) Says Have not We Made the earth easy to walk on. And the mountains pegs. In these two verses, ALLAH (SWT) Has Connected between Making the earth easy to walk on and that the mountains act as pegs. The pegs hold whatever is attached to them firmly in place. For instance, the pegs hold the tent in place. After the second world war the science and technology of deep ocean exploration has advanced dramatically. Geophysicists discovered mid-oceanic ridges. There is a ridge in the middle of the floor of all major oceans. Hot magma from beneath the solid foundations (the tectonic plates) is pushed through the middle of the oceans floors. It piles up and as it cools down it forms a ridge which widens all the time. Those underwater ridges are marine mountains. They are huge and their sizes surpass that of the Himalayas. The continents drift apart due to the continuous formation of those marine mountains. Similar to land mountains they act as pegs to strengthen the oceans floors. From these verses the role of the mountains may be identified as follows:THE MOUNTAINS WHETHER LAND OR MARINE ARE MADE TO STRENGTHEN THE EARTHS CRUST. SO IT CAN WITHSTAND THE TREMENDOUS INSIDE PRESSURE OF THE HOT SEMI-LIQUID MATERIAL (MAGMA) PUSHED THROUGH THE GAPS BETWEEN THE SOLID FOUNDATIONS.
THE EARTHS GRAVITY

From cited verses #(3-5), we have learned that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the inner part of the earth in the first two days (two thousand lunar years) of creation. He then Made the solid foundations on top of it. The solid foundations are kept on top of the inner part of the earth by the earths gravitational force (their weights). Therefore, the gravitational force of the earth was created with the creation of the inner part of the earth. This leads to the following important conclusion:THE EARTHS GRAVITATIONAL FORCE IS A PROPERTY OF THE INNER PART OF THE EARTH (THE PART BELOW THE SOLID FOUNDATIONS). THAT IS, THE FORMATION AND THE CONSTITUENTS OF THE INNER PART GENERATE THE EARTHS GRAVITATIONAL FORCE.
CH. 7
227
NUMBER OF THE EARTHS LAYERS

From the cited verses, we have learned so far that there are three upper layers. The crust, is the layer on top, beneath it are the solid foundations, and beneath them is hot semi-liquid (magma). In cited verse #(7-6), ALLAH (SWT) Says ALLAH Is He Who Created seven heavens and of the earth similar to them, . This verse may be wrongly interpreted as, there are seven earths as there are seven heavens. THIS COULD NOT BE. From cited verses #(3-5), we have learned that ALLAH (SWT) Has Completed the creation of the earth in six days (two days for the creation of the inner part and four days for making the solid foundations on top of it and for laying down all its resources). If there were another earths, each would have taken additional six days to create and they would be located within the heavens. Also, from cited verses #(3-5), we have learned that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created all the seven heavens in just two days. Therefore, the existence of another earth or earths other than ours is not realistic and is impossible. [this should not be confused with the existence of many extraterrestrial solar systems and planets, none is identical to the earth (CH. 3)]. In all the Holy Quran ALLAH (SWT) Has Referred to the earth in a singular definitive form The Earth, an indication that our earth is the only one. Accordingly, cited verse #(7-6) must have a different interpretation. In Chapter 3, we have learned that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the seven heavens in layers, one above the other. Also, we have learned that the seven heavens are enclosures, each one surrounds the ones beneath it. Therefore, the similarity given in cited verse #(76) indicates the following:THE EARTH HAS SEVEN LAYERS. From the verses cited in this Chapter, we have learned about the upper three layers, the crust, the solid foundations beneath the crust, and the hot semi-liquid layer beneath the solid foundations. There must be another four layers beneath the hot semi-liquid layer. Table (7-1) shows the layers of the earth as defined by the Holy verses and those defined by the latest theories.
THE UNDERGROUND WATER

From cited verses #(3-5), we have learned that all the earths resources are located within the upper two layers (the crust and the solid foundations). The most important resource of all is water. Other than the waters in the oceans and in the rivers, there is underground water. In Chapter 3, we have learned that Noahs deluge was caused by very heavy rain and huge quantity of water gushing out from beneath the earths surface [cited verses #(3-22) and #(3-23)]. This indicates that there are huge underground reservoirs
228
M. WAGDI
Table (7-1) Layers of the Earth
THE HOLY VERSES

The Cover The Solid Foundations (more than two plates) Hot Semi-Liquid Layer # 4 Layer # 3 Layer # 2 Layer # 1 (The Core)
LATEST THEORIES
The Crust The Lithosphere (Plates) Asthenosphere [Hot Semi-Liquid (Magma)] Mesosphere (Solid, Dense) Unidentified Outer Core (may be Molten Metal) Inner Core (may be Solid) located within the solid The definition of the solid Therefore, the only viable contained within the crust
containing these waters. If these huge reservoirs were foundations, there would be a lot of cavities within them. foundations is that they are rugged, solid and condensed. alternative is that the underground reservoirs of water are layer.
PARTITIONING OF DIFFERENT BODIES OF WATERS

In the first of cited verses #(7-7), ALLAH (SWT) Says He Has let the two seas meet freely. The words two seas in this verse define two conditions. First, the two bodies of waters have different characteristics and qualities. Second, they meet at a restricted rather than a widely open location, so the domains of the two bodies are well defined. This situation is seen clearly at the strait of Gibraltar, where the Mediterranean sea meets with the Atlantic ocean, and at the strait of Aden, where the Red sea meets with the Arabian sea. For an observer at these locations, the two bodies of waters meet freely and seamlessly. In the second verse of cited verses #(7-7), ALLAH (SWT) Says Between them there is a transition zone so they do not transgress one on the other. In this verse the Arabic word barzakh is mistakenly translated as a barrier. Its correct translation is a transition zone. In Cited verse #(7-8) the Arabic word hajez is the barrier. Unfortunately even the Arabic speaking scholars do not differentiate between the two words. Such misunderstanding of the proper meanings of the two words leads to the inaccuracy of the information provided by these Holy verses. The second verse of cited verses #(7-7) quoted above means that at the place where the two seas meet, a limited transition zone is formed between them so that the qualities and
CH. 7
229
Cited Verses #(7-7) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful He Has let the two seas meet freely. Between them there is a transition zone so they do not transgress one on the other. So which of the favors of your LORD you deny. Out of them come pearls and coral. So which of the favors of your LORD you deny. (part 27, Surat Al Rahman The Most Gracious)
Cited Verse #(7-8) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Or Who Has Made the earth a place to reside on, and Made through it rivers, and Made for it solid foundations, and Made a barrier between the two seas, Is there a God with ALLAH?, Nay most of them know nothing. (part 20, Surat Al Naml The Ants)
230
M. WAGDI
the characteristics of each body of water are preserved. This phenomenon has been discovered in modern oceanography. The major factor that differentiates between the characteristics of the waters in different seas is the salinity of their waters. When the waters of two seas meet two layers of waters form with that of the higher salinity beneath that of the lower salinity. The two layers gradually mix up. The zone where the mixing up takes place is the transition zone the barzakh. In cited Verse #(7-8) the word barrier hajez rather than the word transition zone barzakh is mentioned. Looking closely at the wording in cited verses #(7-7) and cited verse #(7-8). In cited verses #(7-7) the statement of the meeting of the two bodies of water is general, that is wherever two bodies of waters meet there is a transition zone between them which preserves the individual qualities of each body of water. On the other hand in cited verse #(7-8) ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Made a barrier between the two seas. This means that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created a phenomenon that formed the barrier between the two seas. The statement in this verse is not general, in the sense that it does not apply to the meeting of any two bodies of water. Therefore the barrier hajez mentioned in cited verse #(7-8) is different from the transition zone barzakh mentioned in cited verses #(7-7). Moreover the barrier hajez is much more robust in its construction than the formation of a transition zone barzakh. Accordingly the phenomenon that formed the barrier hajez between the two seas must be of large scale. Recently modern oceanography has discovered huge underwater currents moving through all the oceans known as the oceanic conveyor belt. An illustration of this oceanic conveyor belt is shown in Fig. (7-3).
Figure (7-3) an illustration of the Oceanic Conveyor Belt
CH. 7
231
Cited Verse #(7-9) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful It is He Who Has Let the two seas meet freely, one is palatable and sweet and the other is salty and bitter, and Made between them a transition zone and a partition that could not be passed. (part 19, Surat Al Furqan The Criterion)
232
M. WAGDI
The warm water in the tropics flows northward, warming the North Atlantic Ocean causing part of the glaciers and icebergs there to melt thus diluting the salinity of the surface water. The heavier saltier water sinks deep into the ocean and flows southward. This cycle continues, forming the conveyor belt. The flowing of the shallow water northward and the deep water southward form very strong currents. These strong currents are the barrier that prevents the mixing of the bodies of waters east and west of it. As shown in Fig. (7-3) this barrier exists between the waters in the Mediterranean sea and the Atlantic ocean. The Arabic word barzakh (transition zone) is mentioned in the second verse of cited verses #(7-7) as well as in cited verse #(7-9). However, the same word in the two verses points to different situations. In the second verse of cited verses #(7-7), ALLAH (SWT) Says between them there is a transition zone barzakh and in the fourth verse of the same cited verses ALLAH (SWT) Says out of them come pearls and coral. The pearls and the coral come from salty waters. Therefore the barzakh (transition zone) mentioned in cited verses #(7-7) is between two similar bodies of water (both are salty waters). This indicates that the barzakh in this case is formed according to the natural laws [which is created by ALLAH (SWT)] due to the variation in the salinity of the two bodies of waters, which change the density of the water. In cited verse #(7-9) ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Made a transition zone barzakh and a partition that could not be passed between the sweet water and the salty water. Most of the sweet waters are in rivers. Generally, the rivers start to form in the mountains (at higher elevations) and the water flow to lower elevation due to the gravitational effect. The rivers end up at a body of salty waters (sea, ocean or gulf). The density of the salty water is higher than that of the sweet water. When the two bodies of waters meet, the salty water (the more dense) pushes the sweet water backwards starting with the deepest layer. The backward push decreases for shallower layers. The salty and the sweet waters mix in these layers. The salinity of the deepest layer is the highest and that of the shallowest layer is the lowest. This mixing region is the transition zone barzakh. The two opposing forces, the pushing force by the more dense salty water from one side and the current of the sweet water due to the slope in the rivers bed from the other side limits the transition zone. The two opposing forces form a partition. Such partition prevents the salty water from going further into the sweet water region.
CH. 7
233
Cited Verses #(7-10) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful By the star when it falls down. Your companion (Mohammad) is neither astray nor being misled. And he does not speak of his own desire. It is but inspiration inspired to him. The One Mighty in Power Has Taught him. (part 27, Surat Al Najm The Star)
Cited Verses #(7-11) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful By the heaven and the night visitant. And what do you know about the night visitant. The piercing star. There is no soul but has a protector over it. (part 30, Surat Al Tareq The Night Visitant)
234
M. WAGDI
ORBIT OF THE SUN

From cited verses #(3-16), we have learned three facts. (i) The sun is running (moving with great speed) to a certain point where it will settle down. (ii) The moon moves along an orbit with repetitive stages. That is, the moon is moving along a closed orbit around the earth, where in each cycle along its orbit, it reaches the same precise locations relative to the earth. (iii) The sun is also moving along an orbit. Based on the laws of motion [which are created by ALLAH (SWT)] and the effect of the gravitational force, every orbit must be related to a central object. The moon moves in an orbit around the earth. The earth is the central object for the moons orbital motion. The earth moves in an orbit around the sun. The sun is the central object for the earths orbital motion. Similarly, the sun moves along an orbit, therefore there must be a central object for the suns orbital motion. In cited verses #(3-16), there is no mentioning of repetitive motion of the sun along its orbit. This may be attributed to the fact that the suns orbit is so huge that the earths orbit around the sun is negligible compared to it. That is, the earth solar year (one revolution of the earth around the sun) is negligible compared to the suns year (one complete revolution of the sun around its orbits central object). Along the suns orbit there is a point where the sun will settle down. That is there is a point along the suns orbit where it will cease to function in its usual way. This specific location is reached by the sun only when it settles down. Based on that, there are only two alternatives. Alternative 1: The orbit of the sun is a closed orbit (forms a closed contour), but it is so huge such that the sun will never complete one revolution during its life time (from the beginning of the creation till judgment day). That is, the sun will settle down before completing the first revolution along its orbit. In this case, the suns year would be longer than the age of the heavens and the earth, which is estimated to be about 12 to 15 billion light years. Alternative 2: The suns orbit is of the open type (the form of a spiral). The sun may have traveled several times around the central object, but each time it does not move along the same trajectory. Therefore, it will reach the specific point along its trajectory where it will settle down, only once. In this case, the suns year (the time for completing one revolution along its orbit) would be much less than the age of the heavens and the earth. Recent measurements obtained by radio astronomers, indicate that the sun is orbiting the center of our galaxy (the Milky Way). The duration of one complete orbital revolution (the suns year) is estimated to be about 220 million earth years. The type of the suns orbit has not been discovered yet.
CH. 7
235
THE FALLING STAR

In several verses in the Holy Quran, when ALLAH (SWT) Wants to emphasize certain events or conditions, He Swears either by Himself or by some powerful phenomena of His creation. In cited verses #(3-40), ALLAH (SWT) Swears by the locations of the stars. In Chapters 3, 5 and 6, we have learned that the locations of the stars have the most dominant effect on the stability of the lowest heaven (the universe). So far, the man-made theories have not come up with any explanation for the intricate patterns orderly distributed all over the universe (the lowest heaven). In cited verses #(7-10), ALLAH (SWT) Swears by yet another of His creation. He Swears by the star when it falls. Such adjuration is an indication that the falling of a star is a very powerful phenomenon. Here on the earth, anything held above the surface of the earth could fall on the earths surface due to the earths gravity. The direction of fall is along the direction of the earths gravitational force, that is towards the center of the earth. In outer space, away from any celestial objects, the gravitational force is almost zero. In this situation, an object does not fall. If an object in space comes close enough to a celestial object, under certain conditions, it could be attracted by the gravitational force of the celestial object, and then falls down on the surface of that celestial object. The stars are huge volumes of gas. In general, their gravitational forces are much greater than those of any non-illuminating objects. Therefore, it is more likely for a non-illuminating object to be captured by the gravitational force of a near by star, and may fall down inside the star. Accordingly, it is impossible for a star to fall down on a non-illuminating celestial object. Astronomers and astrophysicists have observed mergers and collisions of stars. A smaller star may be captured by the gravitational field of a bigger star and they may merge together to form a bigger star or they may collide and they both explode and disintegrate. In either case, this situation could not be classified as a falling of a star. Therefore, a star falls only, if it is attracted by something huge with tremendous gravitational force (100s or 1000s of times or even more than the stars gravitational force). The size of this huge thing must be much larger than the size of the falling star. This huge thing must be in the form of a cavity or a hole so that the star could fall into it. The following may be concluded:WITHIN THE LOWEST HEAVEN (THE UNIVERSE) THERE ARE HUGE CAVITIES OR HOLES WITH TREMENDOUS GRAVITATIONAL FORCES. A NEAR BY STAR COULD BE CAPTURED BY THE POWERFUL GRAVITATIONAL FORCE OF SUCH CAVITY OR HOLE AND FALLS INTO IT. The latest cosmic discovery is what is termed by the astronomers and the astrophysicists as THE BLACK HOLES. Those black holes have tremendous gravitational fields, so that they attract and swallow all the nearby matter. Even light can
236
M. WAGDI
not escape their powerful gravitational force. Those black holes are the most unexplained phenomena in the fields of modern astronomy and astrophysics. THOSE BLACK HOLES MAY BE THE MEDIUM WHERE THE INVERSE PROCESSES OF TRANSFORMATION OF ENERGY TO MATTER TAKE PLACE
THE PIERCING STAR

In cited verses #(7-11) ALLAH (SWT) Says By the heaven and the night visitant. And what do you know about the night visitant. The piercing star. There is no soul but has a protector over it. In the first of these verses ALLAH (SWT) Swears by two of His creation, the heaven and the night visitant. The wording in the second verse implies that the night visitant is a great creation. In the third verse ALLAH (SWT) Reveals that this great creation is the piercing star. Among all other stars (trillions and trillions of stars in the lowest heaven) ALLAH (SWT) Has Singled out this particular star to be a great creation. Therefore the piercing star must have distinguished qualities not shared by the other stars. In order to be able to get some idea about the piercing star, we have to understand what is exactly meant by the word piercing, in Arabic Al Thaqeb. In the last verse of cited verses #(3-35), ALLAH (SWT) Says Except that who (the obstinate devil) he snatches something is then followed by a piercing (Thaqeb) meteoroid. ALLAH (SWT) Has Secured the heaven (the lowest heaven) by not Allowing any obstinate devil to eavesdrop to the exalted assembly and whoever try to do so will be followed by (shot at by) a piercing meteoroid. From this verse we come to the conclusion that the Arabic word Al Thaqeb has the obvious meaning piercing. Based on the above definition, the piercing star must have one or more of three qualities. It either has tremendous brightness or has very powerful coherent light (laser like) or it may be moving with ultrahigh speed that enables it to penetrate through any medium. In 1996 an ultra bright star in our galaxy (the Milky Way) has been discovered from images obtained by Hubble Space Telescope. This superstar named Eta Carinae is several million times brighter than our sun and one hundred times as massive. Its active domain (size) is 10 billion miles (about the diameter of our solar system) and is located 8000 light years away. It was found that very powerful laser is beamed from this star. Some astronomers classify this superstar as a quasar, but such classification is still controversial. We are not claiming that this particular superstar is the piercing star
CH. 7
237
mentioned in the Holy Quran [it may or may not be, only ALLAH (SWT) Knows]. This discovery is just brought up here to show that there are an infinite variety of stars with characteristics beyond the comprehension of the human mind.
238
M. WAGDI

The findings in Chapter 7 may be summarized as follows: Water existed before the creation of the heavens and the earth. During the creation process some of the water broke down to its elements (hydrogen and oxygen). The extreme heat that resulted from the forcible disintegration of the massive entity triggered the fusion process of the hydrogen atoms. Such process transforms the hydrogen to helium and releases tremendous energy in the form of heat and light. This explains why hydrogen is the most dominant gas in the universe, followed by helium. The earth and all the celestial objects have the same age and the same origin. The cyclic conversion processes matterenergymatter are continuously going on in the lowest heaven (the universe). The conversion of matter to energy occurs inside the stars producing heat and emitting light. Part of the energy produced by the stars is converted to matter. The dark matter is concentrated at the boundary of the lowest heaven (the universe). The intricate patterns, the orderly distribution, and the locations of the stars, galaxies and quasars play an essential role in the production of the dark matter. The structural integrity of the ceiling of the lowest heaven depends on the distribution and the rate of production of the dark matter, that is depends on the locations of the stars. A continuous supply of energy is needed to maintain the functioning and the stable dynamics of the universe. This energy is supplied by ALLAH (SWT). Without His energy, all the heavens and the earth cease to exist. The creation of the heavens and the earth (during the creation period) was not controlled by the present physical laws. After the creation of the earth and the heavens was completed, they started to function in the extremely orderly manner as they are today and according to the present physical laws.
The expansion of the universe (the lowest heaven) is NOT a result of the forcible disintegration of the massive entity. The expansion of the universe started after the
CH. 7
239
creation of the earth and the heavens was completed (in six thousand lunar years) and started to function in their orderly manner. The expansion of the universe is controlled by the present physical laws. The earth was created in two stages. First, the inner part [whose top layer is the asthenosphere (hot semi-liquid)] was created in the first two thousand lunar years. The second stage was the making of the solid foundations (the lithosphere plates) on top of the inner part and the cover (the crust), and the laying down of all its resources, in the next four thousand lunar years. The earths solid foundations (the lithosphere) are formed of more than two plates. There are gaps between the solid foundations. All the earths resources are contained within the upper two layers only, the crust and the lithosphere plates (the solid foundations). The three upper layers of the earth, the crust, the lithosphere and the asthenosphere possess different constituents and have different formations. There is a discontinuity between the cover (the crust) and the solid foundations (the lithosphere) beneath it. Also there is another discontinuity between the lithosphere and the layer beneath it (the asthenosphere). The earth is formed of SEVEN layers, not six layers as the present theories claim. There are huge water reservoirs contained within the crust layer. The mountains are made to strengthen the earths crust, so it can withstand the tremendous internal pressure of the hot semi-liquid material (magma) pushed through the gaps between the solid foundations (the lithosphere plates). The earths gravity is a property of its inner part (the asthenosphere layer and below). The formations and the constituents of the layers of the inner part generate the earths gravitational force. The sun moves with a great speed along an orbit. This orbit is probably of the spiral type. It will reach a point along its orbit where it will settle down. That is, where it will cease to function. Within the universe (the lowest heaven) there are cavities or holes with tremendous gravitational forces. The near by stars may be attracted by these holes and fall into them.
240
M. WAGDI
Although all the oceans and the open seas on the surface of the earth are connected, each body of water maintains its qualities (which are different from each other). A transition zone exists between each two bodies of water and in some cases a barrier (of strong underwater currents) also exists. In the lowest heaven (the universe) there is a super star (there may be one or many of the same quality). The super star is defined in The Holy Quran as the piercing star). This star has distinguished qualities not shared by the other stars. It may have tremendous brightness (several million times brighter than our sun), it may have a huge size (may be the size of our entire solar system or even larger), or it may be moving with ultrahigh speed that allows it to penetrate through any medium.
CHAPTER 8
ANCIENT CIVILIZATIONS
The great ancient monuments of Egypt is a testament of the advanced civilization that existed there thousands of years ago. Other ancient civilizations existed in different parts of the world, such as the Babylonian civilization in Syria and Iraq, the ancient Chinese civilization and the Incas civilization in South America. Other ancient civilizations may have existed that we do not know of. Our knowledge of the history of mankind is very limited. There are several studies suggesting that lost continents and lost civilizations may have existed, however no solid evidence has been produced yet to substantiate such claims. The correct and reliable information about the history of mankind and the ancient civilizations may only be obtained from the Holy Quran, the words of The Creator, ALLAH (SWT).
THE EARLY HISTORY OF MANKIND

In the beginning of Cited Verse #(8-1), ALLAH (SWT) Says The people were one single nation.. That is, in the past all the people on the face of the earth were grouped together in one single nation. This situation must have been in the distant past, where the population was very small and they were living in a single and limited location where they could communicate with each other. In Chapter 4 we have learned that all the humans are descendants of Adam and Eve. Therefore, the people referred to in this verse must have been the first few generations of humans after Adam and Eve. Next in the verse, ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Sent for them Prophets with the Book. The word Prophets in this verse is plural. That is, ALLAH (SWT) Has Sent several Prophets for the people of this early single nation. This indicates that this early single nation remained for several generations which may amount to several hundreds or several thousands of 242
CH. 8
243
Cited Verse #(8-1) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful The people were one single nation, and ALLAH Sent the Prophets with glad tidings and warnings, and with them He Sent the Book in truth to judge between the people in matters wherein they differed, and none has differed in it except those who have got it after the clear signs came to them, through selfish contumacy among themselves, then ALLAH with His Will Has Guided those who believed to the truth of what they have differed in, for ALLAH Guides whom He Wills to the right path. (Part 2, Surat Al Baqarah The Heifer)
244
M. WAGDI
years. All the books which ALLAH (SWT) Sent with His Prophets contain His rules and laws. The people to whom ALLAH (SWT) Sends His Prophets and books must have the mental awareness and the proper communication language to understand His Holy message. In Chapter 4 we have learned that ALLAH (SWT) Has Taught Adam and the humans in general how to speak intelligently. In Surat Ibraheem, Aayah #4 ALLAH (SWT) Says And We Have not Sent a messenger except in the language of his own people . This leads to the proper conclusion that the people in the early stages of life on earth had their own language and they were intelligent enough to form a community (a nation). The remaining of cited verse #(8-1) shows that the people within the same nation always differ among themselves, each group and even each individual has his or her own perspective on the different issues of life. In cited verse #(8-2) ALLAH (SWT) Says that if He Had so Willed, He Could Have Made the people one nation and they would still differ. This verse starts with the conditional word IF. That is, if ALLAH (SWT) Wanted the people to remain in one nation as they were in the early centuries of the human existence on earth, He Could Have Done so, but He Did not. One of ALLAHs mercy that He Has Bestowed on mankind is that He Has Caused the groups of people with different attitudes and values to move away from the early single nation and to form their own new communities and nations. The new nations allow their peoples to practice their way of life without the interference of the others. The groups of people then migrated to new locations and formed their own nations. All ALLAHs creation has been created for an appointed term. The heavens, the earth, the stars, the humans and all other creatures, each single one of them has a pre-assigned life span [Chapter 5]. From cited verse #(8-3) we learn that the nations are no different. Each nation has a pre-assigned life span. The known history of the world reveals this fact. Nations have formed, flourished, reached to the peak of their prosperity then perished or swallowed by other nation/s. In cited Verse #(8-4) ALLAH (SWT) Says And We Have Sent messengers before you, of them some We Have Told you their stories and some We Have not Told you about . ALLAH (SWT) Taught Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh) the complete wisdom and knowledge through the Holy Quran. The stories of the messengers whom ALLAH (SWT) Told Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh) are those narrated in the Holy Quran. Those stories are meant to be a reminder and a warning to the Muslims as well as to all the people of the world. In Saying that there were messengers whom He did not Tell about, ALLAH (SWT) is Directing our attention to the fact that there were periods of time where the history of mankind was not disclosed in the Holy Quran. That is, during the course of the human history there were nations and civilizations unknown to us. In cited verses #(8-5), ALLAH (SWT) Says And We Have Destroyed generations before you when they did wrong . A generation is defined as all the people born and living at about the same time. Normally the transition from one generation to another is
CH. 8
245
Cited Verse #(8-2) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And if thy LORD Had so Willed, He Could Have Made the people one nation, and they would still differ. (part 12, Surat Hood The Prophet Hood)
Cited Verse #(8-3) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And for every nation there is an appointed term, when their appointed term comes, they could not delay or advance their appointed time. (part 8, Surat Al Aaraf The Heights)
246
M. WAGDI
uninterrupted and proceeds gradually. Destruction of a generation means the wiping out of all the population. Along the history of mankind no war or any natural catastrophe had resulted in the destruction of a generation. It is only ALLAH (SWT) Who Has the power and the means to Do so and to Do whatever He Desires. A complete destruction of a generation represents an interruption in the succession of the human population. ALLAH (SWT) always Has Saved a few people (His messengers and their followers) from the destroyed generations. In the first verse of cited verses #(8-5) ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Destroyed generations before you. In the second verse of cited verses #(8-5) ALLAH (SWT) Says Then We Have Made you successors in the land after them. The word you in this verse refers to all the people of all races [because successors is plural] who lived during the era of Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh) and afterwards. This indicates that the destroyed generations [plural] were living at scattered locations on the earth and that the destruction events took place before the revelation of the Holy Quran that is before fourteen centuries ago. At the end of the second verse of cited verses #(8-5) ALLAH (SWT) Says to See how ye would behave. These few words imply a strong warning to the people then and now. If we do not come back to our senses and refrain from committing sins ALLAH (SWT) will sure Destroy us as He Did Destroy previous generations. At the end of cited verse #(8-6) ALLAH (SWT) Says as He Brought you forth from the posterity of other people. As mentioned earlier the word you in the Holy Quran refers to all the people who lived at the time when it was revealed and up till judgment day. Those few Holy words give two very important pieces of information, the continuous mixing of the different races and the migration of the people. All the distinct groups of people came from the posterity of other people. The words other people point to people who lived at other locations different from where their descendants live. A few of the other people migrated from their homeland to a new location where their population grew up. During their journey they may have mixed with other groups of people or they may have mixed with the locals at their new location if there were any. From the above the following sequence of early human history may be established: During the first centuries of the human existence on earth, the people were all living in one location as one nation. They had their own language and they were intelligent enough to understand ALLAHs rules and laws which He Has sent with His messengers to them. This one nation of people remained for several hundreds or may be thousands of years. Groups of people from the first single nation with views on life different from the others migrated to new lands and formed their new nations. ALLAH (SWT) Sent messengers to the new nations. Some of the nations rejected ALLAHs faith and were indulged into their sins. ALLAH (SWT) Destroyed the nations of sinners.
CH. 8
247
Cited Verse #(8-4) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And We Have Sent messengers before you, of them some We Have Told you their stories and some We Have not Told you about, and no messenger could have come up with a sign except by the permission of ALLAH, but when the command of ALLAH comes the matter is decided with truth and justice, and there and then those who stood on falsehoods have lost. (part 24, Surat Ghafer Who Forgives)
Cited Verses #(8-5) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And We Have Destroyed generations before you when they did wrong, their messengers came to them with clear signs, but they would not believe, and so do We Requite those criminals. Then We have Made you successors in the land after them to See how ye would behave. (part 11, Surat Yunus Jonah)
248
M. WAGDI
Migration of groups of people continued and new nations formed. During their journeys the people mixed with each other There are periods of human history on earth not known except to ALLAH (SWT).
WERE THE DESTROYED GENERATIONS PRIMITIVE OR ADVANCED PEOPLE?

In Cited verse #(8-7) ALLAH (SWT) Says Have not they seen how many generations before them We Have destroyed, We Have Given them the means to domesticate the land that we Have not Given you, and We Have Sent the rain in abundance on them, and We Have Caused rivers to flow beneath them, yet We Have Destroyed them for their sins, and We Have Raised after them other generations. ALLAH (SWT) Had Bestowed on the destroyed generations His favors and mercy by Giving them the ability and the skills to domesticate the land, and on top of that He Had Given them fertile land and abundance of water. In this verse ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Had Given them what He Has not Given you. That is ALLAH (SWT) Had Given the destroyed generations knowledge that He Has not Given you. As mentioned earlier, the word you in the Holy Quran refers to the people who lived during the era of Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh) and all the people afterwards, till judgment day. This means that those destroyed generations had superior knowledge for domesticating the land than what we have today and than what the following generations will have. Such knowledge enabled them to utilize the earth resources efficiently and effectively. Not only that but they may have also discovered and used some earth resources that we are not aware of. Those destroyed generations lived way back before the revelation of the Holy Quran, that is way back before fourteen centuries ago. After the destruction of those generations ALLAH (SWT) Has Raised another generations. The word Raised in cited verse #(8-7) indicates that the population of the new generations were formed from the posterity of a very few people. In several Aayat in the Holy Quran such as those depicting the stories of Prophet Hood and his people Ad, Prophet Saleh and his people Thamood, and Prophet Lott, ALLAH (SWT) Has Saved these Prophets and their few followers by Getting them out of their towns first then completely Demolishing the towns and their people [Surat Hood, Aayat #58, 66, 81 and 82]. ALLAH (SWT) is The Most Merciful, He Would not punish the people without the proper warning. For those doomed generations ALLAH (SWT) Has Sent to them messengers to tell them about His rules and laws and to warn them of the consequences of rejecting ALLAHs faith [cited verses #(8-5)]. Every time few people believe in ALLAHs message and follow the messenger, and every time ALLAH (SWT) Saves the messenger and his followers and Destroys the unbelievers. The new generations which
CH. 8
249
Cited Verse #(8-6) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And thy LORD, The Self Sufficient, The Full of Mercy, if He so Desires He Would Exterminate you and Gets whoever He Wills as successors after you, as He Brought you forth from the posterity of other people. (part 8, Surat Al Anam The Domestic Animals)
Cited Verse #(8-7) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Have not they seen how many generations before them We Have destroyed, We Have Given them the means to domesticate the land that we Have not Given you, and We Have Sent the rain in abundance on them, and We Have Caused rivers to flow beneath them, yet We Have Destroyed them for their sins, and We Have Raised after them other generations (part 7, Surat Al Anam The Domestic Animals)
250
M. WAGDI
ALLAH (SWT) Raised after the destruction of the old ones came from the posterity of the few survivors. In the second verse of cited verses #(8-8) ALLAH (SWT) Says Have not they walked through the earth to see how was the end of those before them, they were more numerous than they are and more powerful and developed the earth more . The word them in the underlined part refers to the unbelievers who were standing against Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh). This is another indication that the generations which ALLAH (SWT) Destroyed were many years before the era of Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh). The population of the destroyed ancient generations was greater than that during the era of Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh), they were much more powerful and they have developed the land and left monuments testament of their knowledge. As stated above when ALLAH (SWT) Destroys a generation He always Saves His messengers and their few followers (believers). Those few people are the producers of the next generations. For some period of time the population of the following generations remains less than that of the destroyed generation. As years go by the population grows and builds up. Centuries may pass by before the population grows back to what it was before. In the above verse ALLAH (SWT) Has Compared the population of the destroyed people to that of the era of Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh). This indicates that the destroyed people mentioned in this verse lived not far before the time of Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh), since the population has not recovered to its previous amount. In cited verses #(8-5) ALLAH (SWT) Says And We Have Destroyed generations before you, in cited verse #(8-7) ALLAH (SWT) Says how many generations before them We Have Destroyed and in cited verses #(8-8) ALLAH (SWT) Says how was the end of those before them. As mentioned earlier the word them in these verses refers to the unbelievers during the era of Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh). On the other hand the word you refers to the people living at the time when the Holy Quran was revealed and afterwards till judgment day. The following very important and dramatic conclusion may therefore be extracted from the above verses. ALLAH (SWT) MAY DESTROY PRESENT OR FUTURE GENERATIONS OF PEOPLE FOR THEIR SINS. NEW GENERATIONS MAY BE RAISED FROM THE FEW FAITHFUL SURVIVORS, AS HAPPENED BEFORE. In the third verse of cited verses #(8-8) ALLAH (SWT) Says they exulted with the knowledge they have. This means that the ancient people whom ALLAH (SWT) Has Destroyed had advanced technological and scientific knowledge that enabled them to build their might and to construct the infrastructure for developing the land. In cited verse #(8-9) ALLAH (SWT) Says As those who were before you they were mightier than you, and more flourishing in wealth and children. This verse supports the above reached conclusion. The word you is used in the verse. That is there were people
CH. 8
251
Cited Verses #(8-8) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And He Shows you His signs then which of the signs of ALLAH you deny. Have not they walked through the earth to see how was the end of those before them, they were more numerous than they are and more powerful and developed the earth more, yet all what they have accomplished was of no profit for them. And when their messengers came to them with the clear signs, they exulted with the knowledge they have, and they were stricken with what they were mocking. And when they saw Our Wrath they said We believed in ALLAH, only Him and we have rejected the partners we used to join with Him. But their professed faith would not benefit them when they saw Our Wrath, it is ALLAHs Way of Dealing with His Slaves (Believers), and there the unbelievers lost. (part 24, Surat Ghafer Who Forgives)
252
M. WAGDI
who lived before the present time who were mightier than we are, they had more wealth and more children. Also the word you refers to the people who will come after us till judgment day. This verse leads to the following conclusion: THERE WERE ANCIENT CIVILIZATIONS THAT WERE MORE POWERFUL THAN WE ARE (MORE ADVANCED) AND HAD MORE WEALTH. THEY WERE MORE FERTILE THAN WE ARE. THEY BEGOT MORE CHILDREN THAN THE PRESENT GENERATION DOES. THE HUMAN HISTORY HAS GONE AND MAY GO THROUGH REPITITIVE CYCLES. FROM PREMITIVE EXISTANCE TO ADVANCED CIVILIZATIONS THEN TO PREMITIVE EXISTANCE AGAIN AND SO ON.
WHEN DID THE ANCIENT CIVILIZATIONS EXIST?

In cited verse #(8-10) ALLAH (SWT) Says And how many generations We Have Destroyed after Nooh (Noah). Prophet Nooh (Noah) was the first messenger sent from ALLAH (SWT) to mankind. This verse states that all the destroyed generations (civilizations) existed after the time of Prophet Nooh (Noah). They were destroyed because of the sins they were committing. As stated in cited verse #(8-11) the people of Ad came after the people of Nooh (Noah), and after them came the people of Thamood. After the people of Thamood came several generations of other people no one knows about them but ALLAH (SWT). That is this part of history will never be known to mankind. In cited verses #(8-12) ALLAH (SWT) Says As of Ad, they have unjustifiably behaved arrogantly through the land and said who is more powerful than we are, did they not see that ALLAH Who Has Created them is more powerful than they are, and they were rejecting our signs. So We Sent on them a furious wind through days of disaster to let them taste the torture of humiliation in this life and indeed the torture in the hereafter will be more humiliating and they will not find a way out. These verses reveal that the people of Ad were very knowledgeable and they had a very advanced civilization. When the people of Ad said who is more powerful than we are, they were comparing themselves to other people who did not have power similar to theirs. At that time ALLAH (SWT) Destroyed the people of Ad only not the other people. The generations after the people of Ad came from the posterity of those people and the few whom ALLAH (SWT) Saved from the people of Ad (Prophet Hood and his followers). From several Aayat in the Holy Quran [such as Surat Fusselat, Aayah #17, Surat Al Aaraf, Aayat #73-78 and others] we learn that ALLAH (SWT) Has Destroyed the people of Thamood by sending on them some kind of very intense thunderbolts (may be acoustic or electromagnetic wave) which killed them instantly in their homes.
CH. 8
253
Cited Verse #(8-9) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful As those who were before you, they were mightier than you, and more flourishing in wealth and children, they had their enjoyment of their portion and ye have of yours as did those before you, and ye indulge in idle talk as they did, they! their works are fruitless in this world and in the hereafter, and those are the losers. (part 10, Surat Al Tawbah The Repentance)
cited Verse #(8-10) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And how many generations We Have Destroyed after Nooh (Noah), and enough is thy LORD to Note and to See the sins of His slaves. (part 15, Surat Al Esraa The Night Journey)
254
M. WAGDI
ALLAH (SWT) Has Destroyed the people of Nooh (Noah) by the great deluge. Prophet Nooh was the first Messenger that ALLAH (SWT) Has Sent to mankind. Accordingly, the people of Prophet Nooh were one of the early human generations on the earth. There is not a single verse in the Holy Quran indicating that the people of Prophet Nooh had a powerful or advanced civilization. The people of Ad came after the people of Nooh [cited verse #(8-11)]. As mentioned above the people of Ad had an advanced and powerful civilization. In that respect the first ancient civilization that existed on the face of earth was that of the people of Ad. After the people of Ad came the people of Thamood [cited verse #(8-11)] with their own civilization. After the people of Thamood came many powerful and advanced civilizations that no one knows about except ALLAH (SWT) [cited verse #(8-11)]. In Surat Al Nesaa, Aayah #163 ALLAH (SWT) Says We have Sent thee [Prophet Mohammad (ppbuh)] inspiration as We have Sent it to Noah and the messengers after him, and We have Sent inspiration to Ibraheem (Abraham) and Ismaeel and . This aayah together with cited verse #(8-11) suggest that the period of time known only to ALLAH (SWT) is that between after the destruction of Thamood and the era of Prophet Ibraheem (Abraham). This period of time may have lasted for hundreds or thousands of years, only ALLAH (SWT) Knows. In cited verse #(8-10) ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Destroyed generations after Noah. The word generations in this verse is plural. If the people of Ad and Thamood were the only generations destroyed after the era of Prophet Noah, the plural form of the word generations would not have been used [in the Arabic language there is a special form when referring to two things]. Therefore there were other civilizations that existed and were destroyed by ALLAH (SWT) during this period of time. The ancient Egyptian civilization lasted for many years, part of which was during the era of Prophet Moosa (Moses) who came long after Prophet Ibraheem (Abraham). Several other civilizations may have existed during the period from the era of Prophet Ibraheem and that of Prophet Moosa (Moses). Those civilizations as well as the ancient Egyptian civilization may have not been as much advanced and powerful as those destroyed by ALLAH (SWT) before them. In any event, the last ancient civilization destroyed by ALLAH (SWT) existed long before the revelation of the Holy Quran, that is long before fourteen centuries ago.
CH. 8
255
Cited Verse #(8-11) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Have not the news of those before you reached you, the people of Nooh (Noah) and Ad and Thamood and those who came after them, none knows them but ALLAH, their messengers came to them with clear signs, but they put their hands up to their mouths and said we deny what you were sent with, and we strongly doubt what you invite us to. (part 13, Surat Ibraheem Abraham)
256
M. WAGDI
FLUCTUATIONS IN THE ANCIENT HUMAN POPULATION

The ancient civilizations of Ad, Thamood and others were completely destroyed by ALLAH (SWT). Such events, when they occurred may have resulted in dramatic and abrupt reduction in the population of mankind. Such reduction must have been more pronounced in the earlier destroyed civilizations. Those situations are different from the minor ripples in the population count due to natural disasters, epidemics and wars. As was explained earlier ALLAH (SWT) Saved His messengers and their followers before He Destroyed their people. The generations following the destroyed civilizations came from the posterity of those few survivors. This indicates that along the human existence on the earth, the human population did not increase continuously and gradually. The abrupt changes due to the destruction of civilizations along the course of history resulted in cyclic changes in the population count. According to the presented analysis of cited verse #(8-9) the highest peaks of the human population may have occurred during the period of time known only to ALLAH (SWT), also the most advanced civilizations (even
Figure (8-1) Illustration of the human population variation (not to scale)
CH. 8
257
Cited Verses #(8-12) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful As of Ad, they have unjustifiably behaved arrogantly through the land and said who is more powerful than we are, did they not see that ALLAH Who Has Created them is more powerful than they are, and they were rejecting our signs. So We Sent on them a furious wind through days of disaster to let them taste the torture of humiliation in this life and indeed the torture in the hereafter will be more humiliating and they will not find a way out. (part 24, Surat Fusselat Detailed)
more advanced than the present or future civilizations) may have existed during the same period of time. On the other hand from cited verse #(8-6) it may be established that the destruction of present or future civilizations by ALLAH (SWT) is probable. Based on the verses cited in this chapter an illustration for the human population variation along the history is constructed and shown in Figure (8-1).
258
M. WAGDI

The findings in Chapter 8 may be summarized as follows:!
In the early years of human existence on earth, the people were living in a single nation. This early single nation remained for several generations, which may amount to several hundreds or several thousands of years. They had their own language and they were intelligent enough to understand the messages which ALLAH (SWT) Has Sent to them with His messengers. Groups of people from the early single nation migrated to other locations and formed new nations. Each nation has a pre-assigned life span. The known history of the world reveals this fact. Nations have formed, flourished, reached to the peak of their prosperity then perished or swallowed by other nation/s. There are periods of time where the history of mankind was not disclosed in the Holy Quran. That is, during the course of the human history there were nations and civilizations known only to ALLAH (SWT). ALLAH (SWT) Has Destroyed many ancient civilizations (generations). The destroyed generations [plural] were living at scattered locations on the earth and they existed before the revelation of the Holy Quran that is before fourteen centuries ago. All the distinct groups (races) of people came from the posterity of other people. The words other people point to people who lived at other locations different from where their descendants live. A few of the other people migrated from their homeland to a new location where their population grew up. During their journey they may have mixed with other groups of people or they may have mixed with the locals at their new location if there were any. The ancient civilizations which ALLAH (SWT) Has Destroyed had superior knowledge for domesticating the land than what we have today and than what the following generations will have. Such knowledge enabled them to utilize earth resources efficiently and effectively. Not only that but they may have also discovered and used some earth resources that we are not aware of. Those destroyed generations lived way back before the revelation of the Holy Quran, that is way back before fourteen centuries ago.
CH. 8
!
259
The ancient generations whom ALLAH (SWT) Has Destroyed had advanced technical and scientific knowledge that enabled them to build their might and to construct the infrastructure for developing the land. They were more advanced than the present civilization. They had more wealth and they were more fertile. They begot more children than the present generation does. The most advanced civilizations that were destroyed by ALLAH (SWT) existed in a period of time whose history is known only to ALLAH (SWT). That period of time is between after the destruction of Thamood and the era of Prophet Ibraheem (Abraham). This period of time may have lasted for hundreds or thousands of years, only ALLAH (SWT) Knows. Along the history of human existence on the earth, the human population did not increase continuously and gradually. The abrupt changes due to the destruction of the ancient civilizations resulted in cyclic changes in the population count.
CHAPTER 9
THE ABSOLUTE AND ULTIMATE KNOWLEDGE OF ALLAH (SWT)
In Surat Luqman, verses #10 and #11 ALLAH (SWT) Says He Has Created the heavens without pillars that you can see and Laid solid foundations in the earth so it does not give way beneath you and Has Raised in it animals of all kinds and We Have Sent down rain from the heaven and Produced in it (the earth) decent pairs of every kind. This is the creation of ALLAH, so show me what others than Him have created, but the transgressors are in great illusion. ALLAH (SWT) Has Created everything, the heavens, the earth and what in them. Not only He Knows every minute details about His creation, but He also Knows all the dynamics and the actions of His creation since the beginning of the creation till judgment day and beyond. In many verses in the Holy Quran ALLAH (SWT) Says that He is The most knowledgeable Al Aleem, The most expert Al Khabeer, and The most wise Al Hakeem. His knowledge, expertise and wisdom are beyond the comprehension of the human mind. In order to have a glimpse of ALLAHS absolute and ultimate knowledge lets go through the verses in the Holy Quran which present such knowledge.
262
CH. 9 THE ABSOLUTE AND ULTIMATE KNOWLEDGE OF ALLAH (SWT) 263
NOTHING IS HIDDEN FROM ALLAH (SWT)

In Surat Ale Imran (The Family Of Imran), verse #5 ALLAH (SWT) Says Verily, to ALLAH nothing is hidden from Him in the earth or in the heaven. In Surat Ibraheem (Abraham), verse #38 ALLAH (SWT) Says O our Lord ! truly Thou Dost Know what we conceal and what we reveal, for nothing whatever is hidden from ALLAH whether in the earth or in the heaven. In Surat Yunus (Jonah), verse #61 ALLAH (SWT) Says In whatever business you may be doing and whatever you may be reciting from a reading material and not a deed you may be involved in unless We are Witnesses on you, and nothing is hidden from Thy Lord, the weight of a very tiny particle (an atom) in the earth or in the heaven, even smaller than that or larger but in a comprehensive book (record). In Surat Al Anbiyaa (The Prophets) verse #47 ALLAH (SWT) Says and We Shall Set up the scales of justice for the day of judgment, so that not a soul will be dealt with unjustly in the least, and if there be (no more than) the weight of a mustard seed We Will Bring it (to account) and enough are We to Take account. In Surat Al Hajj (The Pilgrimage) verse #70 ALLAH (SWT) Says Do not you know that ALLAH Knows what is in the heaven and the earth, indeed it is all in a record, and that is easy for ALLAH. In Surat Al Naml (The Ants) verse #75 ALLAH (SWT) Says nor is there aught of the unseen in the heaven or the earth but is in a comprehensive book (record). In Surat Luqman verse #16 ALLAH (SWT) Says O my son! (said Luqman) if there be (but) a weight of a mustard seed and it were (hidden) in a rock or (any where) in the heavens or in the earth, ALLAH Will Bring it forth, for ALLAH The Most Kind, The Most Expert. In Surat Sabaa (Sheba) verses #2 and #3 ALLAH (SWT) Says He Knows what moves through the earth and what comes out thereof, and what comes down from the heaven and what moves through it and He Is The Most Merciful, Most Forgiving. And the unbelievers said never to us will come the hour (judgment day) say nay! it will come to you (for sure) He Knows the unseen, from Whom is not hidden the weight of an atom (a very tiny particle) in the heavens nor in the earth, even smaller than that or larger, but is in a comprehensive book (record).
264
M. WAGDI
In Surat Ghafer (Who Forgives) verse #19 ALLAH (SWT) Says He Knows the hidden glimpse of the eyes and what the chests conceal (what is inside the people hearts). In Surat Al Taghabun verse #4 ALLAH (SWT) Says He Knows what is in the heavens and the earth, and He Knows what you conceal and what you reveal, for ALLAH Is The Most Knowledgeable of what is in the chests (what is inside the people hearts).
ALLAH (SWT) KNOWS EVERYTHING, THE PAST, THE PRESENT AND THE FUTURE
In Surat Al Anaam (The domestic animals), verse #59 ALLAH (SWT) Says and He Has the keys of the unseen, none knows it but He, and He Knows what on the land and in the sea, not a leaf falls but He Knows about it, and not a grain in the darkness (depth) of the earth nor any thing wet or dry but in a very comprehensive book (record). In Surat Hood (Prophet Hood), verse #6 ALLAH (SWT) Says There is not a single animal on the earth but its sustenance depends on ALLAH, and He Knows the place of its abode and its temporary deposit, all is in a comprehensive book (record). In Surat Hood, verse #56 ALLAH (SWT) Says I (Prophet Hood) have put my trust in ALLAH, my Lord and your Lord, there is not an animal but He Has Grasp of its forelock, verily it is my Lord that is on a straight path. In Surat Fusselat (Detailed) verse #47 ALLAH (SWT) Says to Him is referred the knowledge of the hour (judgment day), and not a fruit comes out of its sheath nor does a female conceive and deliver (a baby) but by His Knowledge, and at the day (judgment day) when He (ALLAH) Will Propound to them where are My partners? [what the unbelievers claim during their lifetime] they said we do assure Thee not one of us can bear witness.
THE INFINITE RESOURCES OF ALLAH (SWT)

In Surat Al Hijr verse #21 ALLAH (SWT) Says and there is not a thing but its (sources) treasures (inexhaustible) are with Us, but We only send down thereof in due and ascertainable measures.
CH. 9 THE ABSOLUTE AND ULTIMATE KNOWLEDGE OF ALLAH (SWT) 265 In Surat Al Kahf (The Cave) verse #109 ALLAH (SWT) Says if the ocean were ink wherewith to write out the words of my Lord, sooner would the ocean be exhausted than would the words of my Lord, even if we added another ocean like it for its aid. In Surat Luqman verse #27 ALLAH (SWT) Says and if all the trees on the earth were pens and the ocean (were ink) with seven oceans behind it to add to (as an additional supply) the words of ALLAH would not be exhausted (in writing), for ALLAH Is Exalted in power, Full of Wisdom.
From the above cited verses it is seen that ALLAHS knowledge is far beyond the imagination of the human mind. He Has not only Created the heavens and the earth and what within, but also He Has a complete and a comprehensive knowledge of all the past, present and future activities of His creation. Not even the smallest speck of matter (the tiniest sub-nuclear particle) in the heavens and the earth but He Has a complete knowledge of. He Knows all what His living creatures [the angels, the jinns, the humans, ] reveal and what they conceal. Nothing in the heavens and the earth is hidden from Him. In the verses cited above, verse #109 from Surat Al Kahf (The Cave) and verse #27 from Surat Luqman the words of my Lord and the words of ALLAH means the creation of ALLAH (SWT). This shows that the creation of ALLAH (SWT) is infinite and unlimited. Indeed, just look at the earth as a created entity and at the creatures living on it (humans, animals, insects, plants, etc.). The earth is a very tiny object in our solar system. Our solar system is a very tiny object in our own galaxy (the Milky Way), our galaxy is a very tiny object in the lowest heaven (the universe) and there are bigger upper six heavens surrounding the lowest heaven [see Chapter 3]. This is in addition to the unknown (to us humans) of ALLAHS Kingdom beyond the seven heavens.
266
M. WAGDI

Nothing in the heavens and the earth is hidden from ALLAH (SWT). ALLAH (SWT) Has a complete knowledge of His creation. The detailed information of every thing in the heavens and the earth (even those of the tiniest sub-nuclear particles anywhere in the heavens and the earth) are kept in a comprehensive record. ALLAH (SWT) Knows all what His living creatures (angels, jinns, humans, etc.) reveal and what they conceal. ALLAH (SWT) Knows all what happens to His creation all the time. Not a leaf in a tree (anywhere on the earth or in the heavens) falls but He Knows about. He Knows all what moves through the earth (on it or beneath its surface) and all what moves through the heaven. Not a single tiniest particle (the tiniest sub-nuclear particle) whether on land or in the seas but ALLAH (SWT) Has complete knowledge of. ALLAH (SWT) Has complete control over all His creation (live creatures and others). Nothing is brought to this life (new born of all species) without His knowledge. If all the trees on the surface of the earth were pens and all the oceans of the earth were ink to write with, those would not be enough to register the creation of ALLAH even if more oceans were added to them.
APPENDIX B
A CLOSER LOOK AT THE CREATION OF THE HUMANS
The Holy Quran is ALLAHs words to all the people regardless of their level of understanding. In some verses (Ayaat) ALLAH (SWT) Gives information about His creation in a very simple and straightforward manner so they can be understood by the common people. In other verses (Ayaat) ALLAH (SWT) Presents more in-depth information which requires more attention and knowledge in order to be able to come up with their correct interpretation. Careful study of all the Holy verses regarding a particular creation phenomenon reveals additional information beyond that obtained from the simple and straightforward verses alone. In fact, in some verses ALLAH (SWT) Tells us to study the Holy Quran thoroughly and patiently in order to gain more insight and knowledge about His creation. In Chapter 4, creation of the humans is presented as given in the direct and straightforward verses introduced in the chapter. However, more could be learned by studying and analyzing some additional verses. In cited verse #(B-1), ALLAH (SWT) Says, And We Have Created you, then We Have Shaped you, then We Have Said to the angels bow down to Adam, they bowed down except Iblees, . Lets focus our attention on the sequence of events in this verse. The first event, ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the humans (you). The second event, ALLAH (SWT) Has Shaped the humans. The third event, ALLAH (SWT) Said to the angels bow down to Adam. That is, the creation and the shaping of the humans have preceded the order to the angels to bow down to Adam. The word you in this verse refers to the entire human race from Adam to the last humans who will witness the beginning of the events of judgment day. This indicates that all the humans were created and shaped before the creation of Adam. From cited verses #(4-22) and #(4-24), we have learned that all the humans are descendants of Adam and they live on the earth since Adam and his spouse descended on it. From cited verses #(4-22) and #(4-25), we have also learned that all humans, including Adam were created from dust from the earth. How could that be?. ALLAH (SWT) Wants us to study His words carefully and to think. 276
APPENDIX B
277
Cited Verse #(B-1) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And We Have Created you, then We Have Shaped you, then We Have Said to the angels Bow down to Adam, they bowed down except Iblees, he was not among those who were bowing down. (part 8, Surat Al Aaraaf The Heights)
Cited Verses #(B-2) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Whatever misfortune (catastrophe) occurs in the earth or in yourselves but is in a record before We Bring it to existence, truly this is easy for ALLAH. So be depressed not over what passed you by, nor exult over what came to you, for ALLAH Does not Like every vainglorious boaster. (part 27, Surat Al Hadeed The Iron)
278
M. WAGDI
In cited verses #(B-2), ALLAH (SWT) Says, Whatever misfortune (catastrophe) occurs in the earth or in yourselves but is in a record before We Bring it to existence, . This verse shows that the occurrence of the misfortune (catastrophe) whether in the earth or in the humans is not limited to a specific time frame. That is, the misfortune (catastrophe) could happen at any time during the life span of the earth and of the humans. As stated in this verse, the misfortunes are recorded before their inception, therefore the misfortunes that will occur in the earth are recorded before the creation of the earth and the misfortunes that will occur to each human are recorded before the creation of all humans. In the first verse of cited verses #(B-2), ALLAH (SWT) Says, Whatever misfortunes occurs in the earth . Notice here in the earth and NOT to the earth. The expression to the earth means whatever happens to the earth as a whole, such as the events on judgment day (see Chapter 5). The expression in the earth defines a locality. That is the recorded misfortunes that happened and will happen in the earth are local events, such as floods, droughts, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, and so forth. To come to the proper interpretation of ALLAHs words, lets summarize the findings from cited verses #(B-1) and #(B-2). From cited verse #(B-1): All humans were created and shaped before the creation of Adam. From Cited verses #(B-2): The misfortunes that will occur to each individual human during the humans lifetime are recorded before the creation of the human race. This does not mean that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created all the humans twice. It means that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the humans in two phases. The two phases of the creation are different. Since the creation process of each individual human has gone through the two phases, therefore there must be a common ground linking the two phases. From cited verses #(4-22) and #(4-24), it is clear that the physical creation of the human race started with the creation of Adam. This physical creation is the second phase of the creation of the human race. In the present life, physical creation means materialized existence in the present physical world (the present earth and the present universe). The first phase of the creation of the human race had not been physical in the sense described above, it must have been spiritual in a domain only known to ALLAH (SWT). Now from cited verses #(B-1) and #(B-2), we learn the following:BEFORE THE PHYSICAL CREATION OF ADAM, ALLAH (SWT) HAS CREATED ALL THE HUMAN RACE IN A SPIRITUAL DOMAIN, ASSIGNED TO EACH INDIVIDUAL OWN SHAPE, FEATURES AND FORTUNES THAT WILL BE MATERIALIZED IN THE PHYSICAL CREATION IN THE PRESENT LIFE.
APPENDIX B
279
Cited Verse #(B-3) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And We have Known the early arrivals from you and We have Known the late arrivals. (part 14, Surat Al Hejr The Rocky Tract)
Cited Verse #(B-4) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful How could you not believe in ALLAH and you were dead and He Gave you life, then He Causes you to die, then He Brings you to life, then to Him you return. (part 1, Surat Al Baqarah The Heifer)
280
M. WAGDI
In cited verse #(B-3), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Known the early arrivals from you (the human race) and He Has Known the late arrivals. The early arrivals are all the people who came to life before us (those who were born before us since Adam) and the late arrivals are the people who will come after us (till judgment day). The Arabic word translated to the words we have known is the word alemna. There is another Arabic word, the word arefna which is also translated to we have known. There is a significant difference between the two Arabic words. The word arefna is the past tense of the verb yaref, which means to have a slight knowledge (just acquaintance) of something. On the other hand the word alemna is the past tense of the verb yalam, which means to have a complete knowledge of something (to know something inside out. In cited verse #(B-3) ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Known alemna those who came before us and those who will come after us. This means that ALLAH (SWT) Had a complete and detailed knowledge of all the human race before their existence. The complete and detailed knowledge encompasses the knowledge of every fine and minute detail of each individual. In cited verse #(B-4). ALLAH (SWT) Says that we (the humans) were dead and He Gave us life, then He Causes us to die then He Brings us to life. That is, we were dead before we were born (when He gave us the present life), then He Causes us to die then He Brings us to life (on judgment day). The first life is the physical life, that is the present life on the earth. The second life is the life in the hereafter, which will also be a physical life but different from the first life. The death between the first life and the life in the hereafter occurs when the spirit leaves the body and returns to ALLAH (SWT). The physical body ceases to function and then disintegrates over time, but the soul which contains all the characteristics and features of the human remains where it is kept in the domain of the unknown [unknown to us, but Known to ALLAH (SWT)]. Therefore, the death before we were born means that we did not have a physical body but we had a soul, that is ALLAH (SWT) Has Created our souls in the domain of the unknown before He Gave us the physical life in the present physical world. In the last verse of cited verses #(B-5), ALLAH (SWT) Told Prophet Zakaryia That He [ALLAH (SWT)] Has Created him (Zakaryia) before when he (Zakaryia) been nothing (did not exist). The word before refers to the creation of the souls of all humans, because before the creation of our souls we did not exist. In the second verse of cited verses #(B-6), ALLAH (SWT) Says, It is He Who Shapes you in the wombs as He Pleases, . On the other hand, in cited verse #(B-1), ALLAH (SWT) Says, And We Have Created you, then We Have Shaped you, then We Have Said to the angels Bow down to Adam,. Although ALLAH (SWT) Talks about the shaping of the humans in the two cited verses, there is a fundamental difference between them. In cited verse #(B-1), ALLAH (SWT) Says, We Have Shaped you. The verb shaped is given in the past tense. That is, the process of shaping all the humans was done and was completed. As mentioned above, this indicates that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the souls of all humans which contain all the human characteristics including
APPENDIX B
281
Cited Verses #(B-5) In The Name of ALLAH. Most Gracious, Most Merciful O Zakaryia ! We Give you good news of a son, his name is Yahya, We Have not Given this name before. Said (Zakaryia) O my LORD !, how could I have a son and my woman is barren and I have became so old. He Said, so it will be, your LORD Said It is easy for me, and I Have Created you before when you been nothing. (part 16, Surat Mariam Mary)
Cited Verses #(B-6) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful From ALLAH, verily nothing is hidden in the earth or in the heaven. It is He Who Shapes you in the wombs as He Pleases, there is no God but He, The Exalted in Might, The Wise. (part 3, Surat Aale Imraan The Family of Imraan)
282
M. WAGDI
their shapes. This was done before the creation of Adam in his physical form. On the other hand, in cited verses #(B-6) the word Shapes is given in the present continuous tense. This indicates two things, the shaping is an ongoing process and that the shaping process takes time to be completed, which happens in the womb. This leads to the following:THE SHAPES OF THE HUMANS AMONG OTHER CHARACTERISTICS ARE CONTAINED IN THEIR SOULS, WHICH WERE CREATED BEFORE THE PHYSICAL CREATION OF ADAM. THE CREATED CHARACTERISTICS IN THE SOUL OF EACH INDIVIDUAL ARE THEN IMPLEMENTED IN THE PHYSICAL CREATION WHILE THE HUMAN IS STILL IN THE WOMB. ALSO THE FORTUNES AND / OR MISFORTUNES OF EACH PERSON ARE PREASSIGNED TO OWN SOUL [cited verses #(B-2)]. In cited verse #(B-7), ALLAH (SWT) Says, It is He Who Constructed you and made for you the faculties of hearing and seeing and feeling and understanding. The construction and the making is the process of building and finishing, that is adding and mixing the proper elements to come up with the final product. This is the process of the creation of the human in the womb. The construction is usually done according to a prepared design. The design incorporates every single detail in order to ensure that the physical constructed product is identical to that envisioned in the design. ALLAH (SWT) Has Created and Incorporated all the details of the human characteristics in the humans soul. When the time comes for the human to be physically constructed in the womb, all the design features in the humans soul are constructed there. In the last verse of cited verses #(B-8), ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Brings to life the bones which He Has Constructed the first time (during the formation of the embryo in the womb). We notice here the word "construction rather than the word creation. That is ALLAH (SWT) Constructs the bones in the womb, according to the characteristics embedded in the souls which He Has Created before the physical creation of all the humans. In cited verses #(4-33), ALLAH (SWT) Gave the detailed sequence of the creation of the humans while they are in the womb. At the end of the creation process, ALLAH (SWT) Says, then We Developed out of it another creation, so blessed be ALLAH, The best of the creators. In these verses, ALLAH (SWT) Describes the creation process of a single human. That is the words another creation refer to the creation of a single human. This indicates that the creation of the human in the womb is the physical implementation (construction) of the previous creation of the soul of this particular individual.
APPENDIX B
283
Cited Verse #(B-7) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Say it is He Who Constructed you and made for you the faculties of hearing and seeing and feeling and understanding, little thanks that you give. (part 29, Surat Al Mulk The Dominion)
Cited Verses #(B-8) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Do not the human see that We Have Created him from sperm, yet he acts as a strong adversary. And he made a parable for Us and forgotten his own creation, said who gives life to the bones while they are decomposed. Say Who Constructed them the first time Brings life to them, and He Has the complete knowledge of all the creation. (part 23, Surat Yaaseen Yaaseen)
APPENDIX C
PERIODIC MANAGEMENT OF THE EARTH
In Chapter 3, we have learned that all natural events that occur on the earth are triggered by some events in the heavens and in particular in the lowest heaven [Section the heavens-earth connection]. All the events whether in the heavens or on the earth are subjected to ALLAHs commands. Among the natural events that occur on the earth are the distribution and the motions of the winds and the locations where the rain falls [cited verse #(3-10)]. Also the eruption of volcanoes and the earthquakes are among the earths natural phenomena. Archeological excavations have shown that the earth has gone through several distinct archeological periods. Scientifically, it is known that the earth is a live planet, which evolves with time. But evolution by itself does not produce drastic and profound changes such as those occurred during the earths archeological periods. There must be an external element that caused such changes. In the Holy Quran ALLAH (SWT) Has Given us a clue about this phenomenon. In cited verse #(C-1), ALLAH (SWT) Says, He Arranges the affair from the heaven to the earth . In this verse, the word heaven is given in its singular form, which refers to the lowest heaven. That is ALLAH (SWT) Gives His command to the lowest heaven to perform in a way to trigger whatever events ALLAH (SWT) Wishes to occur on the earth. In the remaining of the verse, ALLAH (SWT) Says, then it (the affair) ascends up to Him in a day that is equivalent to one thousand years of what we count. That is, after the affair [the commands of ALLAH (SWT)] has been executed on the earth, it goes back to report to Him. In Surat Yaaseen, Aayah # 82, ALLAH (SWT) Says, Verily, His command when He Wishes a thing, He just Says to it Be, and it is. That is the command of ALLAH (SWT) is executed instantly. Accordingly in cited verse #(C-1), whatever affair ALLAH (SWT) Wishes to occur on the earth or to the earth, He just Says Be and instantly it is. After the affair is instantly executed it goes back to report to Him. The time the report takes to go from the earth to ALLAH (SWT) is a day in the sight of ALLAH (SWT), 286
APPENDIX C
PERIODIC MANAGEMENT OF THE EARTH
287
Cited Verse #(C-1) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful He Arranges the affair from the heaven to the earth, then it ascends up to Him in a day that is equivalent to one thousand years of what you count. (part 21, Surat Al Sajdah The Adoration)
Cited Verses #(C-2) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Who are in the heavens and the earth ask Him every day He is Overseeing the affairs. Then which of the favors of your LORD will you deny. (part 27, Surat Al Rahmaan The Most Gracious)
288
M. WAGDI
which is equivalent to one thousand of our lunar years [see Chapter 2]. In cited verses #(C-2), ALLAH (SWT) Says, Who are in the heavens and the earth ask Him (for their needs) every day He is Overseeing the affairs (of His creation) . who are in the heavens refers to the intelligent creatures in all the heavens, the angels. In this verse, ALLAH (SWT) Says, who are in the heavens and the earth, NOT who are in the heavens and who are on the earth. This means that the earth as an entity (not who live on it) as well as the angels ask ALLAH (SWT) for their needs. Since the word day is related to who are in the heavens, therefore this day is not an earth day, it is a day in the sight of ALLAH (SWT). The earth day is a period of time experienced only by the earths inhabitants. Cited verses #(C-2) suggests that the asking of the who are in the heavens and the earth occurs periodically every day in the sight of ALLAH (SWT), that is every one thousand lunar years. The periodic events that ALLAH (SWT) Arranges for the earth are different from the misfortunes that happen in the earth (local events) during its lifetime [which are recorded before the creation of the earth, see Appendix B]. From cited verses #(C-1) and #(C-2), the following may be concluded:ALLAH (SWT) ARRANGES PERIODIC EVENTS TO OCCUR TO THE EARTH AS A WHOLE (GLOBAL, NOT LOCAL EVENTS) EVERY ONE THOUSAND LUNAR YEARS.
APPENDIX D
THE WORD DAY IN THE HOLY QURAN
In cited verse #(D-1), ALLAH (SWT) Says Alr (the letters A, L, R), a book (The Holy Quran) whose Aayat (verses) were defined with the utmost precision then detailed from A Most Wise, A Most Knowledgeable. This Aayah begins with the alphabetical letters a, l, r. This is to show that the Holy Quran is formed from the Arabic alphabet. However, each word and each Aayah in the Holy Quran is intended to convey precise information to us humans. If there is some misunderstanding from our part regarding the exact meaning of an Aayah or any word in an Aayah, therefore we have to study another Aayah containing the same word/s in order to come up with the correct meaning. Unfortunately, there has been some confusion and misunderstanding among some of the Islamic scholars in defining the six days of the creation of the heavens and the earth. Calling a creation day an eon or an unidentified period of time is totally incorrect. ALLAH (SWT) Has Bestowed the Holy Quran on mankind. When He Tells about some of His creation, He Tells in a clear and defined words that we humans could understand. To us humans a day is a period of time during which the earth completes one revolution about itself. The earth day is a local period of time associated with the speed at which the earth revolves about itself. The duration of a day of each planet in our solar system is different from the other. That is the duration of the earths day is different from the duration of Mars day, different from Venus day, different from Jupiters day and so on. In Chapter 3, we have learned that there are extraterrestrial planets beyond our solar system. Each of these planets has its own day whose duration is determined by its spinning rate. Accordingly when we talk about the universe and the celestial objects within, the word day must be specified. In the Holy Quran ALLAH (SWT) Has Given information about the creation of the heavens and the earth. Among the information He Has Given is the duration during which the heavens and the earth were created. To make this kind of information understandable to us humans, He Had to relate the creation duration to the time frame recognizable by us. The units specifying the time frame on the 290
APPENDIX D
291
Cited Verse #(D-1) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful Alr (the letters a, l and r), a book, whose Aayat were defined with the utmost precision then detailed from a Most Wise, A Most Knowledgeable. (Part 11, Surat Hood The Prophet Hood)
Cited Verses #(D-2) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And proclaim the pilgrimage among the people, they will come to thee on foot and on every means of transportation, they come from every far away places. This is to witness benefits for them and to celebrate the Name of ALLAH in specified days over the cattle which He Has Provided for them, then eat from it and feed the distressed the needy. (Part 17, Surat Al Hajj The Pilgrimage)
292
M. WAGDI
earth are the earths day, the month (the lunar month or the Gregorian month) and the earths year (lunar or solar). When ALLAH (SWT) Talks about events that occurred to His Prophets and Messengers and their people, or about matters that we (the current population) have to observe according to His rules, He Tells the duration of the events in days or years without specifying the length of these days or of these years, because those are the days and the years that we experience on the earth. On the other hand, when ALLAH (SWT) Talks about the creation of the heavens and the earth or about events that take place in the heaven/s, He Tells the mathematical relationship between the duration of such events and one of the units (year) in our time frame. In fact, this is the same concept we humans use when studying astronomy. The earth units of measuring distances and time are inadequate for such study instead astronomical units and light years are used. To unravel the confusion surrounding this issue lets study the Aayat where the word day is mentioned. In cited verse #(D-2), cited verses #(D-3), and cited verses #(D-4), the words specified days, three days, and seven nights and eight days are mentioned respectively without defining how long those days are. Also in Surat Al Maedah, Aayah #89, in Surat Al Baqarah, Aayah # 184 and Aayah #203, the words then he has to fast three days, specified number of days, and but if any one hastens to leave in two days are mentioned respectively without defining how long those days are. This is because these days are earth days. From the verses cited above, it is seen that the word day without specifying its duration is a period of time associated with the people living on the planet earth. On the other hand, in cited verse #(2-8), ALLAH (SWT) Says verily a day in the sight of (at) thy LORD is equivalent to one thousand years of those what you count. Those years are lunar years [see Chapter 2]. In this verse, ALLAH (SWT) is Talking in general about a day (a period of time) in His sight, where there is no people involved nor associated with any location, such as a planet or any celestial object. Before the creation of the heavens and the earth the time as a measure of duration or a period was not there, and in the hereafter the time as a measure of an elapsed period will not be there. The time as a physical quantity was created with the creation of the heavens and the earth. Therefore the information given in cited verse #(2-8) is intended to inform us humans about the time unit for the creation of the heavens and the earth. In many verses in the Holy Quran [some of them are cited in Chapter 3] ALLAH (SWT) Says that He Has Created the heavens and the earth in six days. That is ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the heavens and the earth in a period of time equivalent to six thousand of our lunar years [see Chapter 2]. In cited verse #(C-1), ALLAH (SWT) Says that the affair which He Has Commanded to be executed on the earth, returns back to Him [travels from the earth through the
APPENDIX D
293
Cited Verses #(D-3) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And O my people, this female camel of ALLAH is a symbol to you, leave her to feed from ALLAHs earth and inflict no harm on her, or you will shortly experience torture. Then they killed her, and so he said enjoy yourselves in your homes for three days, that is a promise not to be belied. (Part 12, Surat Hood The Prophet Hood)
Cited Verses #(D-4) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And for Ad, they were destroyed with ferocious exceedingly violent wind. Subjected it on them seven nights and eight days in succession, so you could see the people in it unconscious as if they are roots of hollow palm trees. (Part 29, Surat Al Haqqah The Sure Reality)
294
M. WAGDI
heavens to ALLAH (SWT)] to report in a day equivalent to one thousand of our lunar years [see Chapter 2]. The affairs which ALLAH (SWT) Commands to be executed on the earth are related to its development and evolution. We have to keep in mind that creation is different from evolution. Creation of the heavens and the earth was completed during the creation period of six days (six thousand lunar years). Evolution of the earth started after the creation period has ended. Since the two processes complement each other, therefore the same time unit is used for both phases. In cited verse # (2-7) ALLAH (SWT) Says The angels and the spirit ascend to Him in a day measure thereof is fifty thousand years (lunar years). There should be no confusion between the day in this verse [fifty thousand (lunar) years] and the day in cited verses #(2-8) and #(C-1). The (day) in cited verses #(2-8) and #(C-1) is the time unit for the creation of the heavens and the earth and for the evolution of the earth thereafter, while the (day) in cited verse #(2-7) is the time unit for the movement of the angels and the spirit through the heavens. From these verses it is seen that evolution of the earth proceeds with much faster rate than the motion of the angels and the spirit.
APPENDIX E
THE HUMAN SIGHT AND ALLAHS CREATION
In the Holy Quran ALLAH (SWT) Has Given complete information about the human construction and characteristics. He also Gave information connecting the human characteristics and qualities to some of His creation phenomena, such as the inability to breathe normally at high altitudes, cited verse #(3-28). There is another astounding connection between the human biological structure and one of ALLAHs creation phenomena. Such connection is the sensitivity of our vision to the electromagnetic radiation. The electromagnetic radiation was generated as a result of the forcible disintegration of the massive entity that was holding the heavens and the earth together [see Chapter 3]. Our knowledge of the electromagnetic radiation is far from being complete. However, it is known that it encompasses a wide spectrum ranging from low energy (radio frequency) to high energy (gamma rays), Figure (6-2). In the beginning of cited verse #(E-1), ALLAH (SWT) Says And We Have Made the night and the day two signs,. This should not be confused with cited verse #(6-5), where ALLAH (SWT) Says It is He Who Has Created the night and the day. As explained in Chapter 6, there is a significant difference between the creation and the making. Also it was explained in Chapter 6 that the night and the day were created. The meaning of the beginning of cited verse #(E-1) is that ALLAH (SWT) Has Created the night and the day to be signs for us, a testimonial for His absolute power and authority and a reminder that we have to study these signs in order to learn more about His creation. This is exactly similar to the creation of the heavens and the earth and making them signs of ALLAHs unlimited knowledge. In the next words of cited verse #(E-1), ALLAH (SWT) Explains why the night and the day are two signs and Gives the proper information. He Says then We Caused the night sign to vanish and We Have Made the day sign visible,. This indicates that the two signs came from the same origin, then ALLAH (SWT) Assigned to each of them its 296
APPENDIX E
THE HUMAN SIGHT AND ALLAHS CREATION
297
Cited Verse #(E-1) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And We Have Made the night and the day two signs, then We Caused the night sign to vanish and We Have Made the day sign visible, so you may seek bounty from your LORD and to know the number of the years and the counting, and every thing We Have Explained in detail. (part 15, Surat Al Esraa The Night Journey)
Cited Verses #(E-2) In The Name of ALLAH, Most Gracious, Most Merciful And I Do Swear by what you see and what you do not see. Verily it is the say of an honorable messenger. And it is not a say of a poet, little is what you believe. Nor it is a say of a high priest, little is what you are reminded. It came down from the LORD of the worlds. (part 29, Surat Al Haqqah The Sure Reality)
298
M. WAGDI
own characteristics. The next words explain further. In the next words ALLAH (SWT) Says so you (humans) may seek bounty from your LORD and to know the number of the years and the counting. That is these specific characteristics of the night and the day are detected and recognized by the humans. The human organs that detect and recognize the night and the day are the eyes. Since both the night and the day came from the same origin (the electromagnetic radiation), therefore ALLAH (SWT) Has Made the human eyes to be sensitive only to a specific band of the electromagnetic spectrum. In the beginning of cited verses #(E-2), ALLAH (SWT) Says And I Do Swear by what you see and what you do not see. That is there are some if not many of ALLAHs creation that we do not see. When ALLAH (SWT) Swears by some of His creation phenomena, it is an indication of the greatness of such phenomena. In cited verses #(340) ALLAH (SWT) Swears by the locations of the stars. In Chapters 3, 6 and 7, we have learned that the locations of the stars have the most pronounced and dominant effect on the dynamics of the lowest heaven (the universe) as well as on its structural integrity. In cited verse #(E-1) and cited verses #(E-2) what we do not see is not because our visibility range, it is because our vision ability to detect it. In Chapter 4 we have learned that the angels are everywhere, but we cannot see them. Also we have learned that the jinns are living on the earth but we do not see them. Similarly, there may be other nearby creation of ALLAH (SWT) that we do not see. In cited verses #(E-2) ALLAH (SWT) Has Equaled the greatness of the phenomena that we do not see to those that we see. That is the phenomena that are invisible to us humans which ALLAH (SWT) Has Created are as great as those visible to us.

Scientific Miracles of Quran

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Scientific Miracles of Quran

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CHAPTER 1

ALLAHS CREATION AND THE HUMAN MIND

ALLAHS CREATION AND THE HUMAN MIND

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

ALLAHS CREATION AND THE HUMAN MIND

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

ALLAHS CREATION AND THE HUMAN MIND

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

ALLAHS CREATION AND THE HUMAN MIND

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

ALLAHS CREATION AND THE HUMAN MIND

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

THE TIME ELEMENT

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

The Lunar Year and The Solar Year

THE TIME ELEMENT

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

THE TIME ELEMENT

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

THE TIME ELEMENT

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

TIME IN THE SIGHT OF ALLAH (SWT)

THE TIME ELEMENT

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

THE TIME ELEMENT

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRCLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

THE CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AD THE EARTH

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH

Figure (3-2) Symbolic illustration of the layers of the seven heavens

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

THE WHAT IN BETWEEN THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH

CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

RAISING THE HEAVENS

CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

THE SHAPE OF THE EARTH

CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN

CREATION OF THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH

Figure (3-3) Gravitational and centrifugal forces on the earth

EXPLORING THE SCIENTIFIC MIRACLE OF THE HOLY QURAN